series grb grippers
Transcription
series grb grippers
GRIPPERS INDEX: Parallel Jaw Motion Pages 6A-1 to 6A-109 AIR OR HYDRAULIC ANGULAR OR PARALLEL MOTION 180° Angular Jaw Motion Series GRB Pages 6B-1 to 6B-15 Angular Jaw Motion Pages 6C-1 to 6C-25 A Wide Range of Sizes, Jaw Styles, Jaw Travels, and Gripping Forces for Most Any Gripping Requirement NEW! SERIES GRR SERIES GRL SERIES GRS WITH SPRING ASSIST SERIES GRW SERIES GRC 6-INDEX SERIES GRT SERIES 5300 ANGULAR & PARALLEL SERIES 8400 ANGULAR SERIES 8600 3 JAW NEW! SERIES 190/191 PARALLEL SERIES GRD SERIES GRB SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/products/grippers 6-i 190/191 6A-2 to 6A-15 6 7 8 9 6 7 8 9 SHORT JAW TRAVEL: STYLE 1 & 2 5.3 [24] 0.11 .157 [4] 10.6 [47] 0.25 .276 [7] 21.8 [97] .394 [10] 0.67 42.6 [190] .512 [13] 1.46 LONG JAW TRAVEL: STYLE 2 3.2 [14] 0.13 .315 [8] 8.1 [36] .433 [11] 0.27 13.1 [58] .630 [16] 0.71 23.5 [105] .866 [22] 1.62 AT UR ES FE UN IT lb WEI [kg GHT ] NO M TO INAL TA inc L JAW he TR s [m AVEL m] E SIZ SE RIE S GR IP lb FOR [N] CE* STANDARD PARALLEL GRIPPER SELECTION GUIDE [0.05] [0.11] • small size [0.30] • pneumatic service [0.66] • two jaw travels • two jaw styles [0.06] • spring assist [0.12] • switches [0.32] [0.73] 5 6 SHORT JAW TRAVEL: 33 [147] .187 [4.75] 40 [178] .335 [8.5] 87 [387] .315 [8.0] 136 [604] .423 [10.75] LONG TRAVEL: 54 [240] .502 [12.75] 91 [406] .699 [17.75] 6 7 8 9 128 261 488 980 [570] [1164] [2172] [4356] .62 1.00 1.31 1.80 3 4 5 6 96 209 383 870 [427] [930] [1704] [3870] 1.00 [25.5] 1.53 [39] 2.00 [51] 3.07 [78] GRT 6A-52 to 6A-65 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 44 112 168 218 378 569 880 1452 [196] [499] [747] [971] [1683] [2531] [3912] [6459] 0.236 0.315 0.472 0.630 0.787 1.024 1.260 1.575 GRS 6A-66 to 6A-79 27 x 4.5 27 x 7 28 x 6 28 x 10 32 x 8 32 x 13 50 x 19 50 x 28 63 x 32 63 x 44 68 48 77 48 109 70 235 157 398 289 [302] [213] [341] [213] [484] [310] [1045] [697] [1770] [1287] 14x7 14x13 16x20 16x26 28 30 41 41 [124] [132] [182] [182] 0.28 [7] 0.51 [13] 0.79 [20] 1.02 [26] 0.18 0.24 0.39 0.47 [0.08] [0.11] [0.18] [0.21] • long travel • pneumatic service • slim profile • switches 16 25 32 40 50 36 90 170 207 429 [160] [400] [756] [921] [1908] 0.79 [20] 2.09 [53] 2.56 [65] 3.58 [91] 4.61 [117] 0.69 2.5 5.3 11.2 22.1 [0.3] [1.1] [2.4] [5.1] [10.0] • long travel • superior jaw stability • high performance • dependable • simple to use 50 460 [2046] 7.87 [200] 36.6 [16.6] GRD 6A-16 to 6A-29 5300 6A-30 to 6A-35 6-INDEX GRC 6A-36 to 6A-51 NEW! GRL 6A-80 to 6A-89 GRW 6A-90 to 6A-99 GRR 6A-100 to 6A-110 3 4 5 6 [0.11] [0.17] [0.30] [0.64] 3.1 7.0 14.0 37.0 [1.41] [3.18] [6.35] [16.8] • heavy duty construction • pneumatic service • high grip force • spring assist • switches 1.68 3.98 7.35 20.47 [0.76] [1.81] [3.33] [9.28] • long travel • pneumatic service • high grip force • locking feature • spring assist • switches [6] ▲ [8] ▲ [12] ▲ [16] ▲ [20] ▲ [26] ▲ [32] ▲ [40] ▲ 0.27 0.59 0.95 1.75 2.82 5.1 8.75 15.5 [0.12] [0.27] [0.43] [0.80] [1.28] [2.32] [3.98] [7.05] [4.5] [7] [6] [10] [8] [13] [19] [28] [32] [44] .29 .29 .54 .54 1 1 2.4 2.4 7.8 7.8 [.13] [.13] [.24] [.24] [.45] [.45] [1.1] [1.1] [3.5] [3.5] • low profile • high grip force • pneumatic service • switches • five sizes • spring assist [15.8] [25.4] [33.3] [45.8] .177 .276 .250 .394 .315 .512 .750 1.102 1.260 1.732 • small size • pneumatic service • high grip force • two jaw travels • spring assist • switches 0.72 [0.32] • low cost 1.56 [0.71] 0.25 0.37 0.66 1.41 • very low profile • pneumatic service • eight sizes • high grip force • switches • long travel • high capacity • narrow width • rugged design • low jaw deflection * Above gripping force shown is at zero tooling length and 87 psi [6 bar] (pneumatic) or 750 psi [50 bar] (hydraulic). The values shown are minimum produced. Optional spring assist can increase the gripping force shown above or can be a safety device on the following types: Series 190/191, GRD, 5300, GRC, and GRT. The spring option can also be used to allow single acting operation of Series GRC, GRD, 5300, most 190/191, and GRT Grippers. ▲ Represents the change in jaw movement as a diameter change. 6-ii (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/products/grippers CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 8400 [190] Opening per Jaw 14° min 6C-2 to 6C-13 8600 3 Jaw Opening per Jaw 15° 6C-14 to 6C-19 5300 Opening per Jaw 15° 6C-20 to 6C-26 GRB Opening per Jaw 90° 6B-1 to 6B-12 NEW! S RE FEA TU UN IT W l b EI G [kg HT ] M DI INIM inc STAN UM hes CE [m * m] GR IP F lb ORC [N] E* SIZ E SE RIE S STANDARD ANGULAR GRIPPER SELECTION GUIDE 0 1 2 3 11.7 19.7 55 81 [52] [88] [244] [359] .20 .30 .40 .62 [5.1] [7.6] [10] [16] .06 0.14 0.39 1.06 [0.03] [0.08] [0.22] [0.48] • small size • pneumatic service • spring assist • switches • low cost 2 3 4 5 58 127 285 730 [258] [565] [1268] [3247] .64 .81 .97 1.20 [16] [21] [25] [30] 1.43 2.74 5.25 9.90 [0.65] [1.24] [2.38] [4.49] • lightweight • pneumatic service • self-centering • switches 2 3 4 5 201 [894] 499 [2220] 1025 [4559] 2167 [9639] .81 .97 1.20 1.68 [21] [25] [30] [43] 2.40 [1.08] • heavy duty construction 4.87 [2.20] 9.58 [4.35] • pneumatic service 27.73 [12.57] • high grip force • spring assist • switches 13 28 79 179 265 549 .44 .56 .67 .92 1.21 1.90 [11.3] [14.3] [17.0] [23.4] [30.8] [48.3] 12 16 20 32 40 50 [57] [124] [353] [797] [1180] [2443] .28 .55 .98 2.2 4.3 11.5 [.13] [.25] [.45] [.98] [2.0] [5.2] • robust cam design • pneumatic service • three jaw rotations available • compatible with PHD solid state, reed & proximity switches *Above gripping force is at the corresponding minimum distance (from the jaw pivot) at 87 psi [6 bar] (pneumatic) and 750 psi [50 bar] (hydraulic). Optional spring assist can increase the gripping force or be a safety device on the Series 5300 and 190. 6-INDEX SEE THE PHD CLASSICS CATALOG FOR THE FOLLOWING PHD GRIPPERS: PARALLEL Series 7900 Series 8600 M O F IT PRO D S CT U CUS T ANGULAR Series 7900 2 & 3 Jaw Series 8600 2 Jaw TO NE E CUSTOM GRIPPERS ARE AVAILABLE. PLEASE CONSULT PHD D SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/products/grippers 6-iii 6-INDEX GRIPPER SIZING GUIDELINES Proper gripper sizing and selection is dependent on a number of parameters. The table below lists the primary parameters along with the reason they are important. This guide provides the basic steps to selecting the right gripper for your application. PARAMETER IMPORTANCE • Planned operating pressure at the gripper Affects whether the part can be • Weight and geometry or shape of part gripped and manipulated • Weight and geometry of tooling • Tooling length Parallel gripper: Distance from the center of the gripping point to the face of the gripper Angular gripper: Distance from the center of the gripping point to the jaw pivot point • Type of grip on part (external or internal, encapsulated or friction) • Total gripper jaw travel or jaw rotation required • Desired gripper cycle time • Accelerations and decelerations due to part manipulation • Is spring assist desired/required • Metric or imperial customer interface Affects unit type and option selection • Sensing requirements • Environment Once the above parameters are known, the next step is to determine the appropriate style and size of the gripper. Following are two methods that can be used to select the style and size of the gripper. 1. 1. Method 1: Using PHD’s Sizing Software Refer to the Gripper Selection Guide on pages 6-ii and 6-iii to determine which grippers meet the style and jaw travel requirements for your application. 2. Input the application parameters (pressure, part weight and tooling length, etc.) into the software. 3. With your application’s jaw travel requirements in mind, select a gripper from the list of valid devices shown in the software. 4. Using the information in the Engineering Data section of the catalog, confirm the selected gripper can withstand the applied jaw moments and axial force for your application. When calculating applied moments, include the grip force, part weight, acceleration, and external forces. 5. With the jaw travel, grip force and moment capacity confirmed, double check that the gripper’s operating pressure range is acceptable, the gripper meets the cycle time requirements and if needed, the desired switch package and accessories are specified. Method 2: Using Hand Calculations Refer to the Gripper Selection Guide on pages 6-ii and 6-iii to determine which grippers meet the style and jaw travel requirements for your application. 2. Use Equation 1 below to approximate the required grip force factor (GF). 3. Keeping in mind the style and jaw travel requirements of your application, select a gripper using the table on the following page with a grip force factor (GF) equal to or greater than the minimum GF value calculated. 4. Refer to the Engineering Data section of the catalog for the selected gripper and calculate the Total Grip Force (including tooling length effects). Remember to include spring assist grip force if desired. Verify that the Total Grip Force is adequate to maintain your desired Safety Factor of grip force to part weight. 5. Using the information in the Engineering Data section of the catalog, confirm the selected gripper can withstand the applied jaw moments and axial force for your application. When calculating applied moments, include the grip force, part weight, acceleration, and external forces. 6. With the jaw travel, grip force and moment capacity confirmed, double check that the gripper meets the cycle time requirements and that, if needed, the desired switch package and accessories are specified. EQUATION 1: Imperial Metric Parallel Grippers GF = (M x FS)/P GF = (9.81 x M x FS)/P Angular Grippers GF = (M x K x FS)/P GF = (9.81 x M x K x FS)/P P = Working pressure, psi [bar] M = Part mass, lb [kg] K = Distance from jaw pivot to gripping point, in [mm] (Note: Since the actual value of K is gripper dependent, enter a best estimate) FS = Safety Factor PHD recommends that jaw tooling encapsulate the part. With part encapsulation, a minimum 2:1 safety factor of Total Grip Force to part weight should be used. For unencapsulated part applications, a minimum 4:1 safety factor is typical. 6-iv (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/products/grippers CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION GRIP FORCE FACTOR GRIP FORCE FACTOR TABLE GRIPPER NO. IMPERIAL METRIC 19x60 19x65 19x70 19x75 19x80 19x85 19x90 19x95 19x61 19x66 19x71 19x76 19x81 19x86 19x91 19x96 19x62 19x67 19x72 19x77 19x82 19x87 19x92 19x97 GRDx31 GRDx41 GRDx51 GRDx52 GRDx61 GRDx62 15360 15362 15370 15372 15380 15382 15390 15392 GRCx31 & 3 GRCx31 & 3 GRCx32 & 4 GRCx32 & 4 GRCx41 & 3 GRCx41 & 3 GRCx42 & 4 GRCx42 & 4 GRCx51 & 3 GRCx51 & 3 GRCx52 & 4 GRCx52 & 4 GRCx61 & 3 GRCx61 & 3 GRCx62 & 4 GRCx62 & 4 GRS-33-1-27x4.5 GRS-33-5-27x4.5 GRS-33-1-27x7 GRS-33-5-27x7 GRS-33-1-28x6 GRS-33-5-28x6 GRS-33-1-28x10 GRS-33-5-28x10 GRS-33-1-32x8 GRS-33-5-32x8 GRS-33-1-32x13 GRS-33-5-32x13 GRS-33-1-50x19 GRS-33-5-50x19 GRS-33-1-50x28 GRS-33-5-50x28 GRS-33-1-63x32 GRS-33-5-63x32 GRS-33-1-63x44 GRS-33-5-63x44 GRT112 GRT512 GRT122 GRT522 GRT132 GRT532 GRT142 GRT542 GRT152 GRT552 GRT162 GRT562 GRT172 GRT572 GRT182 GRT582 GRLx2-1-14x7 GRLx2-5-14x7 GRLx2-1-14x13 GRLx2-5-14x13 GRLx2-1-16x20 GRLx2-5-16x20 GRLx2-1-16x26 GRLx2-5-16x26 GRWx3-1-16 GRWx3-5-16 GRWx3-1-25 GRWx3-5-25 GRWx3-1-32 GRWx3-5-32 GRWx3-1-40 GRWx3-5-40 GRWx3-1-50 GRWx3-5-50 GRR12-1-50 GRR12-5-50 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION GF GF INTERNAL GRIP EXTERNAL GRIP IMPERIAL METRIC IMPERIAL METRIC .061 .049 3 4 .122 .092 6 8 .250 .210 14 16 .490 .370 24 32 .061 .061 4 4 .122 .122 8 8 .250 .250 16 16 .490 .490 32 32 .037 .037 2 2 .093 6 .093 6 .150 10 .150 10 .270 17 .270 17 .38 25 .38 25 .46 30 .46 30 1.00 65 1.00 65 .62 40 .62 40 1.56 100 1.56 100 1.05 68 1.05 68 1.60 95 1.47 109 3.27 194 3.00 211 5.90 362 5.61 381 11.75 726 11.26 758 1.10 71 1.10 71 .95 61 .95 61 2.40 155 2.40 155 2.05 132 2.05 132 4.40 284 4.40 284 3.65 236 3.65 236 10.0 647 10.0 647 7.0 453 7.0 453 0.83 50 0.78 54 0.59 36 0.55 38 0.93 57 0.88 60 0.59 36 0.55 38 1.33 81 1.25 86 0.86 52 0.8 56 2.8 174 2.7 181 1.9 116 1.8 123 4.7 297 4.6 303 3.5 213 3.3 226 0.57 33 0.52 37 1.43 83 1.29 93 2.10 125 1.93 136 2.68 162 2.51 173 4.61 281 4.35 297 6.99 422 6.54 451 10.67 652 10.11 688 17.52 1077 16.69 1131 0.32 21 0.32 21 0.34 22 0.34 22 0.47 30 0.47 30 0.47 30 0.47 30 0.49 26 0.41 31 1.21 66 1.03 78 2.17 126 1.96 140 2.61 154 2.38 168 5.49 318 4.93 354 4.94 340 5.28 319 GRIPPER NO. IMPERIAL METRIC 8400 19002 8410 19012 8420 19022 8430 19032 8621 8623 8631 8633 8641 8643 8651 8653 8624 8625 8634 8635 8644 8645 8654 8655 15320, 15321 15322, 15323 15330, 15331 15332, 15333 15340, 15341 15342, 15343 15350, 15351 15352, 15353 GRB11-2-12 GRB11-6-12 GRB11-2-16 GRB11-6-16 GRB11-2-20 GRB11-6-20 GRB11-2-32 GRB11-6-32 GRB11-2-40 GRB11-6-40 GRB11-2-50 GRB11-6-50 ANGULAR GF GF INTERNAL GRIP EXTERNAL GRIP IMPERIAL METRIC IMPERIAL METRIC 53 .027 43 .032 153 .068 115 .092 530 .252 450 .306 1264 .576 942 .774 941 .43 705 .57 2854 1.49 2442 1.74 8242 4.32 7065 5.04 27669 14.85 24283 16.92 941 .43 705 .59 2346 1.18 1946 1.43 6061 3.18 5221 3.69 18581 10.07 16502 11.34 3323 1.87 3058 2.03 9938 5.56 9085 6.08 24255 14.14 23109 14.85 71382 41.85 68355 43.70 136 0.065 106 0.083 346 0.18 299 0.21 1221 0.61 994 0.75 3951 1.9 3170 2.4 7049 3.7 6089 4.3 22864 12 19964 14 6-INDEX PARALLEL (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/products/grippers 6-v PARALLEL GRIPPERS INDEX: Series 190 & 191 Pages 6A-2 to 6A-15 SERIES 190 & 191, GRD, 5300, GRC, GRT, GRS GRL, GRR, & GRW Series GRD Pages 6A-16 to 6A-29 Series 5300 Pages 6A-30 to 6A-34 SERIES GRW NEW! Series GRC Pages 6A-36 to 6A-51 Series GRT Pages 6A-52 to 6A-64 Series GRS Pages 6A-66 to 6A-79 SERIES GRS WITH SPRING ASSIST Series GRL Pages 6A-80 to 6A-88 Series GRW Pages 6A-90 to 6A-99 Series GRR Pages 6A-100 to 6A-109 6A SERIES GRR SERIES GRL SERIES GRT SERIES GRD SERIES GRC SERIES 190 & 191 SERIES 5300 6A-1 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/products/grippers www.phdinc.com/190191 (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 TO NE PRO D E D S CT U CUS T IT M O JAW STYLE 2 SPRING OPTIONS 0 - None 3 - Spring Assist Close (Available with -x53x Option combination only) 4 - Spring Assist Open (Available with -x04x Option combination only.) (Not available on 19x6x size.) JAW STYLE 1 JAW STYLE 1 19165 19160 19175 19170 19185 19180 19195 19190 JAW STYLE 2 JAW STYLE 2 SHORT TRAVEL SHORT TRAVEL 19166 19161 19176 19171 19186 19181 19196 19191 LONG TRAVEL LONG TRAVEL 19167 19162 19177 19172 19187 19182 19197 19192 191 MODELS BOTTOM MOUNTING METRIC IMPERIAL CUSTOM GRIPPERS ARE AVAILABLE. PLEASE CONSULT PHD. GRIPPER PART MODEL NUMBER 19x6x 18433 19x7x 18434 19x8x 18435 19x9x 18436 Available on Jaw Style 2 Models only. TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT KITS See page 6A-14 for details. SENSOR OR SWITCH OPTIONS 0 - Plain 4 - Hall Effect Sensor/Set Point Module Ready (See note 1.)(Not available with Spring Option) 5 - Proximity Switch Ready (6 mm square or Hall Effect proximity switches) 19171 - 2 - 0 5 3 1 0 - Maximum Force on Open 5 - Maximum Force on Close (Available on Jaw Style 2 only) MAXIMUM FORCE REVERSED JAW MOVEMENT NOTES: 1) Sensor must be used with a PHD Set Point Module. 2) Switches and all kits must be ordered separately. 190 MODELS FULL MOUNTING METRIC IMPERIAL JAW STYLE 1 JAW STYLE 1 19065 19060 19075 19070 19085 19080 19095 19090 JAW STYLE 2 JAW STYLE 2 SHORT TRAVEL SHORT TRAVEL 19066 19061 19076 19071 19086 19081 19096 19091 LONG TRAVEL LONG TRAVEL 19067 19062 19077 19072 19087 19082 19097 19092 JAW STYLE 1 DESIGN NO. TO ORDER SPECIFY: Model, Design No., Sensor or Switch Ready Options, Maximum Force, Spring Options, and Seals. 6A PART NUMBER GRIPPER MODEL IMPERIAL METRIC 19x6x 59792-1 18432 19x7x 59793-1 18437 18438 18438 19x8x 19x9x 18439 18439 Switches must be ordered separately. See Switches and Sensors section. SWITCH BRACKETS & TARGETS FOR INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES PART NUMBER GRIPPER IMPERIAL METRIC MODEL 59794-1 55770 19x6x 59795-1 55771 19x7x 55772 55772 19x8x 55773 55773 19x9x Switches must be ordered separately. See Switches and Sensors section. SWITCH BRACKETS & TARGET KITS FOR USE WITH: PHD SERIES 5580 SWITCHES PART NUMBER GRIPPER IMPERIAL METRIC MODEL 18674-04 18057-04 19x6x 18675-04 18058-04 19x7x 18676-04 18059-04 19x8x 18677-04 18060-04 19x9x Sensors must be ordered separately. See Switches and Sensors section. HALL EFFECT SENSOR KITS SEALS 1 - Buna-N 2 - Fluoro-Elastomer ORDERING DATA: SERIES 190 & 191 PARALLEL GRIPPERS F 6A-2 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION BENEFITS: SERIES 190 & 191 PARALLEL GRIPPERS JAW STYLE 1 JAW STYLE 2 BENEFITS SERIES 190 &191 Compact size is ideal for handling small parts in confined areas. WORKING PRESSURE ■ Units provide true parallel jaw travel for easy tooling design. BODY Hardcoated Aluminum ■ Double-acting for either internal or external gripping applications. Units are specified for maximum grip force for internal or external gripping for optimum unit performance. JAWS Hardened Steel Optional Spring Assist can be specified to obtain the maximum amount of gripping force. Except on 19x6x size. LUBRICATION ■ Rugged jaw and body construction can withstand high impact and shock loads. OPTIONS ■ Available in four sizes, two jaw styles, two jaw travels, and mounting holes on one face, or three faces for maximum application versatility. ■ Internal jaw mechanism constructed of hardened steel components for a maintenance-free service life. ■ Close tolerance components eliminate jaw play. Jaws have dowel holes or male keys for precise tooling location. ■ The Series 191 Gripper body has one mounting face, at the opposite end to the jaws. The Series 190 body has three mounting faces, allowing mounting in a variety of attitudes. ■ Series 190 and 191 Grippers are fully field repairable. ■ Proximity Switches or Hall Effect Sensors are available for indication of jaw position and interfacing to a system controller. ■ Available with Jaw Travel Adjustment for fine-tuning the jaw travel in confined working areas. ■ 30 psi Min. - 150 psi Max. [2 bar Min. - 10 bar Max.] ROD BEARING Delrin AF SEALS Quad Type PORTS Permanent for Non-Lube Air 6A SPECIFICATIONS ■ Parallel Thread Proximity Switches, Hall Sensor, Jaw Stroke Adjustment, Spring Assist 6A-3 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/190191 DIMENSIONS: SERIES 190 PARALLEL GRIPPERS - JAW STYLE 1 FULL MOUNTING LETTER DIM. NOMINAL JAW TRAVEL A CLOSED** A OPEN** B C D F G H K L M O* P* Q 6A R S T W Y Z AA BB CC DD EE MODEL NUMBER 19075 19080 mm in 19060 in 19065 mm 19070 in .157 4 .276 7 .345 .540 1.024 .555 .215 .375 #5 1.289 1.937 .138 1.249 .6875 .710 6-32 x .22 DP .681 1.624 .367 1/8 .276 #6 1.045 10-32 .176 .505 1/16 8.75 13.75 26.0 14.0 5.5 10.0 M3 32.0 48.5 3.5 31.0 18.0 18.0 M3 x 0.5 x 4.5 DP 18.0 40.0 9.0 3.0 7.0 M3 26.0 M3 x 0.5 3.5 14.5 2.5 7.75 .315 10.25 .403 20.0 .787 10.0 .398 4.5 .177 8.0 .312 M2.5 #4 25.5 1.012 39.5 1.563 2.5 .098 26.01 1.031 14.0 .5310 14.0 .550 4-40 x M3 x 0.5 x 4.5 DP .19 DP 15.5 .601 33.0 1.312 8.5 .351 2.5 3/32 5.0 .196 M3 #4 22.0 .871 10-32 M3 x 0.5 3.0 .167 12.5 .465 2.5 1/16 19085 mm 19090 in 19095 mm .394 10 .512 13 .581 .915 1.496 .791 .256 .500 #8 1.635 2.500 .196 1.624 .8430 1.100 8-32 x .28 DP .785 2.062 .380 1/8 .393 #8 1.412 10-32 .193 .592 1/16 14.75 23.25 38.0 20.0 6.5 12.0 M4 41.0 63.5 5.0 41.0 22.0 28.0 M4 x 0.7 x 6.0 DP 20.5 52.0 9.5 4.0 10.0 M4 36.0 M5 x 0.8 5.5 15.0 3.0 .700 1.150 1.968 1.027 .394 .625 #10 2.081 3.242 .256 2.108 1.0940 1.535 10-24 x .38 DP .870 2.655 .322 3/16 .511 #10 1.854 10-32 .153 .750 1/16 17.75 29.25 50.0 26.0 10.0 16.0 M5 53.0 82.5 6.5 53.5 28.0 39.0 M5 x 0.8 x 7.5 DP 22.0 67.5 8.0 5.0 13.0 M5 47.0 M5 x 0.8 4.5 19.5 3.0 P* SQ 6X CLEARANCE HOLE FOR W DOWEL PIN IN BODY 8X Q THREAD IN BODY 5 P* R 2X THRU DIA AND C'BORE FOR Z SHCS SEE PROXIMITY SWITCH OPTION PAGE FOR DETAIL H S K NOTES: 1) *TOLERANCE BETWEEN DOWEL PIN HOLES IS ± .0008 [± 0.02] 2) NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE FOR METRIC UNITS AND ARE IN mm 3) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE POSITIONS. **A CLOSED REFLECTS THE LARGEST POSSIBLE CLOSED DIMENSION. A OPEN REFLECTS THE SMALLEST POSSIBLE OPEN DIMENSION. D A 6 BB PORT FITTING FOR EE ID TUBE IS SUPPLIED WITH UNIT F DD CC 1 F/2 L 4 Y P C AA T O* M B SQ 2X CLEARANCE HOLE FOR G SCREW EACH JAW 2 3 CLEARANCE HOLE FOR W DOWEL PIN EACH JAW All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. 6A-4 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/190191 CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION DIMENSIONS: SERIES 190 PARALLEL GRIPPERS - JAW STYLE 2 FULL MOUNTING MODEL NUMBER 19091/92 19096/97 mm in .512 13 .866 22 2.353 59.75 2.805 71.25 2.865 72.75 3.671 93.25 1.968 50.0 1.027 26.0 .9842 25.0 .625 12.0 10-24 x M5 x 0.8 x .38 DP 10.0 DP 2.081 53.0 .254 6.5 .256 6.5 1.238 31.5 1.0940 28.0 1.535 39.0 10-24 x M5 x 0.8 x .38 DP 7.5 DP .870 22.0 1.785 45.5 .322 8.0 3/16 5.0 .5118 13.0 ±.0008 ±0.020 # 10 M5 .180 6.5 10-32 M5 x 0.8 .153 4.5 .750 19.5 1/16 3.0 6X CLEARANCE HOLE FOR W DOWEL PIN IN BODY P** SQ 8X Q THREAD IN BODY 2X THRU DIA AND C'BORE FOR Z SHCS 5 P R SEE PROXIMITY SWITCH OPTION PAGE FOR DETAIL H S D REF NOTES: 1) *A CLOSED & OPEN ARE FOR MODELS 19061, 71, 81, 91, 66, 76, 86, & 96 AL CLOSED & OPEN ARE FOR MODELS 19062, 72, 82, 92, 67, 77, 87, & 97 2) **TOLERANCE BETWEEN DOWEL PIN HOLES IS ± .0008 [±0.02] 3) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE POSITIONS. A .079 [2.0] KEY DEPTH • A CLOSED REFLECTS THE LARGEST POSSIBLE CLOSED DIMENSION. A OPEN REFLECTS THE SMALLEST POSSIBLE OPEN DIMENSION. CC M D ±.0003 [±.007] F L AL 6 .080 [2.0] PLUG HEIGHT 1 BB PORT FITTING FOR EE ID TUBE IS SUPPLIED WITH UNIT AA Y JAW KEY DETAIL DD 6A LETTER 19061/62 19066/67 19071/72 19076/77 19081/82 19086/87 DIM. in mm in mm in mm NOMINAL JAW TRAVEL .394 .276 4 10 7 .157 SHORT .630 .433 8 16 11 .315 LONG 1.841 1.329 26.75 46.75 33.75 A CLOSED* • 1.054 2.175 1.545 29.25 55.25 39.25 1.151 A OPEN* • 2.353 1.802 36.75 59.75 45.75 AL CLOSED* • 1.447 2.923 2.175 43.25 74.25 55.25 1.702 AL OPEN* • 1.496 1.024 20.0 38.0 26.0 .787 B .791 .555 10.0 20.0 14.0 .398 C .7480 .4921 10.0 19.0 12.5 .3937 D .375 .250 5.0 10.0 6.5 .188 F 8-32 x M4 x 0.7 x 6-32 x M3 x 0.5 x 3-56 x M2.5 x 0.45 G .32 DP .28 DP 8.0 DP 6.0 DP .18 DP x 5.0 DP 1.635 1.289 25.5 41.0 32.0 1.012 H .212 .204 4.0 5.5 5.0 .159 K .197 .138 2.5 5.0 3.5 .098 L .960 .696 14.0 24.0 17.5 .553 M .8430 .6875 14.0 22.0 18.0 .5310 O** 1.100 .710 14.0 28.0 18.0 .550 P** 8-32 x M4 x 0.7 x 6-32 x M3 x 0.5 x 4-40 x M3 x 0.5 x Q .28 DP .22 DP 4.5 DP 6.0 DP 4.5 DP .19 DP .785 .681 15.5 20.5 18.0 .601 R 1.398 1.071 21.0 35.0 26.5 .834 S .380 .367 8.5 9.5 9.0 .351 T 1/8 1/8 2.5 4.0 3.0 3/32 W .3940 .2756 5.0 10.0 7.0 .1970 Y ±.0007 ±0.018 ±.0006 ±0.015 ±0.015 ±.0006 #8 #6 M3 M4 M3 #4 Z .186 .121 2.5 4.5 3.0 .103 AA 10-32 M5 x 0.8 10-32 M3 x 0.5 M3 x 0.5 10-32 BB .193 .176 3.0 5.5 3.5 .167 CC .592 .505 12.5 15.0 14.5 .465 DD 1/16 1/16 2.5 3.0 2.5 1/16 EE B C SQ P C 2 4 2X G THREAD EACH JAW T O** K 3 M REF SEE JAW TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT KIT PAGE FOR DETAIL All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 6A-5 (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/190191 DIMENSIONS: SERIES 191 PARALLEL GRIPPERS - JAW STYLE 1 BOTTOM MOUNTING ONLY LETTER DIM. NOMINAL JAW TRAVEL A CLOSED** A OPEN** B C D F G H K L M P* Q R S T W Y Z EE 19160 in 19165 mm 19170 in .157 .315 .403 .787 .398 .177 .312 #4 1.613 2.164 .098 1.913 .550 4-40 x .19 DP 3/32 .871 .167 .465 .196 10-32 1/16 4 7.75 10.25 20.0 10.0 4.5 8.0 M2.5 41.0 55.0 2.5 48.5 14.0 M3 x 0.5 x 4.5 DP 2.5 22.0 3.0 12.5 5.0 M3 x 0.5 2.5 .276 .345 .540 1.024 .555 .215 .375 #5 1.970 2.618 .138 2.305 .710 6-32 x .22 DP 1/8 1.045 .176 .505 .276 10-32 1/16 MODEL NUMBER 19175 19180 mm in 7 8.75 13.75 26.0 14.0 5.5 10.0 M3 50.0 66.5 3.5 58.5 18.0 M3 x 0.5 x 4.5 DP 3.0 26.0 3.5 14.5 7.0 M3 x 0.5 2.5 .394 .581 .915 1.496 .791 .256 .500 #8 2.420 3.285 .196 2.847 1.100 8-32 x .28 DP 1/8 1.412 .193 .592 .393 10-32 1/16 19185 mm 19190 in 19195 mm 10 14.75 23.25 38.0 20.0 6.5 12.0 M4 61.5 83.5 5.0 72.5 28.0 M4 x 0.7 x 6.0 DP 4.0 36.0 5.5 15.0 10.0 M5 x 0.8 3.0 .512 .700 1.150 1.968 1.027 .394 .625 #10 2.951 4.112 .256 3.525 1.535 10-24 x .38 DP 3/16 1.854 .153 .750 .511 10-32 1/16 13 17.75 29.25 50.0 26.0 10.0 16.0 M5 75.0 104.5 6.5 89.5 39.0 M5 x 0.8 x 7.5 DP 5.0 47.0 4.5 19.5 13.0 M5 x 0.8 3.0 P* SQ 2X CLEARANCE HOLE FOR R DOWEL PIN IN BODY 4X Q THREAD IN BODY 5 H SEE PROXIMITY SWITCH OPTION PAGE FOR DETAIL K NOTES: 1) *TOLERANCE BETWEEN DOWEL PIN HOLES IS ± .0008 [± 0.02] 2) NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE FOR METRIC UNITS AND ARE IN mm 3) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE POSITIONS. 6A **A CLOSED REFLECTS THE LARGEST POSSIBLE CLOSED DIMENSION. A OPEN REFLECTS THE SMALLEST POSSIBLE OPEN DIMENSION. D A 6 T W Z PORT FITTING FOR EE ID TUBE IS SUPPLIED WITH UNIT 1 F F/2 L 4 Y C S M B SQ 2X CLEARANCE HOLE FOR G SCREW EACH JAW 2 3 CLEARANCE HOLE FOR R DOWEL PIN EACH JAW All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. 6A-6 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/190191 CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION DIMENSIONS: SERIES 191 PARALLEL GRIPPERS - JAW STYLE 2 BOTTOM MOUNTING ONLY MODEL NUMBER LETTER 19161/62 19166/67 19171/72 19176/77 DIM. in mm in mm NOMINAL JAW TRAVEL 7 .276 4 .157 SHORT 11 .433 8 .315 LONG 33.75 1.329 26.75 A CLOSED* • 1.054 39.25 1.545 29.25 1.151 A OPEN* • 45.75 1.802 36.75 AL CLOSED* • 1.447 55.25 2.175 43.25 1.702 AL OPEN* • 26.0 1.024 20.0 .787 B 14.0 .555 10.0 .398 C 12.5 .4921 10.0 .3937 D 6.5 .250 5.0 .188 F 3-56 x M2.5 x 0.45 6-32 x M3 x 0.5 G .28 DP x 6.0 DP x 5.0 DP .18 DP 50.0 1.970 41.0 1.613 H 3.0 .121 2.5 .103 K 3.5 .138 2.5 .098 L 44.5 1.752 36.5 1.435 M 18.0 .710 14.0 .550 P** 6-32 x M3 x 0.5 4-40 x M3 x 0.5 x Q .22 DP x 4.5 DP 4.5 DP .19 DP 3.0 1/8 2.5 3/32 R 3.5 .176 3.0 .167 T 14.5 .505 12.5 .465 W 7.0 .2756 5.0 .1970 Y ±.0006 ±0.015 ±0.015 ±.0006 10-32 M3 x 0.5 M3 x 0.5 10-32 Z 2.5 1/16 2.5 1/16 EE 19181/82 19186/87 in mm .394 .630 1.841 2.175 2.353 2.923 1.496 .791 .7480 .375 8-32 x .32 DP 2.420 .186 .197 2.183 1.100 8-32 x .28 DP 1/8 .193 .592 .3940 ±.0007 10-32 1/16 10 16 46.75 55.25 59.75 74.25 38.0 20.0 19.0 10.0 M4 x 0.7 x 8.0 DP 61.5 4.5 5.0 55.5 28.0 M4 x 0.7 x 6.0 DP 4.0 5.5 15.0 10.0 ±0.018 M5 x 0.8 3.0 19191/92 19196/97 in mm 13 .512 22 .866 59.75 2.353 71.25 2.805 72.75 2.865 93.25 3.671 50.0 1.968 26.0 1.027 25.0 .9842 12.0 .625 10-24 x M5 x 0.8 .38 DP x 10.0 DP 75.0 2.951 6.5 .180 6.5 .256 67.5 2.655 39.0 1.535 10-24 x M5 x 0.8 .38 DP x 7.5 DP 5.0 3/16 4.5 .153 19.5 .750 13.0 .5118 — — M5 x 0.8 10-32 3.0 1/16 2X CLEARANCE HOLE FOR R DOWEL PIN IN BODY P** SQ 4X Q THREAD IN BODY 5 SEE PROXIMITY SWITCH OPTION PAGE FOR DETAIL H M D REF 6A NOTES: 1) *A CLOSED AND OPEN ARE FOR MODELS 19161, 71, 81, 91, 66, 76, 86, & 96 AL CLOSED & OPEN ARE FOR MODELS 19162, 72, 82, 92, 67, 77, 87, & 97 2) **TOLERANCE BETWEEN DOWEL PIN HOLES IS ± .0008 [±0.02] 3) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE POSITIONS. A .079 [2.0] KEY DEPTH • A CLOSED REFLECTS THE LARGEST POSSIBLE CLOSED DIMENSION. A OPEN REFLECTS THE SMALLEST POSSIBLE OPEN DIMENSION. AL* .080 [2.0] PLUG HEIGHT 6 T M D ±.0003 [±.007] F L W K Y B C 4 SQ. C JAW KEY DETAIL 1 Z PORT FITTING FOR EE ID TUBE IS SUPPLIED WITH UNIT 2 2X G THREAD EACH JAW 3 SEE JAW TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT KIT PAGE FOR DETAIL All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 6A-7 (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/190191 GRIP FORCE DIAGRAMS: MODELS 1906x & 1916x Gripping forces are the arithmetic sum of all forces occurring at gripper jaws. Gripping force in relation to tooling length at 87 psi [6 bar] actuating pressure. LEGEND SHORT TRAVEL TOOLING LENGTH LONG TRAVEL Max. Grip Force Direction Min. Grip Force Direction DOUBLE ACTING 19x61-2-x50x and 19x62-2-x50x 19x66-2-x50x and 19x67-2-x50x 6 [26.7] 5 [22.2] 5 [22.2] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] 19x61-2-x00x and 19x62-2-x00x 19x66-2-x00x and 19x67-2-x00x 6 [26.7] OPEN 4 [17.8] 61 & 61 & 3 [13.7] CLOSE 66 C LOS E 66 OP EN 62 & 6 7 CLOS E 62 & 67 OPEN 2 [8.9] 1 [4.5] 4 [17.8] 61 & 61 & 3 [13.7] 62 & 2 [8.9] CLOSE 66 O OPEN PEN 66 C LOS E 67 OP 62 & 6 EN 7 CLOS E 1 [4.5] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 0 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 0 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 19x60-2-x00x 19x65-2-x00x TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] 6A 6 [26.7] 5 [22.2] CLOSE 4 [17.8] OPEN 60 & 65 OP EN 60 & 65 CL OSE 3 [13.7] 2 [8.9] 1 [4.5] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 0 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 6A-8 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/190191 CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION GRIP FORCE DIAGRAMS: MODELS 1907x & 1917x Gripping forces are the arithmetic sum of all forces occurring at gripper jaws. Gripping force in relation to tooling length at 87 psi [6 bar] actuating pressure. LEGEND SHORT TRAVEL TOOLING LENGTH LONG TRAVEL Max. Grip Force Direction Min. Grip Force Direction Spring Assist this Direction DOUBLE ACTING DOUBLE ACTING SPRING ASSIST 19x71-2-x50x and 19x72-2-x50x 19x76-2-x50x and 19x77-2-x50x 19x71-2-x53x and 19x72-2-x53x 19x76-2-x53x and 19x77-2-x53x 14 [62.3] 12 [53.4] 10 [44.5] 71 & 8 [35.8] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] OPEN 76 CL CLOSE OSE 72 & 7 7 CLO SE 71 & 76 OPEN 72 & 77 OPE N 6 [26.7] 4 [17.8] 2 [8.9] 10 [44.5] 71 & 8 [35.8] 6 [26.7] SE 71 & 76 OPE 4 [17.8] N 72 & 77 OPEN TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 0 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 0 19x71-2-x00x and 19x72-2-x00x 19x76-2-x00x and 19x77-2-x00x 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 19x71-2-x04x and 19x72-2-x04x 19x76-2-x04x and 19x77-2-x04x 14 [62.3] 12 [53.4] 12 [53.4] 10 [44.5] 71 & 8 [35.8] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] CLOSE 7 CLO 2 [8.9] 0 CLOSE 76 OP EN OPEN 72 & 7 7 OPE 6 [26.7] 71 & 76 N CLOSE 72 & 77 CL 4 [17.8] OSE 2 [8.9] 10 [44.5] 71 & 76 O CLOSE PEN OPEN 8 [35.8] 72 & 7 7 OPE 6 [26.7] N 71 & 76 CL 4 [17.8] OSE 72 & 77 CLOSE 2 [8.9] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 0 0 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 0 1 [25] 19x70-2-x00x 19x75-2-x00x 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 19x70-2-x04x 19x75-2-x04x 12 [53.4] 14 [62.3] 10 [44.5] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] LOSE 72 & 7 TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] CLOSE 8 [35.8] 70 &7 6 [26.7] 70 & 75 OPEN 5 OPE N CLOSE 4 [17.8] 2 [8.9] 0 OPEN 76 C 6A TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] 12 [53.4] 12 [53.4] CLOSE 10 [44.5] 5 OPE 8 [35.8] N 6 [26.7] 4 [17.8] 70 & 75 CLOS E 2 [8.9] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] OPEN 70 & 7 TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 0 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 6A-9 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/190191 GRIP FORCE DIAGRAMS: MODELS 1908x & 1918x Gripping forces are the arithmetic sum of all forces occurring at gripper jaws. Gripping force in relation to tooling length at 87 psi [6 bar] actuating pressure. LEGEND SHORT TRAVEL TOOLING LENGTH LONG TRAVEL Max. Grip Force Direction Min. Grip Force Direction Spring Assist this Direction DOUBLE ACTING DOUBLE ACTING SPRING ASSIST 19x81-2-x50x and 19x82-2-x50x 19x86-2-x50x and 19x87-2-x50x 19x81-2-x53x and 19x82-2-x53x 19x86-2-x53x and 19x87-2-x53x 30 [133.5] 25 [111.3] 20 [89.0] OPEN 81 & 15 [66.8] 86 CL CLOSE OSE 81 & 8 6 OPE N 82 & 87 C LOSE 82 & 87 O PEN 10 [44.5] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] 25 [111.3] 5 [22.2] 81 & 20 [89.0] 15 [66.8] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 19x81-2-x04x and 19x82-2-x04x 19x86-2-x04x and 19x87-2-x04x 19x81-2-x00x and 19x82-2-x00x 19x86-2-x00x and 19x87-2-x00x 30 [133.5] 20 [89.0] 81 & 15 [66.8] CLOSE 86 OP EN 81 & 8 OPEN 6 CLOS E 82 & 87 OPEN 82 & 87 C LOSE 10 [44.5] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] 25 [111.3] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] CLOSE 82 & 87 OPEN TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 0 5 [22.2] 25 [111.3] CLOSE 20 [89.0] 81 & 86 OP OPEN EN 15 [66.8] 82 & 87 O PEN 81 & 86 CL OSE 10 [44.5] 82 & 87 CLOSE 5 [22.2] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 0 0 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 0 4 [100] 1 [25] 19x80-2-x00x 19x85-2-x00x 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 19x80-2-x04x 19x85-2-x04x 25 [111.3] 30 [133.5] 20 [89.0] CLOSE 80 & 8 OPEN 5 OPE 15 [66.8] 80 & 85 N CLOSE 10 [44.5] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] OSE 82 & 87 CLOSE 81 & 86 OPE N 10 [44.5] 5 [22.2] 0 6A OPEN 86 CL 5 [22.2] 25 [111.3] CLOSE OPEN 20 [89.0] 80 & 8 5 OPEN 15 [66.8] 10 [44.5] 80 & 85 CL OSE 5 [22.2] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 0 0 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 6A-10 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/190191 CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION GRIP FORCE DIAGRAMS: MODELS 1909x & 1919x Gripping forces are the arithmetic sum of all forces occurring at gripper jaws. Gripping force in relation to tooling length at 87 psi [6 bar] actuating pressure. LEGEND SHORT TRAVEL TOOLING LENGTH LONG TRAVEL Max. Grip Force Direction Min. Grip Force Direction Spring Assist this Direction DOUBLE ACTING DOUBLE ACTING SPRING ASSIST 19x91-2-x50x and 19x92-2-x50x 19x96-2-x50x and 19x97-2-x50x 19x91-2-x53x and 19x92-2-x53x 19x96-2-x53x and 19x97-2-x53x 60 [267.0] 45 [200.2] 35 [155.7] OPEN 91 & 9 6 CLO 30 [133.5] 91 & 96 25 [111.2] 20 [89.0] SE CLOSE OPEN 92 & 97 CLOS E 15 [66.7] 92 & 97 OPEN 10 [44.5] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] E CLOSE 30 [133.5] 92 & 97 CLOS E 91 & 96 OPEN 20 [89.0] 92 & 97 OPEN TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 0 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 0 CLOSE 6 OPE 30 [133.5] 91 & 96 25 [111.2] 20 [89.0] N OPEN CLOSE 92 & 97 OPEN 15 [66.7] 92 & 97 CLOSE TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] 40 [178.0] 91 & 9 10 [44.5] 5 [22.2] 1 [25] 2 [50] 4 [100] CLOSE 91 & 96 40 [178.0] OPEN OPEN 30 [133.5] 20 [89.0] 92 & 97 OPEN 91 & 96 CLOS E 10 [44.5] 92 & 97 CLOSE TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 3 [75] 0 4 [100] 0 1 [25] 19x90-2-x00x 19x95-2-x00x 45 [200.2] 40 [178.0] 35 [155.7] 30 [133.5] 25 [111.2] 20 [89.0] 15 [66.7] 10 [44.5] 5 [22.2] 0 3 [75] 50 [222.5] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 0 2 [50] 60 [267.0] 45 [200.2] 35 [155.7] 1 [25] 19x91-2-x04x and 19x92-2-x04x 19x96-2-x04x and 19x97-2-x04x 19x91-2-x00x and 19x92-2-x00x 19x96-2-x00x and 19x97-2-x00x 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 19x90-2-x04x 19x95-2-x04x 60 [267.0] CLOSE 90 & 9 5 OPEN OPEN 90 & 95 C LOSE TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] OPEN 6 CLOS TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 0 TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] 91 & 9 40 [178.0] 10 [44.5] 5 [22.2] 0 50 [222.5] 6A TOTAL GRIP FORCE lbs [N] 40 [178.0] CLOSE 50 [222.5] OPEN 90 & 95 40 [178.0] OPEN 30 [133.5] 20 [89.0] 90 & 95 CLOSE 10 [44.5] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 0 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 6A-11 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/190191 ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES 190 & 191 PARALLEL GRIPPERS SPECIFICATIONS UNIT WEIGHT GRIP FORCE FACTOR (GF ) GRIPPER DISPLACEMENT STANDARD SPRING ASSIST MAX. DIRECTION MIN. DIRECTION SPRING ASSIST (Sf) NO. in3 cm3 oz g oz g IMPERIAL* METRIC* IMPERIAL METRIC IMPERIAL METRIC 19x60 & 19x65 .012 0.2 1.8 52 — — .061 3.93 .049 3.16 — — 19x61 & 19x66 .012 0.2 1.8 52 — — .061 3.93 .049 3.16 — — 19x62 & 19x67 .012 0.2 2.1 59 — — .037 2.39 .029 1.87 — — 19x70 & 19x75 .036 0.6 3.9 111 4.1 116 .122 7.87 .092 5.93 2.230 9.99 19x71 & 19x76 .036 0.6 4.0 112 4.1 117 .122 7.87 .092 5.93 2.230 9.99 19x72 & 19x77 .036 0.6 4.3 121 4.4 126 .093 6.00 .069 4.45 1.690 7.57 19x80 & 19x85 .110 1.8 10.2 289 10.4 294 .250 16.13 .210 13.55 4.280 19.17 19x81 & 19x86 .110 1.8 10.7 302 10.8 307 .250 16.13 .210 13.55 4.280 19.17 19x82 & 19x87 .110 1.8 11.4 323 11.6 328 .150 9.68 .130 8.39 2.630 11.78 19x90 & 19x95 .250 4.1 23.1 655 23.5 665 .490 31.61 .370 23.87 8.700 38.98 19x91 & 19x96 .250 4.1 23.3 661 23.7 671 .490 31.61 .370 23.87 8.700 38.98 19x92 & 19x97 .250 4.1 25.9 733 26.2 743 .270 17.42 .200 12.90 4.760 21.32 *Maximum grip force direction is always open (internal grip) on all Series 190 and 191 Jaw Style One units. (19x60, 19x65, 19x70, 19x75, 19x80, 19x85, 19x90, and 19x95) NOTE: Maximum load that grippers can handle will vary based on: size of part being picked up, shape of part, texture of part, speed at which part is transferred, working pressure, shape of finger pads, etc. PHD recommends that the fingers or jaws be tooled or machined to conform to the shape of the part being gripped. GRIP FORCE DERATING GRAPH 1.00 .95 TOOLING LENGTH .90 DERATING FACTOR FORCE: FORCE (lb) = PRESSURE (psi) x GF FORCE [N] = PRESSURE [bar] x GF .85 .80 .75 .70 6A .65 SIZE 9 .60 FORCE WITH SPRING ASSIST: SIZE 6 SIZE 7 .55 SIZE 8 .50 FORCE (lb) = [PRESSURE (psi) x GF] + or – Sf 0 FORCE [N] = [PRESSURE (bar) x GF] + or – Sf 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] GRIP FORCE DERATING FOR TOOLING LENGTH: FORCE (lb) AT TOOLING LENGTH (in) = FORCE (lb) x DERATING FACTOR FORCE [N] AT TOOLING LENGTH [mm] = FORCE [N] x DERATING FACTOR Determine Derating Factor using Grip Force Derating Graph. Example: Gripper Model 19191-2-x50x at 60 psi with a tooling length of 3.0 inches. FORCE = 60 psi x .49 GF = 29.4 lb 29.4 lb x .71 (DERATING FACTOR) = 20.8 lb Metric Example: Gripper Model 19196-2-x50x at 4 bar with a tooling length of 75 mm. FORCE = 4 bar x 31.61 GF = 126.44 N 126.44 N x .71 (DERATING FACTOR) = 89.77 N 6A-12 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/190191 CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES 190 & 191 PARALLEL GRIPPERS SEALS AND FLUIDS SPECIAL GRIPPERS Buna-N seals are standard on all Series 190 & 191 Parallel Grippers. Piston and rod seals are quad type seals and are compatible with standard paraffin-based lubrication oils used for pneumatic cylinders. Grippers for special applications, severe duty or constructed of special materials are available. Consult PHD. JAW BACKLASH A TEMPERATURE LIMITS Seals and gripper mechanism are designed to operate at temperatures between -20° to 180°F [-29° to 82°C]. For operation at higher temperatures, consult PHD. B LIFE EXPECTANCY All units have been tested to 10 million cycles with minimal seal wear and minimal backlash. C LUBRICATION Piston, rod, and gripper mechanism are prelubricated at the factory for service under normal conditions. MATERIAL Parallel gripper body is made of hardcoated aluminum. Jaws and gripper mechanism are manufactured from hardened steel. INTERNAL SPRINGS Jaw backlash in the (A) direction will not exceed .005 in [0.127 mm] per jaw. Total clearance between the parallel jaws and the body or cover will not exceed the following figures: (B) .0025 inch [0.064 mm] per jaw (C) .003 inch [0.076 mm] per jaw Internal springs are intended to assist the gripper and add grip force in one direction. They can be used to open or close the gripper without pneumatic pressure or to maintain grip force if pressure is lost. A spring life in excess of 10 million cycles can be expected. 6A REPEATABILITY Gripper repeatability is within .004 inch [0.1 mm] of original center position. 6A-13 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/190191 OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES: SERIES 190 & 191 PARALLEL 4 KIT NO. MODEL NO. IMPERIAL METRIC HALL SENSOR READY This option provides unit installed with magnet for use with PHD Hall Sensor. Kits must be ordered separately. .375 [9.5] C 18674-04 18057-04 19x7x 18675-04 18058-04 19x8x 18676-04 18059-04 19x9x 18677-04 18060-04 EACH HALL SENSOR KIT CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: ONE SENSOR WITH A 12 FOOT [4 m] SHIELDED CABLE TWO MOUNTING SCREWS THE SENSOR MAY BE ROTATED TO ALLOW THE CABLE TO EXTEND FROM ANY SIDE OF UNIT EXCEPT THE PORT SIDE. .187 [5.0] B 19x6x LETTER DIM. B C A 1.431 .650 .777 [36.5] [16.5] [20.0] 1.556 .550 .974 [39.5] [14.0] [25.0] 1.800 .295 1.486 [46.0] [7.5] [38.0] 2.272 .295 1.958 [58.0] [7.5] [50.0] GRIPPERS CAN BE MOUNTED WITH THE SENSOR SANDWICHED BETWEEN THE MOUNTING PLATE AND THE GRIPPER. A NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE FOR METRIC UNITS AND ARE IN mm 5 SERIES 5580 HALL EFFECT SWITCHES PROXIMITY SWITCH READY MODEL NO. 55803-1-02 55804-1-02 55823-1 55824-1 This option provides the grippers with a pin to mount a switch target for 6 mm square inductive or Hall Effect proximity switch. See additional information below for details on switch bracket/ target kits. DESCRIPTION NPN 4.5-24 VDC with 2 meter cable PNP 4.5-24 VDC with 2 meter cable NPN 4.5-24 VDC with Quick Connect PNP 4.5-24 VDC with Quick Connect 6 mm SQUARE INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES MODEL NO. DESCRIPTION 18431-001-02 NPN 10-30 VDC with 2 meter cable 18431-002-02 PNP 10-30 VDC with 2 meter cable 6A SWITCH BRACKET AND TARGET KITS FOR IMPERIAL MODELS 19x8x & 19x9x METRIC MODELS 19x6x, 19x7x, 19x8x, & 19x9x FOR IMPERIAL MODELS 19x6x AND 19x7x ONLY .031 [0.8] MAX SENSING DISTANCE .296 [7.5] .031 MAX SENSING DISTANCE .44 MAX .157 CL OF SENSOR AREA SWITCH RETAINER SCREW 6 mm INDUCTIVE OR HALL EFFECT PROXIMITY SWITCH .157 [4.0] CL OF SENSOR AREA 1.181 [30.0] 1.181 6 mm INDUCTIVE OR HALL EFFECT PROXIMITY SWITCH .93 MAX EACH SWITCH BRACKET & TARGET KIT CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: 1 TARGET WITH SCREW 2 SENSOR BRACKETS WITH MOUNTING SCREWS EACH SWITCH BRACKET & TARGET KIT CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: 1 TARGET WITH SCREW BRACKET FOR 6 mm SQUARE SWITCH AND ALL MOUNTING COMPONENTS SWITCHES ARE ORDERED SEPARATELY NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE FOR METRIC UNITS AND ARE IN mm SWITCHES ARE ORDERED SEPARATELY FOR USE WITH: SERIES 5580 SWITCHES GRIPPER MODEL 19x6x 19x7x SWITCH BRACKET & TARGET KIT 59794-1 59795-1 FOR USE WITH: 6 mm SQUARE INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES GRIPPER MODEL 19x6x 19x7x FOR USE WITH: SERIES 5580 SWITCHES SWITCH BRACKET & TARGET KIT 59792-1 59793-1 GRIPPER MODEL 19x6x* 19x7x* 19x8x 19x9x SWITCH BRACKET & TARGET KIT 55770 55771 55772 55773 * METRIC UNITS ONLY FOR USE WITH: 6 mm SQUARE INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES GRIPPER MODEL 19x6x* 19x7x* 19x8x 19x9x SWITCH BRACKET & TARGET KIT 18432 18437 18438 18439 * METRIC UNITS ONLY All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. 6A-14 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/190191 CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION ACCESSORIES & JAW TOOLING: SERIES 190 & 191 PARALLEL JAW TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT KIT A MAX C ADJUSTMENT SCREW WITH D HEX B MODEL NO. KIT NO. 19x6x 18433 19x7x 18434 19x8x 18435 19x9x 18436 A .197 [5.0] .315 [8.0] .394 [10.0] .591 [15.0] LETTER DIM. C B .094 [M3 x 10.0] [2.4] .157 [M5 x 14.0] [4.0] .197 [M6 x 18.0] [5.0] .315 [M10 x 22.0] [8.0] NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE FOR METRIC UNITS AND ARE IN mm The Jaw Travel Adjustment Kit contains a screw and a lock nut used to limit the jaw opening on Jaw Style 2 parallel grippers. Jaw travel can be adjusted from zero opening to maximum opening. Below is one application example showing how the jaw travel With jaws fully open, the tooling hits the obstruction and the part cannot be gripped. D .05 [1.3] .094 [2.4] .125 [3.2] .188 [4.8] JAW TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT AVAILABLE ON STYLE 2 JAWS ONLY (19xx1 , 19xx2, 19xx6, AND 19xx7 MODELS). EACH JAW TRAVEL ADJUSTMENT KIT CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: ONE ADJUSTMENT SCREW AND NUT TRAVEL CAN ONLY BE ADJUSTED IN THE MAX FORCE DIRECTION OF ANY MODEL. EXAMPLE 1: A MAX FORCE CLOSE GRIPPER; TRAVEL IS ONLY VARIED IN THE CLOSE DIRECTION, TRAVEL IN THE OPEN DIRECTION REMAINS UNCHANGED. EXAMPLE 2: A MAX FORCE OPEN GRIPPER; TRAVEL IS ONLY VARIED IN THE OPEN DIRECTION, TRAVEL IN THE CLOSE DIRECTION REMAINS UNCHANGED. adjustment kit can be of benefit. If the option of maximum grip force on jaw closure is specified, (-x5xx option) the adjustment kit will limit the travel in the closing direction. Turning jaw travel adjustment screw inward reduces the maximum open position; allowing the tooling to clear the obstruction. The part can now be gripped. (The jaw closed dimension is not affected by the jaw travel adjustment.) JAW TOOLING PROFILE JAW STYLE 2 Jaw Style 2 allows simple tooling of wide parts. This type of tooling keeps the part close to the unit for a low profile package. Jaw Style 2 provides the lowest profile assembly for internal gripping by keeping the tooling close to the gripper. MINIMUM HEIGHT LOW PROFILE DOWEL PINS Style 1 jaw is provided with a dowel pin hole as a means of orienting and locating jaw tooling. MALE KEY Style 2 jaws have a close tolerance❊ male key for orientation and precise location of jaw tooling. Jaw tooling can be readily machined to include a mating slot for the jaw key. ❊ ❊ 6A-15 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/190191 6A JAW STYLE 1 Jaw Style 1 is ideally suited for small parts. Simple tooling can provide a long narrowed profile for small parts or for reaching into confined areas. NARROW www.phdinc.com/grd F NE E D (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 JAW STYLE 1 - Short Travel 2 - Long Travel (See Note 1.) DESIGN NO. MAXIMUM FORCE REVERSED JAW MOVEMENT 0 - Maximum Force on Open 5 - Maximum Force on Close (See Note 2.) DESCRIPTION PART NO. NPN (Sink) 5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 51422-005-02 PNP (Source) 5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 51422-006-02 DESCRIPTION PART NO. 18430-001-02 NPN (Sink) 10-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 18430-002-02 PNP (Source) 10-30 VDC, 2 meter cable DESCRIPTION NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cable PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cable NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect 8 mm THREADED PROXIMITY SWITCHES PART NO. 55803-1-02 55804-1-02 55823-1 55824-1 SERIES 5580 HALL EFFECT SWITCHES ! Options may affect unit length. See unit dimension and options pages for adders. SPRING OPTION 0 - None MEDIUM FORCE 3 - Spring Assist Close 4 - Spring Assist Open HEAVY FORCE 5 - Spring Assist Close 6 - Spring Assist Open (See Note 2.) SEALS 1 - Buna-N 2 - Fluoro-Elastomer PART NO. 15561-001 15561-002 15561-003 DESCRIPTION NPN (Sink) 24 VDC, 3 meter cable PNP (Source) 24 VDC, 3 meter cable AC 117 VAC, 3 meter cable 12 mm THREADED PROXIMITY SWITCHES DESCRIPTION PART NO. Switch Mounting Kit 61494 Each mounting kit contains 1 proximity switch bracket and 1 mounting screw. SWITCH MOUNTING KIT FOR SERIES 5580 SWITCHES SENSOR OPTION 0 - None 1 - Reed Switch Ready (For Series 5580 Switches) 2 - Hall Effect Switch Ready (For Series 5580 Switches) 6 - 4 mm External Proximity Switch Ready 7 - 8 mm External Proximity Switch Ready 8 - 12 mm External Proximity Switch Ready (See Note 1.) 4 mm ROUND PROXIMITY SWITCHES 55822-1 DESCRIPTION NPN (Sink) or PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cable NPN (Sink) or PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect SERIES 5580 REED SWITCHES NOTES: 1) Long jaw travel and 12 mm external proximity switch ready options are not available on size 3 or size 4 units. 2) Spring assist available in same direction as maximum force movement only. (-x04x, -x06x, -x53x, -x55x) See page 6A-28. 3) All switches and kits must be ordered separately. See pages 6A-24 to 6A-27. PART NO. 55802-1-02 SIZE 3 - 20 mm Bore 4 - 25 mm Bore 5 - 32 mm Bore 6 - 40 mm Bore G R D 1 4 1 - 1 - 0 5 5 1 SERIES TYPE D - Parallel High Grip Force STYLE IMPERIAL METRIC 1 - Full Mounting 5 - Full Mounting 2 - Full Mounting 6 - Full Mounting Corrosion Resistant Corrosion Resistant 3 - Bottom Mount 7 - Bottom Mount 4 - Bottom Mount 8 - Bottom Mount Corrosion Resistant Corrosion Resistant CUSTOM GRIPPERS ARE AVAILABLE. PLEASE CONSULT PHD. TO PRO D S CT U IT M O PRODUCT TYPE G - Gripper TO ORDER SPECIFY: Product Type, Series, Type, Style, Size, Jaw Style, Design No., and Options. CUS T 6A ORDERING DATA: SERIES GRD PARALLEL GRIPPERS 6A-16 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION BENEFITS: SERIES GRD PARALLEL GRIPPERS BENEFITS ■ Very high grip force to weight ratio for efficient use of space and power. ■ Compact size is ideal for handling small parts in confined areas. ■ Available in four sizes with two body styles for maximum application versatility. ■ True parallel jaw travel for easy tooling design. ■ Double acting for either internal or external gripping applications. Units can be specified with maximum grip force for internal or external gripping for optimum unit performance. ■ Optional spring assist can be specified to enhance maximum gripping force or for part retention upon loss of air pressure. ■ Close tolerance jaw mechanism minimizes jaw play. Use of male keys allows precise positioning of tooling. ■ Internal jaw mechanism is constructed of hardened steel components and is enclosed for a minimum life of 10 million trouble-free cycles. ■ Reed, Hall or Proximity Switches are available for indication of jaw position. ■ Series GRD Grippers are fully field repairable. SPECIFICATIONS WORKING PRESSURE BODY JAWS SEALS 6A LUBRICATION SERIES GRD 30 psi Min. - 100 psi Max. [2 bar Min. - 7 bar Max.] Hardcoat Aluminum Hardened Steel Bidirectional Piston Seal Lip Type or O-ring Rod Seal Permanent for Non–Lube Air MAX. ALLOWABLE FORCES & MOMENTS ON GRIPPER JAWS MODEL NO. GRDx31 GRDx41 GRDx5x GRDx6x Fa N lb 109 485 107 476 213 947 320 1423 Mx in-lb Nm 7 64 10 86 230 26 437 49 COVER SURFACE Mz My in-lb Nm 8 68 8 68 168 19 281 32 Mz in-lb Nm 6 52 6 52 138 16 336 38 Fa: Mx: My: Mz: Total for both jaws Per jaw, with moments from cover surface Per jaw, with moments from center of gripper Per jaw, with moments from cover surface, tooling keyed to jaw Fa Mx My 6A-17 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grd DIMENSIONS: SERIES GRD GRIPPERS, FULL MOUNTING J1 J4 J3 2X J6 DOWEL PIN HOLES 4X J5 THREAD J2 IMPERIAL ØE J8 H1 SQUARE 3 J7 4 LETTER DIM. NOMINAL JAW TRAVEL SHORT LONG A CLOSED • A OPEN • AL CLOSED • AL OPEN • B C D E* G1 G2* G3* G4 G5 G6 G7 2 H1 H2 4X H2 THREAD 1 METRIC J8 H1 SQUARE 3 ØE 6A J7 4 2X J6 DOWEL PIN HOLES 2X J6 DOWEL PIN HOLES 2 4X H2 THREAD J6* J7* J8* P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 .187 — 1.368 1.515 — — 1.141 1.063 1.922 .866 x .079 DP .551 .2756 .4921 1.664 .121 .250 6-32 x .280 DP .846 4-40 x .220 DP .886 .8465 .276 .551 4-40 x .220 DP .0634 .5118 .9843 .492 .326 .492 10-32 1/16 4.75 — 34.75 38.5 — — 29.0 27.0 48.75 22.0 x 2.0 DP 14.0 7.0 12.5 42.25 3.0 6.5 M3 x 0.5 x 6.0 DP 21.5 M3 x 0.5 x 6.0 DP 22.5 21.50 7.0 14.0 M3 x 0.5 x 6.0 DP 2.0 13.00 25.00 12.5 8.25 12.5 M5 x 0.8 3.0 MODEL NO. GRDx41 GRDx5x mm in mm in .335 — 1.851 2.145 — — 1.457 1.378 1.909 1.104 x .079 DP .551 .2756 .4921 1.651 .121 .250 6-32 x .280 DP 1.102 8-32 x .330 DP .906 1.1024 .296 .591 8-32 x .330 DP .1259 .7480 1.2205 .492 .332 .472 10-32 1/16 8.5 — 47.0 54.5 — — 37.0 35.0 48.5 28.0 x 2.0 DP 14.0 7.0 12.5 42.0 3.0 6.5 M3 x 0.5 x 6.0 DP 28.0 M4 x 0.7 x 8.0 DP 23.0 28.00 7.5 15.0 M4 x 0.7 x 8.0 DP 3.0 19.00 31.00 12.5 8.5 12.0 M5 x 0.8 3.0 .315 .502 1.870 2.145 2.412 2.874 1.654 1.575 2.303 1.341 x .082 DP .787 .3940 .748 2.006 .186 .375 8-32 x .320 DP 1.220 10-24 x .375 DP 1.201 1.2205 .315 .630 10-24 x .281 DP .1259 .8661 1.4173 .669 .333 .531 10-32 1/16 8 12.75 47.5 54.5 61.25 73.0 42.0 40.0 58.5 34.0 x 2.0 DP 20.0 10.0 19.0 51.0 4.5 10.0 M4 x 0.7 x 8.0 DP 31.0 M5 x 0.8 x 10.0 DP 30.5 31.00 8.0 16.0 M5 x 0.8 x 7.5 DP 3.0 22.00 36.00 17.0 8.5 13.5 M5 x 0.8 3.0 GRDx6x in mm .423 .699 2.392 2.775 2.933 3.592 2.126 1.969 2.972 1.656 x .087 DP 1.024 .5118 .9842 2.616 .180 .625 10-24 x .380 DP 1.535 1/4-20 x .500 DP 1.614 1.5354 .394 .787 1/4-20 x .375 DP .1884 1.0630 1.8504 .669 .392 .669 10-32 1/16 10.75 17.75 60.75 70.5 74.5 91.25 54.0 50.0 75.5 42.0 x 2.25 DP 26.0 13.0 25.0 66.5 6.5 12.0 M5 x 0.8 x 10.0 DP 39.0 M6 x 1.0 x 12.0 DP 41.0 39.0 10.0 20.0 M6 x 1.0 x 9.0 DP 4.0 27.00 47.0 17.0 10.0 17.0 M5 x 0.8 3.0 NOTES: 1) NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE mm 2) *TOLERANCE FOR DIMENSIONS: E = ± .005 [± 0.13] G2 = ± .0006 [± 0.015] G3 = ± .0003 [± 0.007] J2 (BETWEEN DOWEL PIN HOLES) = ± .0008 [± 0.02] J6 = ± .0005 [H7] J7 AND J8 = ± .0008 [± 0.02] 3) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE SURFACE POSITIONS 1 SEE SWITCH OPTION PAGE FOR DETAIL J1 J2* J3 J4 J5 GRDx31 mm in 5 • A CLOSED REFLECTS THE LARGEST POSSIBLE CLOSED DIMENSION. A OPEN REFLECTS THE SMALLEST POSSIBLE OPEN DIMENSION. G4 D .079 [2.0] KEY DEPTH P4 PORT FITTING FOR P5 ID TUBE (SUPPLIED WITH UNIT) 6 A (GRDxx1 SHORT TRAVEL) AL (GRDxx2 LONG TRAVEL) P3 B G4 P2 G2 C G1 G3 G6 P1 G5 G7 THREAD 2X EACH JAW All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. 6A-18 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grd CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION DIMENSIONS: SERIES GRD GRIPPERS, BOTTOM MOUNTING LETTER DIM. NOMINAL JAW TRAVEL SHORT LONG A CLOSED • A OPEN • AL CLOSED • AL OPEN • B C D E* H1 SQUARE 3 4 G1 G2* G3* G4 G5 G6 G7 2 H1 H2 4X H2 THREAD 1 SEE SWITCH OPTION PAGE FOR DETAIL P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 5 G4 D .079 [2.0] KEY DEPTH 6 A (GRDxx1 SHORT TRAVEL) AL (GRDxx2 LONG TRAVEL) .187 — 1.368 1.515 — — 1.141 1.063 1.922 .866 x .079 DP .551 .2756 .4921 1.664 .121 .250 6-32 x .280 DP .846 4-40 x .220 DP .492 .326 .492 10-32 1/16 4.75 — 34.75 38.5 — — 29.0 27.0 48.75 22.0 x 2.0 DP 14.0 7.0 12.5 42.25 3.0 6.5 M3 x 0.5 x 6.0 DP 21.5 M3 x 0.5 x 6.0 DP 12.5 8.25 12.5 M5 x 0.8 3.0 .335 — 1.851 2.145 — — 1.457 1.378 1.909 1.104 x .079 DP .551 .2756 .4921 1.651 .121 .250 6-32 x .280 DP 1.102 8-32 x .330 DP .492 .332 .472 10-32 1/16 8.5 — 47.0 54.5 — — 37.0 35.0 48.5 28.0 x 2.0 DP 14.0 7.0 12.5 42.0 3.0 6.5 M3 x 0.5 x 6.0 DP 28.0 M4 x 0.7 x 8.0 DP 12.5 8.5 12.0 M5 x 0.8 3.0 .315 .502 1.870 2.145 2.412 2.874 1.654 1.575 2.303 1.341 x .082 DP .787 .3940 .748 2.006 .186 .375 8-32 x .320 DP 1.220 10-24 x .375 DP .669 .333 .531 10-32 1/16 8 12.75 47.5 54.5 61.25 73.0 42.0 40.0 58.5 34.0 x 2.0 DP 20.0 10.0 19.0 51.0 4.5 10.0 M4 x 0.7 x 8.0 DP 31.0 M5 x 0.8 x 10.0 DP 17.0 8.5 13.5 M5 x 0.8 3.0 GRDx6x in mm .423 .699 2.392 2.775 2.933 3.592 2.126 1.969 2.972 1.656 x .087 DP 1.024 .5118 .9842 2.616 .180 .625 10-24 x .380 DP 1.535 1/4-20 x .500 DP .669 .392 .669 10-32 1/16 10.75 17.75 60.75 70.5 74.5 91.25 54.0 50.0 75.5 42.0 x 2.25 DP 26.0 13.0 25.0 66.5 6.5 12.0 M5 x 0.8 x 10.0 DP 39.0 M6 x 1.0 x 12.0 DP 17.0 10.0 17.0 M5 x 0.8 3.0 NOTES: 1) NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE mm 2) *TOLERANCE FOR DIMENSIONS: E = ± .005 [± 0.13] G2 = ± .0006 [± 0.015] G3 = ± .0003 [± 0.007] 3) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE SURFACE POSITIONS • A CLOSED REFLECTS THE LARGEST POSSIBLE CLOSED DIMENSION. A OPEN REFLECTS THE SMALLEST POSSIBLE OPEN DIMENSION. 6A ØE MODEL NO. GRDx41 GRDx5x mm in mm in GRDx31 mm in P4 PORT FITTING FOR P5 ID TUBE (SUPPLIED WITH UNIT) P3 B G4 P2 G2 C G1 G3 G6 P1 G5 G7 THREAD 2X EACH JAW All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 6A-19 (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grd GRIP FORCE GRAPHS: SERIES GRDx3/GRDx4 PARALLEL GRIPPERS Gripping forces are the arithmetic sum of the forces applied by both jaws. Gripping forces shown are for maximum force direction at 87 psi [6 bar] actuating pressure, related to tooling length. Spring only forces are shown with no actuating pressure. TOOLING LENGTH PART GRDx31-1-x5xx MAXIMUM FORCE CLOSE CLOSE OPEN AIR W ITH H 40 [178] EAVY AIR W ITH M NG M SP RING 30 [134] AIR ON LY 20 [89] 10 [45] HEAVY SPRING ONLY MEDIUM SPRING ONLY AIR W ITH H SPRI EDIU OPEN CLOSE 50 [222] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 50 [222] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] GRDx31-1-x0xx MAXIMUM FORCE OPEN 40 [178] ITH M SPRI NG EDIU M SP RING 30 [134] AIR ON LY 20 [89] HEAVY SPRING 10 [45] 0 EAVY AIR W ONLY MEDIUM SPRING ONLY 0 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 0 1 [25] 2 [51] TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] GRDx41-1-x5xx MAXIMUM FORCE CLOSE GRDx41-1-x0xx MAXIMUM FORCE OPEN 6A TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] 3 [76] CLOSE OPEN AIR W ITH H TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 50 [222] AIR W EAVY ITH M EDIU 50 [222] NG RING AIR ON 30 [134] LY 20 [89] HEAVY SPRING ONLY 10 [45] MEDIUM SPRING ONLY OPEN CLOSE AIR W ITH H SPRI M SP 40 [178] 60 [267] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 60 [267] 0 AIR W EAVY ITH M EDIU SPRI NG M SP 40 [178] RING AIR ON 30 [134] LY 20 [89] HEAVY SPRING ONLY 10 [45] MEDIUM SPRING ONLY 0 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] 6A-20 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grd CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION GRIP FORCE GRAPHS: SERIES GRDx5 PARALLEL GRIPPERS Gripping forces are the arithmetic sum of the forces applied by both jaws. Gripping forces shown are for maximum force direction at 87 psi [6 bar] actuating pressure, related to tooling length. Spring only forces are shown with no actuating pressure. TOOLING LENGTH PART GRDx51-1-x5xx MAXIMUM FORCE CLOSE CLOSE OPEN 140 [623] ITH H EAVY AIR W 100 [445] ITH M NG M SP RING AIR ON LY 60 [267] 40 [178] 20 [89] AIR W 120 [534] SPRI EDIU 80 [356] OPEN CLOSE 140 [623] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] AIR W 120 [534] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] GRDx51-1-x0xx MAXIMUM FORCE OPEN HEAVY SPRING ONLY MEDIUM SPRING ONLY ITH H ITH M SPRI NG EDIU M SP RING 80 [356] AIR ON LY 60 [267] 40 [178] 20 [89] 0 EAVY AIR W 100 [445] HEAVY SPRING ONLY MEDIUM SPRING ONLY 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] GRDx52-1-x5xx (LONG TRAVEL) MAXIMUM FORCE CLOSE GRDx52-1-x0xx (LONG TRAVEL) MAXIMUM FORCE OPEN 4 [102] 6A 0 CLOSE OPEN 90 [400] 80 [356] AIR W ITH H 70 [311] AIR W EAVY ITH M 60 [267] EDIU TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 80 [356] SPRI NG M SP 50 [222] RING AIR ON 40 [178] LY 30 [134] HEAVY SPRING 20 [89] MEDIUM SPRING 10 [45] OPEN CLOSE 90 [400] ONLY AIR W ITH H 70 [311] AIR W ITH M 60 [267] SPRI NG M SP RING AIR ON 40 [178] LY 30 [134] 10 [45] 0 EDIU 50 [222] 20 [89] ONLY EAVY HEAVY SPRING ONLY MEDIUM SPRING ONLY 0 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] 6A-21 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grd GRIP FORCE GRAPHS: SERIES GRDx6 PARALLEL GRIPPERS Gripping forces are the arithmetic sum of the forces applied by both jaws. Gripping forces shown are for maximum force direction at 87 psi [6 bar] actuating pressure, related to tooling length. Spring only forces are shown with no actuating pressure. TOOLING LENGTH PART GRDx61-1-x5xx MAXIMUM FORCE CLOSE CLOSE OPEN 200 [890] AIR W ITH H EAVY AIR W ITH M 150 [667] 100 [445] SPRI NG EDIU M SP RING AIR ON LY HEAVY SPRING 50 [222] ONLY MEDIUM SPRING OPEN CLOSE 250 [1112] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 250 [1112] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] GRDx61-1-x0xx MAXIMUM FORCE OPEN 200 [890] AIR W ITH H ITH M 150 [667] 100 [445] 0 SPRI NG EDIU M SP RING AIR ON LY 50 [222] ONLY EAVY AIR W HEAVY SPRING ONLY MEDIUM SPRING ONLY 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] 5 [127] 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] GRDx62-1-x5xx (LONG TRAVEL) MAXIMUM FORCE CLOSE GRDx62-1-x0xx (LONG TRAVEL) MAXIMUM FORCE OPEN 5 [127] 6A 0 CLOSE OPEN 140 [623] ITH H TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] AIR W EAVY ITH M 100 [445] 80 [356] EDIU NG M SP RING AIR ON LY 60 [267] 40 [178] 20 [89] HEAVY SPRING ONLY MEDIUM SPRING ONLY AIR W ITH H 120 [534] SPRI TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] AIR W 120 [534] OPEN CLOSE 140 [623] AIR W ITH M 100 [445] 80 [356] SPRI EDIU NG M SP RING AIR ON LY 60 [267] 40 [178] 20 [89] 0 EAVY HEAVY SPRING ONLY MEDIUM SPRING ONLY 0 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] 5 [127] TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] 5 [127] TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] 6A-22 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grd CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRD PARALLEL GRIPPERS SPECIFICATIONS TOTAL GRIP MIN. TOTAL JAW FORCE AT 87 psi [6 bar] TRAVEL in mm lb N .147 3.75 33 147 .294 7.5 40 178 .275 7.0 87 387 .462 11.75 54 240 .383 9.75 136 604 .659 16.75 91 406 MODEL NO. GRDx31 GRDx41 GRDx51 GRDx52 GRDx61 GRDx62 MODEL NO. GRDx31 GRDx41 GRDx51 GRDx52 GRDx61 GRDx62 SF SPRING FORCE lb N 15 67 20 87 42 187 26 117 66 294 44 196 WEIGHT ADDER oz g 1.5 43 2.7 77 5 142 5 142 10 284 10 284 GRIPPER WEIGHT oz g 4 113 6 170 10.5 298 11.5 326 22.5 638 25 709 CLOSE OR MINIMUM GF GRIP FORCE FACTOR OPEN TIME OPERATING DISPLACEMAXIMUM MINIMUM 87 psi [6 bar] PRESSURE MENT DIRECTION DIRECTION sec in3 cm3 IMPERIAL METRIC IMPERIAL METRIC psi bar .02 .38 24.5 .33 21.3 .07 1 30 2 .02 .46 29.7 .42 27.1 .12 2 30 2 .04 1.00 64.5 .90 58.1 .25 4 30 2 .04 .62 40.0 .55 35.5 .25 4 30 2 .06 1.56 100.6 1.42 91.6 .54 9 30 2 1.05 67.7 .95 61.3 .06 .54 9 30 2 HEAVY SPRING MINIMUM CLOSE OR OPEN TIME OPERATING 87 psi [6 bar] in sec PRESSURE AGAINST WITH SPRING psi bar SPRING SPRING ONLY 72 5 .03 .02 .03 72 5 .03 .02 .03 72 5 .06 .03 .05 72 5 .06 .03 .05 72 5 .10 .05 .08 72 5 .10 .05 .08 SF SPRING FORCE lb N 12 55 16 71 35 155 22 96 55 242 37 163 WEIGHT ADDER oz g 1.25 35 2.5 71 4.5 128 4.5 128 9.25 262 9.25 262 MEDIUM SPRING MINIMUM CLOSE OR OPEN TIME OPERATING 87 psi [6 bar] in sec PRESSURE AGAINST WITH SPRING psi bar SPRING SPRING ONLY 60 4 .03 .02 .04 60 4 .03 .02 .04 60 4 .05 .04 .07 60 4 .05 .04 .07 60 4 .08 .06 .10 60 4 .08 .06 .10 TOOLING LENGTH FACTOR Tooling should be designed so that the grip point is as close to the cover surface as possible. When the grip point moves away, jaw friction increases, which decreases grip force. The GF information given above is for zero tooling length (cover surface). The chart shows how force decreases as the grip point moves away from the cover surface. The derating figures and maximum tooling lengths are included in the graphs on pages 6A-20 to 6A-22. CHART A 1.0 0.8 0.7 0.6 GRDx31 GRDx41 0.5 0.4 6A DERATING FACTOR 0.9 GRDx5x GRDx6x 0.3 0.2 0.1 DISTANCE FROM COVER SURFACE 0 PART 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] 5 [127] TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] GRIPPER CALCULATION EXAMPLE TOTAL FORCE lb [N] = [Pressure psi [bar] x GF] x Tooling Length Factor TOTAL FORCE WITH SPRINGS lb [N] = [(Pressure psi [bar] x GF) ± SF] x Tooling Length Factor GRD151-2-0501 (WITHOUT SPRINGS) Operating Pressure = 80 psi Find Grip Force GF = 1.00 (from Specifications) Find Tooling Length Factor = .72 (See Chart A above) (Tooling Length of 2.0 in = .72 Tooling Length Factor) [1.00 x 80 psi] x .72 = 57.6 lb Total Grip Force GRD151-1-0531 (WITH SPRINGS) Spring assist close, medium springs Operating Pressure = 80 psi Find Spring Force SF = 35 (from Specifications) (All other data is the same.) [(1.00 x 80 psi) + 35] x .72 = 82.8 lb Total Grip Force COVER SURFACE 2.0 [50] PART 6A-23 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grd ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRD PARALLEL GRIPPERS SEALS AND FLUIDS LUBRICATION Buna-N seals are standard on all Series GRD Parallel Grippers. Piston seals are long life Buna-N and rod seals are lip type or Orings. Both are compatible with standard paraffin-based lubrication oils used for pneumatic cylinders. For compatibility with other fluids, consult PHD. Seals and gripper mechanism are prelubricated at the factory for service under normal operating conditions. MATERIAL Parallel gripper body is made of hardcoated aluminum. Jaws and operating mechanism are manufactured from hardened steel. TEMPERATURE LIMITS Seals and gripper mechanism are designed for use in temperatures from –20° to 180°F [–30° to 82°C]. For higher temperatures, consult PHD. SPECIAL GRIPPERS Grippers for special applications, severe duty, or constructed of special materials are available. Consult PHD. LIFE EXPECTANCY REPEATABILITY All units with Buna-N seals have been tested to 10 million cycles with minimal seal wear and minimal backlash. Grip repeatability is within .004 inch [0.10 mm] of original centered position. INTERNAL SPRINGS BACKLASH Internal springs are intended to assist the gripper and add to grip force in one specific direction. They can be used to open or close the gripper without pneumatic pressure or to maintain spring grip force if pressure is lost. Spring life in excess of 10 million cycles can be expected. B Jaw backlash in the (A) direction will not exceed .005 in [0.127 mm] per jaw. Total clearance between the parallel jaws and the gripper body or cover will not exceed the following figures: (B) .0025 in [0.064 mm] (C) .003 in [0.076 mm] A C SENSOR OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES: SERIES GRD 1 Options -1 and -2 equip the gripper with magnets for use with PHD Series 5580 Reed and Hall Effect Switches. See Switches and Sensors section for complete switch specifications. Switches and mounting kits must be ordered separately. 6A REED SWITCH READY 2 .197 [5.0] MAX - HALL EFFECT .039 [1.0] MAX - REED HALL EFFECT SWITCH READY .079 [2.0] HEX FOR CLAMPING PROXIMITY SWITCH REED SWITCHES PART NO. 55802-1-02 55822-1 COLOR White White COLOR Yellow Red Yellow Red 1.180 [30.0] DESCRIPTION NPN (Sink) or PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cable NPN (Sink) or PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect HALL EFFECT SWITCHES PART NO. 55803-1-02 55804-1-02 55823-1 55824-1 .361 [9.2] DESCRIPTION PART NO. Switch Mounting Kit 61494 17533-00-02 2 meter Cordset with Quick Connect 17533-00-05 5 meter Cordset with Quick Connect DESCRIPTION NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cable PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cable NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect Each mounting kit contains 1 proximity switch bracket and 1 mounting screw. SWITCH HYSTERESIS SWITCH TYPE 5580 REED 5580 HALL EFFECT 4,8, & 12 mm PROXIMITY GRDx31 in mm .020 .51 .065 1.65 .015 .38 GRDx41 in mm .035 .89 .115 2.92 .015 .38 GRDx51 in mm .020 .51 .065 1.65 .015 .38 GRDx61 in mm .022 .56 .110 2.79 .015 .38 GRDx52 in mm .035 .89 .115 2.92 .015 .38 GRDx62 in mm .045 1.14 .215 5.46 .015 .38 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. 6A-24 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grd CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION SENSOR OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES: SERIES GRD 4 mm EXTERNAL PROXIMITY SWITCH READY (-6xxx) 6 This option equips the gripper with a cover and hardware to provide for the mounting of 4 mm round metal sensing proximity switches. The user is required to design and mount targets for the switch to sense. See the example on page 6A-27. See Switches and Sensors section for complete switch specifications. MODEL NO. LETTER DIM. NOMINAL JAW TRAVEL SHORT LONG A CLOSED* A OPEN* AL CLOSED* AL OPEN* FP1 FP2 FP3 FP4 FP5 FP6 FP7 FP8 FP9 GRDx6x GRDx5x GRDx41 GRDx31 in mm in mm in mm in mm .187 — 1.368 1.515 — — 1.122 .551 .256 .650 .532 .846 .964 .098 4 mm 4.75 — 34.75 38.5 — — 28.5 14.0 6.5 16.5 13.5 21.5 24.5 2.5 4 mm .335 — 1.851 2.145 — — 1.417 .630 .256 .866 .689 .984 1.102 .098 4 mm 8.5 — 47.0 54.5 — — 36.0 16.0 6.5 22.0 17.5 25.0 28.0 2.5 4 mm .315 .502 1.870 2.145 2.412 2.874 1.614 .748 .295 .906 .788 1.083 1.201 .098 4 mm 8.0 12.75 47.5 54.5 61.25 73.0 41.0 19.0 7.5 23.0 20.0 27.5 30.5 2.5 4 mm .423 .699 2.392 2.775 2.933 3.592 2.087 1.220 .354 1.102 .984 1.280 1.398 .098 4 mm 10.75 17.75 60.75 70.5 74.5 91.25 53.0 31.0 9.0 28.0 25.0 32.5 35.5 2.5 4 mm NOTES: 1) PROXIMITY SWITCHES MUST BE ORDERED SEPARATELY 2) HAND TIGHTEN CLAMP SHCS UNTIL PROXIMITY SWITCHES NO LONGER MOVE * A CLOSED REFLECTS THE LARGEST POSSIBLE CLOSED DIMENSION. A OPEN REFLECTS THE SMALLEST POSSIBLE OPEN DIMENSION. 4 mm ROUND PROXIMITY SWITCHES FP5 6A DESCRIPTION PART NO. 18430-001-02 NPN (Sink) 10-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 18430-002-02 PNP (Source) 10-30 VDC, 2 meter cable FP8 HEX FOR CLAMPING PROXIMITY SWITCH FP3 A (GRDxx1 SHORT TRAVEL) AL (GRDxx2 LONG TRAVEL) FP4 FP6 FP7 FP1 FP2 2X THRU HOLE FOR FP9 PROXIMITY SWITCH All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 6A-25 (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grd SENSOR OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES: SERIES GRD 7 8 mm EXTERNAL PROXIMITY SWITCH READY (-7xxx) This option equips the gripper with a cover and hardware to provide for the mounting of 8 mm threaded metal sensing proximity switches. The user is required to design and mount targets for the switch to sense. See the example on page 6A-27. See Switches and Sensors section for complete switch specifications. MODEL NO. GRDx31 LETTER mm DIM. in NOMINAL JAW TRAVEL 4.75 SHORT .187 — LONG — 34.75 A CLOSED* 1.368 38.5 A OPEN* 1.515 — AL CLOSED* — — AL OPEN* — 28.5 EP1 1.122 14.0 EP2 .551 6.5 EP3 .256 18.25 EP4 .718 13.5 EP5 .532 23.75 EP6 .935 26.75 EP7 1.053 2.5 EP8 .098 EP9 M8 x 1.0 M8 x 1.0 GRDx6x GRDx5x GRDx41 in mm in mm in mm .335 — 1.851 2.145 — — 1.417 .630 .256 .866 .689 1.063 1.181 .098 M8 x 1.0 8.5 — 47.0 54.5 — — 36.0 16.0 6.5 22.0 17.5 27.0 30.0 2.5 M8 x 1.0 .315 .502 1.870 2.145 2.412 2.874 1.614 .748 .295 .984 .788 1.279 1.397 .098 M8 x 1.0 8.0 12.75 47.5 54.5 61.25 73.0 41.0 19.0 7.5 25.0 20.0 32.5 35.5 2.5 M8 x 1.0 .423 .699 2.392 2.775 2.933 3.592 2.087 1.220 .354 1.180 .984 1.418 1.535 .098 M8 x 1.0 10.75 17.75 60.75 70.5 74.5 91.25 53.0 31.0 9.0 30.0 25.0 36.0 39.0 2.5 M8 x 1.0 NOTES: 1) PROXIMITY SWITCHES MUST BE ORDERED SEPARATELY 2) HAND TIGHTEN CLAMP SHCS UNTIL PROXIMITY SWITCHES NO LONGER MOVE * A CLOSED REFLECTS THE LARGEST POSSIBLE CLOSED DIMENSION. A OPEN REFLECTS THE SMALLEST POSSIBLE OPEN DIMENSION. 8 mm THREADED PROXIMITY SWITCHES DESCRIPTION PART NO. 51422-005-02 NPN (Sink) 5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 51422-006-02 PNP (Source) 5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 6A EP5 EP8 HEX FOR CLAMPING PROXIMITY SWITCH EP3 A (GRDxx1 SHORT TRAVEL) AL (GRDxx2 LONG TRAVEL) EP4 EP6 EP7 EP1 2X THREAD FOR EP9 THREADED PROXIMITY SWITCH EP2 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. 6A-26 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grd CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION SENSOR OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES: SERIES GRD 12 mm EXTERNAL PROXIMITY SWITCH READY (-8xxx) 8 This option equips the gripper with a cover and hardware to provide for the mounting of 12 mm threaded metal sensing proximity switches. The user is required to design and mount targets for the switch to sense. See the example below. MODEL NO. LETTER DIM. NOMINAL JAW TRAVEL SHORT LONG A CLOSED* A OPEN* AL CLOSED* AL OPEN* TP1 TP2 TP3 TP4 TP5 TP6 TP7 TP8 TP9 GRDx6x GRDx5x 8.0 .315 12.75 .502 47.5 1.870 54.5 2.145 61.25 2.412 73.0 2.874 41.0 1.614 19.0 .748 7.5 .295 27.0 1.063 20.0 .788 35.0 1.378 38.0 1.496 2.5 .098 M12 x 1.0 M12 x 1.0 TP5 mm in mm in 10.75 .423 17.75 .699 60.75 2.392 70.5 2.775 74.5 2.933 91.25 3.592 53.0 2.087 31.0 1.220 9.0 .354 32.0 1.260 25.0 .984 40.0 1.574 43.0 1.692 2.5 .098 M12 x 1.0 M12 x 1.0 NOTES: 1) PROXIMITY SWITCHES MUST BE ORDERED SEPARATELY 2) HAND TIGHTEN CLAMP SHCS UNTIL PROXIMITY SWITCHES NO LONGER MOVE TP8 HEX FOR CLAMPING PROXIMITY SWITCH TP3 TP4 A (GRDxx1 SHORT TRAVEL) AL (GRDxx2 LONG TRAVEL) TP6 TP7 TP1 2X THREAD FOR TP9 THREADED PROXIMITY SWITCH TP2 * A CLOSED REFLECTS THE LARGEST POSSIBLE CLOSED DIMENSION. A OPEN REFLECTS THE SMALLEST POSSIBLE OPEN DIMENSION. 12 mm THREADED PROXIMITY SWITCHES DESCRIPTION NPN (Sink) 24 VDC, 3 meter cable PNP (Source) 24 VDC, 3 meter cable AC 117 VAC, 3 meter cable SPECIFICATIONS INPUT VOLTAGE OUTPUT CURRENT RATING INRUSH CURRENT SHORT PR0TECT REVERSE VOLTAGE LEAKAGE CURRENT OUTPUT STATE REPEATABILITY ENVIRONMENTAL 15561-001 15561-002 15561-003 10 to 30 VDC 20 to 260 VAC 200 mA. Max. 5-200 mA. Max. NA 1 Amp 20 ms. Yes No Yes No 50 µa. 1.5 mA. Max. Normally Open ± .003 in [0.08 mm] IEC IP67 EXAMPLE OF TARGET CREATED BY CUSTOMER FOR EXTERNAL PROXIMITY SWITCHES SHCS TARGET - JAWS OPEN SHCS TARGET - JAWS CLOSED PROXIMITY CLAMP SCREW COVER WIRING SCHEMATICS DC BROWN BLACK LOAD BLUE PROXIMITY SWITCHES MODEL 15561-003 - AC SWITCH SWITCH MODEL 15561-001 DC NPN (SINK) BLUE BODY LINE BROWN LOAD NEUTRAL DC SWITCH MODEL 15561-002 DC PNP (SOURCE) BLUE OFF DC BROWN BLACK 6A PART NO. 15561-001 15561-002 15561-003 ON LOAD GRIPPER SHOWN IN CLOSED POSITION DC All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 6A-27 (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grd SPRING OPTIONS: SERIES GRD PARALLEL GRIPPERS 3&4 MEDIUM FORCE SPRING ASSIST (-xx3x) or (-xx4x) 5&6 HEAVY FORCE SPRING ASSIST (-xx5x) or (-xx6x) (Full mounting style only) Springs can maintain spring grip force if air pressure is lost or increase grip force in one specific direction when used with air pressure. They can open or close the gripper without air pressure. Spring life in excess of 10 million cycles can be expected. For minimum operating pressures and spring forces, see specifications on page 6A-23. NOTE: Spring assist option may affect dimensions. MODEL NO. LETTER DIM. NOMINAL JAW TRAVEL SHORT LONG A CLOSED • A OPEN • AL CLOSED • AL OPEN • J1 J4 J3 2X J6 DOWEL PIN HOLES 4X J5 THREAD J2 J8 H1 SQUARE 3 J7 4 METRIC 2X J6 DOWEL PIN HOLES 6A IMPERIAL 1 SEE SWITCH OPTION PAGE FOR DETAIL H1 H2 J1 J2* J3 J4 J5 2 4X H2 THREAD B C D G1 G2* G3* G4 G5 G6 G7 2X J6 DOWEL PIN HOLES 5 G4 D J6* J7* J8* P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 GRDx3x in mm .187 — 1.368 1.515 — — 1.141 1.063 2.500 .551 .2756 .4921 2.242 .121 .250 6-32 x .280 DP .846 4-40 x .220 DP .886 .8465 .276 .551 4-40 x .220 DP .0634 .5118 .9843 .492 .904 .492 10-32 1/16 GRDx4x in mm 4.75 — 34.75 38.5 — — 29.0 27.0 63.5 14.0 7.0 12.5 57.0 3.0 6.5 M3 x 0.5 x 6.0 DP 21.5 M3 x 0.5 x 6.0 DP 22.5 21.50 7.0 14.0 M3 x 0.5 x 6.0 DP 2.0 13.00 25.00 12.5 23.0 12.5 M5 x 0.8 3.0 .335 — 1.851 2.145 — — 1.457 1.378 2.599 .551 .2756 .4921 2.341 .121 .250 6-32 x .280 DP 1.102 8-32 x .330 DP .906 1.1024 .296 .591 8-32 x .330 DP .1259 .7480 1.2205 .492 1.022 .472 10-32 1/16 in GRDx5x mm .315 .502 1.870 2.145 2.412 2.874 1.654 1.575 3.149 .787 .3940 .748 2.852 .186 .375 8-32 x .328 DP 1.220 10-24 x .375 DP 1.201 1.2205 .315 .630 10-24 x .281 DP .1259 .8661 1.4173 .669 1.179 .531 10-32 1/16 8.5 — 47.0 54.5 — — 37.0 35.0 66.0 14.0 7.0 12.5 59.5 3.0 6.5 M3 x 0.5 x 6.0 DP 28.0 M4 x 0.7 x 8.0 DP 23.0 28.00 7.5 15.0 M4 x 0.7 x 8.0 DP 3.0 19.00 31.00 12.5 26.0 12.0 M5 x 0.8 3.0 GRDx6x 8 12.75 47.5 54.5 61.25 73.0 42.0 40.0 80.0 20.0 10.0 19.0 72.5 4.5 10.0 M4 x 0.7 x 8.0 DP 31.0 M5 x 0.8 x 10.0 DP 30.50 31.00 8.0 16.0 M5 x 0.8 x 7.5 DP 3.0 22.00 36.00 17.0 26.0 13.5 M5 x 0.8 3.0 in mm .423 .699 2.392 2.775 2.933 3.592 2.126 1.969 4.094 1.024 .5118 .9842 3.738 .180 .625 10-24 x .380 DP 1.535 1/4-20 x .500 DP 1.614 1.5354 .394 .787 1/4-20 x .375 DP .1884 1.0630 1.8504 .669 1.514 .669 10-32 1/16 10.75 17.75 60.75 70.5 74.5 91.25 54.0 50.0 104.0 26.0 13.0 25.0 95.0 6.5 12.0 M5 x 0.8 x 10.0 DP 39.0 M6 x 1.0 x 12.0 DP 41.0 39.0 10.0 20.0 M6 x 1.0 x 9.0 DP 4.0 27.00 47.0 17.0 38.5 17.0 M5 x 0.8 3.0 NOTES: 1) NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE mm 2) *TOLERANCE FOR DIMENSIONS: G2 = ± .0006 [± 0.015] G3 = ± .0003 [± 0.007] J2 (BETWEEN DOWEL PIN HOLES) = ± .0008 [± 0.02] J6 = ± .0005 [H7] J7 AND J8 = ± .0008 [± 0.02] 3) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE SURFACE POSITIONS • A CLOSED REFLECTS THE LARGEST POSSIBLE CLOSED DIMENSION. A OPEN REFLECTS THE SMALLEST POSSIBLE OPEN DIMENSION. .079 [2.0] KEY DEPTH 6 A (GRDxx1 SHORT TRAVEL) AL (GRDxx2 LONG TRAVEL) P4 PORT FITTING FOR P5 ID TUBE (SUPPLIED WITH UNIT) P3 B G4 P2 G2 C G1 G3 G6 P1 G5 G7 THREAD 2X EACH JAW All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. 6A-28 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grd CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION MAXIMUM FORCE OPTIONS: SERIES GRD GRIPPERS 5 MAXIMUM FORCE IN CLOSE DIRECTION (-x5xx) This option changes the maximum force of the jaws from the open direction to the closed direction. This switches or changes the jaw offset 180° from standard. NOTE JAW OFFSET ON THIS SIDE. 6A DIMENSIONS REMAIN THE SAME. SEE DIMENSION PAGES. 6A-29 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grd (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 SWITCH OPTIONS 0 - None 7 - Hall Effect Magnet on piston and “T” slot on the body for Series 5360 Hall Switches DESIGN NO. OPTIONS DESCRIPTION NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter Cable PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter Cable NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect TO NE PRO D E D S CT U IT M O CUSTOM GRIPPERS ARE AVAILABLE. PLEASE CONSULT PHD. OPTIONS 0 - None LIGHT SPRING FORCE 3 - Spring Close 4 - Spring Open HEAVY SPRING FORCE 5 - Spring Close 6 - Spring Open 15360 - 1 - 0 0 0 2 METRIC MODEL 15362 - Size 2 15372 - Size 3 15382 - Size 4 15392 - Size 5 NOTES: 1) See Switches and Senors section for switch information. 2) Switches must be ordered separately. PART NO. 53603-1-02 53604-1-02 53623-1 53624-1 CUS T www.phdinc.com/grd SERIES 5360 MINIATURE HALL EFFECT SWITCHES IMPERIAL MODEL 15360 - Size 2 15370 - Size 3 15380 - Size 4 15390 - Size 5 TO ORDER SPECIFY: Model, Design No., Options, and Seals. 6A SEALS 1 - Buna-N 2 - Fluoro-Elastomer ORDERING DATA: SERIES 5300 PARALLEL OVAL GRIPPERS F 6A-30 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION BENEFITS: SERIES 5300 PARALLEL OVAL GRIPPERS SPECIFICATIONS MEDIA ■ Double-acting for either internal or external gripper applications. ■ Oval piston construction provides high grip force to weight ratio. ■ Optional internal springs allow the unit to be used as a singleacting gripper, for additional grip force, or for grasping an object without air pressure. Lubricated Air MINIMUM PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS 25 psi [1.7 bar] without Spring Option 40 psi [2.7 bar] with Light Spring Option 65 psi [4.5 bar] with Heavy Spring Option MAX. PRESSURE 150 psi [10 bar] Air JAWS Hardened Steel BODY Hardcoated Aluminum JAW GUIDE ■ Close tolerance jaw mechanism eliminates jaw play. ■ Internal jaw mechanism is constructed of hardened steel components and is enclosed to provide long life. PISTON SEALS Available with Hall Effect Proximity Switches for indication of jaw position and interfacing with various controllers and logic systems. PORTS ■ SERIES 5300 ROD BUSHING ROD SEALS OPTIONS 6A BENEFITS Hardened Steel Bronze Quad Type Block Vee with Back-up ring NPT [BSP] Series 5360 Switches, Spring Assist - Light or Heavy 6A-31 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grd DIMENSIONS: SERIES 5300 PARALLEL OVAL GRIPPER MODEL NUMBER 15360 in LETTER DIM. NOMINAL JAW TRAVEL A CLOSED • A OPEN • B C D E F G CLOSE OPEN 4X Q THREAD P SQ T SLOTS FOR OPT HALL SWITCH 2X THRU DIA & C'BORE FOR W SHCS FROM BOTH SIDES R M L X Y C EE* L K S 15.8 1.00 R S T U V W X Y Z AA BB CC DD EE FF GG 5.71 105.6 6.65 119.9 2.250 47.6 5.500 101.6 1.130 24.4 .420 6.9 .750 15.9 M6 x 1 x 5/16-18 x .38 DP 8.0 DP .750 15.9 2.161 40.7 2.100 39.1 .500 11.1 1.500 31.8 M5 x 0.8 1/4-20 x x 9.7 DP .38 DP 3.187 66.7 .062 1.6 1.687 29.4 3.375 58.7 4.031 72.2 5/16 M6 1.726 32.0 1.600 29.7 2.281 45.2 .680 11.1 M5 x 0.8 1/8 NPT .750 14.3 .500 11.2 0 1.0 4.000 71.4 2.25 44.5 15372 mm 15380 in 15382 mm 15390 in 15392 mm 25.4 145.0 168.9 57.2 139.7 28.7 10.7 19.1 M8 x 1.25 x 9.5 DP 19.1 54.9 53.3 12.7 38.1 M6 x 1 x 9.7 DP 80.9 1.6 42.8 85.7 102.4 M8 43.8 40.6 57.9 17.3 1/8 BSP 19.1 12.7 0 101.6 57.2 1.31 33.3 1.80 45.8 7.22 8.47 3.000 7.000 1.440 .430 1.000 3/8-16 x .44 DP 1.000 2.827 2.740 .500 1.750 5/16-18 x .44 DP 3.625 .087 2.375 4.750 5.531 3/8 2.200 1.860 2.781 .880 1/8 NPT .937 .593 .035 5.500 2.75 183.4 215.1 76.2 177.8 36.6 10.9 25.4 M10 x 1.5 x 11.0 DP 25.4 71.8 69.6 12.7 44.05 M8 x 1.25 x 11.2 DP 92.1 2.2 60.3 120.7 140.5 M10 55.9 47.2 70.6 22.4 1/8 BSP 23.8 15.1 1.0 139.7 69.9 9.98 253.5 11.72 296.9 4.000 101.6 9.500 241.3 2.190 55.6 .460 11.7 1.500 38.1 1/2-13 x M12 x 1.75 .56 DP x 14.0 DP 1.500 38.1 3.811 96.8 3.680 93.5 .500 12.7 2.750 69.9 3/8-16 x M10 x 1.5 .56 DP x 14.2 DP 4.750 120.7 .131 3.3 3.250 82.6 6.500 165.1 7.531 191.3 1/2 M12 3.000 76.2 2.420 61.5 4.031 102.4 1.050 26.7 1/4 NPT 1/4 BSP 1.625 41.3 .760 19.3 .05 1.0 7.500 190.5 3.96 100.5 NOTES: 1) NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE FOR METRIC UNITS AND ARE IN mm 2) *EE DIMENSION IS TO BUSHING BLOCK MTG. SCREWS. A 6A 15370 in .62 4.16 4.72 1.875 4.000 .960 .270 .625 1/4-20 x .31 DP .625 1.604 1.540 .437 1.250 10-24 x .38 DP 2.625 .062 1.156 2.312 2.843 1/4 1.260 1.170 1.781 .437 10-32 .562 .440 .04 2.810 1.75 H K L M P Q V FF U 15362 mm • A CLOSED REFLECTS THE LARGEST POSSIBLE CLOSED DIMENSION. A OPEN REFLECTS THE SMALLEST POSSIBLE OPEN DIMENSION. F 4X G THREAD EACH JAW AA B Z F E D H CC CL C GG DD 2X BB PORT FROM OPPOSITE SIDE GRIPPER JAWS: SHOWN AT MID-STROKE All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. 6A-32 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grd CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES 5300 PARALLEL OVAL GRIPPERS SPECIFICATIONS GRIPPER NO. GF EXTERNAL GRIP IMPERIAL METRIC DISPLACEMENT cm3 in3 GF INTERNAL GRIP IMPERIAL METRIC Sf LIGHT SPRING FORCE PRELOAD IMPERIAL METRIC Sf HEAVY SPRING FORCE PRELOAD IMPERIAL METRIC 1536x .73 12.0 1.47 95.0 1.60 109.0 27.0 121.0 38.5 172.2 1537x 2.58 42.3 3.00 194.0 3.27 211.0 50.0 223.0 85.0 377.6 1538x 6.09 99.8 5.61 362.0 5.90 381.0 88.0 391.0 145.0 647.0 1539x 16.82 275.6 11.26 726.0 11.75 758.0 159.0 706.0 343.0 1527.0 UNIT WEIGHT SPRING ASSIST LIGHT HEAVY lb kg lb kg 3.2 1.43 3.2 1.44 7.2 3.24 7.2 3.24 14.4 6.53 14.6 6.64 38.7 17.57 39.1 17.73 CHART A TOOLING LENGTH FAC TOR 1 GRIPPER NO. 1536x 1537x 1538x 1539x 0.9 0.8 0.7 1536x 0.6 1537x 0.5 STANDARD lb kg 3.1 1.41 7.0 3.18 14.0 6.35 37.0 16.78 0 1 [25] 1538x, 1539x 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 [51] [76] [102] [127] [152] [178] [203] [224] [254] DISTANCE FROM FACE OF COVER in [mm] DOUBLE ACTING Without Springs SINGLE ACTING With Spring Close or Spring Open DOUBLE ACTING With Spring Assist Close or Open A 6A A NOTE: Maximum load that grippers can handle will vary based on: Size of part being picked up, shape of part, texture of part, speed at which part is transferred, working pressure, shape of fingers, etc. PHD recommends that the fingers of jaws be tooled or machined to conform to the shape of the part being gripped. PNEUMATIC FORCE PNEUMATIC FORCE SPRING FORCE SPRING FORCE PNEUMATIC FORCE PNEUMATIC FORCE SPRING FORCE + PNEUMATIC FORCE SPRING FORCE + PNEUMATIC FORCE CONVENTIONAL AREA PNEUMATIC FORCE SECTION A-A TYPICAL Guards against failure due to unforeseen pneumatic pressure loss. PNEUMATIC FORCE Provides up to four times the gripping force of conventional grippers of the same size. GRIP FORCE EQUATIONS: 1. All Grippers are double acting. 2. To calculate grip force on units without springs, complete the appropriate equation, but leave out the Spring Force (Sf). 3. Force (lb) = [[Pressure (psi) x GF] + Sf] x Tooling Length Factor Force [N] = [[Pressure (bar) x GF] + Sf] x Tooling Length Factor Force (lb) = Pressure (psi) x GF x Tooling Length Factor Subtract Sf if the springs are working against applied pressure. Force [N] = Pressure [bar] x GF x Tooling Length Factor FORCE (lb) = [[PRESSURE (psi) x GF] – Sf] x Tooling Length Factor To calculate grip force on units with springs, complete the appropriate equation, including Sf. Add Sf if the springs are working with applied pressure. FORCE [N] = [[PRESSURE (bar) x GF] – Sf] x Tooling Length Factor 6A-33 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grd ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES 5300 PARALLEL OVAL GRIPPERS SEALS AND FLUIDS REPEATABILITY Buna-N seals are standard on all Series 5300 gripper piston, rod, and bushing seals. Piston and rod seals are quad type seals. These seals are compatible with standard paraffin-based hydraulic fluids used for lubrication of air cylinders or as power source for hydraulic actuators. Fluoro-Elastomer seals in place of the Buna-N are optional for various types of hydraulic fluids or for temperatures up to 400°F [200°C]. Grip repeatability is within .002 inch [0.05 mm] of original centered position. TEMPERATURE LIMITS Seals and gripping mechanism are designed for use in temperatures from –20° to 180°F [–30° to 82°C]. BACKLASH Backlash of gripper jaw will be less than .004 inch [0.10 mm] parallel to jaw travel. Side play .007 inch [0.18 mm] maximum with jaws at closed “A” dimension. 7 LIFE EXPECTANCY Five million trouble-free cycles can be expected under normal working conditions. Life can be extended by relubricating jaw bushing block after five million cycles. Backlash after five million cycles should be no more than .01 inch [0.25 mm] per jaw. MATERIAL Gripper body is made of hardcoated aluminum. Jaw housings are anodized aluminum and the jaws and internal jaw mechanisms are manufactured from hardened alloy steel. SPECIAL UNITS For grippers for special applications, severe duty, or special material, consult PHD. HALL EFFECT MAGNET 6A Equips piston with magnet and “T” slot on body for Series 5360 Switches. 6A-34 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grd CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 6A NOTES 6A-35 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grd (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 TYPE C - Rotary Parallel SIZE 3 - 1.00 (25 mm) Bore 4 - 1.50 (40 mm) Bore 5 - 2.00 (50 mm) Bore 6 - 3.00 (75 mm) Bore DESIGN NO. OPTIONS MODEL/JAW OPTION Standard, Raised Jaw SHURGRIP, Raised Jaw Standard, Flat Jaw SHURGRIP, Flat Jaw SENSOR OPTION 0 - None 2 - Hall Effect Switch Ready (For Series 5360 Switches) 3 - Reed Switch Ready (For Series 6200 Switches) 5 - Internal Proximity Switch Ready SHURGRIP only (See Note 3.) 6 - 12 mm External Proximity Switch Ready (See Note 2 & 3.) (See Notes 2 and 5.) SPRING OPTION 0 - None MEDIUM DUTY 3 - Spring Assist Closed 4 - Spring Assist Open HEAVY DUTY 5 - Spring Assist Closed 6 - Spring Assist Open SEALS 1 - Buna-N 2 - Fluoro-Elastomer (See Note 1.) TO NE PRO D E D S CT U IT M O CUSTOM GRIPPERS ARE AVAILABLE. PLEASE CONSULT PHD. NOTES: Switches must be ordered separately. 1) When ordering Fluoro-Elastomer seals, consult PHD for life expectancy. See pages 6A-49 and 6A-50 for details. 2) Available on full mounting style only. SERIES 5360 MINIATURE HALL EFFECT SWITCHES SERIES 6200 REED SWITCH 3) See Switch Mounting Kits on pages 6A-49 and 6A-50. 4) See Switches and Sensors section for switch information. DESCRIPTION PART NO. DESCRIPTION PART NO. 5) Spring Assist Open option not available with -2 or -3 sensor options. 53603-1-02 NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cable 62002-1-02 NPN (Sink) or PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC 53604-1-02 PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cable 12 mm PROXIMITY SWITCH AND NUT NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect 53623-1 INTERNAL PROXIMITY SWITCHES PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect 53624-1 PART NO. DESCRIPTION PROXIMITY SWITCH GRIPPER DESCRIPTION MODEL NO. MODEL NO. 15561-001 NPN (Sink) 24 VDC CORDSETS (For Series 5360 Switches with Quick Connect) 18430-001-02 4 mm Round NPN (Sink) 15561-002 PNP (Source) 24 VDC GRCx3x PART NO. DESCRIPTION 18430-002-02 4 mm Round PNP (Source) 15561-003 AC 117 VAC 17533-00-02 2 meter Cordset with Quick Connect 51422-005-02 8 mm Threaded NPN (Sink) GRCx4x, 5x, 6x 17533-00-05 5 meter Cordset with Quick Connect 51422-006-02 8 mm Threaded PNP (Source) 1234- G R C 1 3 1 - 2 - 0 0 0 1 SERIES R - Regular Duty CUS T www.phdinc.com/grc STYLE IMPERIAL METRIC 5 - Full Mounting 1 - Full Mounting 6 - Full Mounting 2 - Full Mounting Corrosion Resistant Corrosion Resistant 7 - Bottom Mount 3 - Bottom Mount 8 - Bottom Mount 4 - Bottom Mount Corrosion Resistant Corrosion Resistant PRODUCT TYPE G - Gripper TO ORDER SPECIFY: Product Type, Series, Type, Style, Bore Size, Options, Design No., and Seals. 6A ORDERING DATA: SERIES GRC PARALLEL GRIPPERS F 6A-36 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION BENEFITS: SERIES GRC PARALLEL GRIPPERS BENEFITS Available in four sizes with two jaw and body styles for maximum application versatility. ■ High grip force to weight ratio for efficient use of space and power. ■ True parallel jaw travel with no arcing motion for easy tooling design. ■ Double-acting for either internal or external gripping applications. ■ Optional spring assist can be specified to obtain maximum gripping force. ■ Close tolerance jaw mechanism eliminates jaw play. Use of dowel pin holes and/or male keys provides precise positioning of tooling. ■ Rugged jaw and body construction can withstand high impact and shock loads. ■ Reed, Hall or Proximity Switches are available for indication of jaw position and easy interfacing to a system controller. ■ Internal jaw mechanism is constructed of hardened steel components and is enclosed for a minimum life of 10 million trouble-free cycles. ■ SHURGRIP version available for restraining jaw movement and retaining the part upon loss of air pressure. Licensed under U.S. Patent Number 4768821. ■ SHURGRIP available with enclosed proximity switches to prevent false signals in applications where metal chips are present. ■ SHURGRIP available with a manual operator located on the bottom of the unit to allow the jaws to be opened and closed without air pressure for easy set up and adjustment of tooling. U.S. Patent No. 4768821 SPECIFICATIONS WORKING PRESSURE BODY JAWS SEALS LUBRICATION SERIES GRC 40 psi Min. - 100 psi Max. [3 bar Min. - 7 bar Max.] Hardcoated Aluminum Hardened Alloy Steel Quad Type and O-rings Permanent for Non-Lube Air 6A ■ MAX. ALLOWABLE FORCES & MOMENTS ON GRIPPER JAWS MODEL Fa NO. N lb GRCx3x 200 890 GRCx4x 1330 5916 GRCx5x 1780 7917 GRCx6x 2220 9875 OPEN Mx in-lb Nm 130 15 350 40 750 85 2100 237 CLOSE Mx in-lb Nm 175 20 450 51 950 107 2700 305 My in-lb Nm 260 29 530 60 1100 124 2250 254 Mz in-lb Nm 170 19 300 34 520 59 600 68 Fa: Mx: My: Mz: Total for both jaws Per jaw, with moments from cover surface Per jaw, with moments from center of gripper Per jaw, with moments from cover surface COVER SURFACE Fa Mz Mx My 6A-37 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grc DIMENSIONS: STANDARD SERIES GRC PARALLEL GRIPPERS FULL MOUNTING STYLE GRC1xx GRC2xx GRC5xx GRC6xx R1 F1 S 2X N THREAD T C P SQUARE 4X Q THREAD 4 B 2 2X K DOWEL PIN HOLE SLOT FOR OPTIONAL HALL EFFECT OR REED SWITCH 5 2X D PORT W 4X Y THREAD EACH END** G OPEN 3 1 F2 X H R2 CLOSE U F15 R15 6 FLAT JAW E J L A RAISED JAW 2X Ø K DOWEL PIN HOLE FROM OPPOSITE SIDE CLEARANCE Ø FROM THIS SIDE 6A 2X THRU AND C'BORE FOR M SHCS N THREAD FROM OPPOSITE SIDE UNITS ARE SHOWN WITH 1 FLAT AND 1 RAISED JAW. UNITS ARE AVAILABLE ONLY WITH 2 FLAT OR RAISED JAWS. **NOT RECOMMENDED FOR GRIPPER MOUNTING UNLESS BOTH ENDS ARE USED. BOTTOM MOUNTING STYLE GRC3xx GRC4xx GRC7xx GRC8xx CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE SURFACE POSITIONS. C P SQUARE 4X Q THREAD 4 2 SLOT FOR OPTIONAL HALL EFFECT OR REED SWITCH 5 B 2X D PORT G OPEN 3 1 H F2 CLOSE FLAT JAW 6 R2 E U RAISED JAW A 6A-38 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grc CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION DIMENSIONS: STANDARD SERIES GRC PARALLEL GRIPPERS MODEL NO. GRCx4x GRCx5x GRCx6x in mm in mm in mm in mm 1.00 25.5 1.53 39 2.00 51 3.07 78 4.715 5.655 1.575 4.570 10-32 .354 .630 .910 1.654 .1884 x .25 DP 2.953 #10 1/4-20 x .47 DP 1.1810 10-24 x .38 DP 1.614 .630 2.556 1.162 1.378 M4 x 0.7 x .32 DP .415 2.284 .551 .354 .709 .1884 10-24 1.102 .591 .934 .184 .100 .272 .605 .788 2.657 .551 .354 .709 .1259 x .250 DP 10-24 x .380 DP 1.102 .2953 .5906 .934 .557 .101 .976 7.550 191.7 10.345 262.70 119.7 6.230 158.2 9.495 241.2 13.355 339.2 7.705 143.6 195.8 2.638 67.0 3.936 100.0 2.046 40.0 52.0 7.320 186.0 10.080 256.0 6.004 116.0 152.5 1/8 NPT 1/8 BSP 1/4 NPT 1/4 BSP 1/8 NPT M5 x 0.8 1/8 BSP .551 14.0 — — .354 9.0 9.0 1.004 25.5 1.030 26.0 .820 16.0 21.0 1.535 39.0 2.559 65.0 1.299 23.0 33.0 3.150 80.00 4.724 120.00 2.441 42.00 62.00 .2509 x .350 DP 6.02 x 9.0 DP .3759 x .450 DP 10.02 x 12.0 DP .1884 x .310 DP 5.02 x 6.0 5.02 X 8.0 5.905 150.0 7.874 200.0 4.016 75.0 102.0 5/16 M8 3/8 M10 1/4 M5 M6 M10 x 1.5 x 19.0 1/2-13 x 1.000 DP M14 x 2.0 x 28.0 DP 5/16-18 x .630 M8 X 1.25 x 16.0 DP 3/8-16 x .750 DP M6 x 1.0 x 12 DP 1.9680 50.00 2.9920 76.00 1.4570 30.00 37.00 M10 x 1.5 x 19.0 1/4-20 x .500 M5 x 0.8 x 9.5 DP M6 x 1.0 x 12.0 DP 5/16-18 x .630 DP M8 x 1.25 x 16.0 DP 3/8-16 x .750 DP 2.678 68.0 3.740 95.0 2.165 41.0 55.0 1.063 27.0 1.890 48.0 16.0 .826 21.0 4.148 105.5 5.767 146.5 65.0 3.370 85.5 2.008 51.0 3.071 78.0 29.5 1.496 38.0 2.244 57.0 3.071 78.0 35.0 1.929 49.0 M4 x 0.7 x 8.0 DP M5 x 0.8 x .350 DP M5 x 0.8 x 9.0 DP M6 x 1.0 x .411 DP M6 x 1.0 x 10.5 DP M8 x 1.25 x .630 DP M8 x 1.25 x 16.0 DP .671 17.0 .984 25.0 10.5 .555 14.0 3.696 94.0 5.156 131.0 58.0 3.018 76.75 .768 19.5 1.023 26.0 14.0 .610 15.5 .492 12.5 .689 17.5 9.0 .394 10.0 .984 25.0 1.378 35.0 18.0 .788 20.0 .3134 8.02 .5009 12.02 5.02 .2509 6.02 5/16-18 M8 x 1.25 3/8-16 M10 x 1.5 M5 x 0.8 1/4-20 M6 x 1.0 1.535 39.0 2.047 52.0 28.0 1.220 31.0 1.122 28.5 1.968 50.0 15.0 22.5 .886 1.748 44.5 2.830 72.0 23.75 32.5 1.284 .317 8.0 .436 11.0 4.75 6.5 .258 .125 3.0 .250 6.25 2.5 3.0 .125 .451 11.5 .611 15.5 7.0 9.0 .352 .954 24.25 1.415 36.0 15.5 17.5 .683 1.221 31.0 1.713 43.5 25.5 20.0 1.007 4.246 108.0 5.885 149.5 88.0 67.5 3.470 .768 19.5 1.023 26.0 15.5 14.0 .610 .492 12.5 .689 17.5 10.0 9.0 .394 .984 25.0 1.378 35.0 20.0 18.0 .788 .2509 x .370 DP 6.02 x 9.0 DP .3759 x .560 DP 10.02 X 14.0 5.02 x 8.0 DP 4.02 x 6.0 DP .1884 x .320 DP 5/16-18 x .630 DP M8 x 1.25 x 16.0 DP 3/8-16 x .787 DP M10 x 1.5 x 20.0 DP M5 x 0.8 x 9.5 DP 1/4-20 x .500 DP M6 x 1.0 x 12.5 DP 1.535 39.0 2.047 52.0 31.0 28.0 1.220 .7086 18.0 1.2992 33.0 14.0 .5512 7.5 1.1220 28.50 1.9685 50.00 22.50 .8858 15.00 1.748 44.50 2.830 72.0 32.5 1.284 23.75 .866 22.0 1.165 29.5 18.0 .710 14.25 .098 2.5 .118 3.0 2.5 .100 2.5 1.502 38.25 2.143 54.5 28.75 1.134 24.75 NOTES: 1) NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE IN MILLIMETERS 2) *TOLERANCE FOR DIMENSIONS: J = ± .0010 [±0.03] K = ± .0005 [±0.013] P (BETWEEN DOWEL PIN HOLES) = ± .0008 [±0.02] F6 AND R6 = ± .0005 [±0.013] F3, R9, AND R10 = ± .0010 [±0.03] R8 = ± .005 [±0.13] •A CLOSED REFLECTS THE LARGEST POSSIBLE CLOSED DIMENSION. A OPEN REFLECTS THE SMALLEST POSSIBLE OPEN DIMENSION. RAISED JAW DETAIL FLAT JAW DETAIL F2 F1 R2 R12 R1 F14 F12 F13 CLEARANCE FOR TOOLING MOUNTING SCREWS F10 MAX RECOMMENDED TOOLING DIMENSION A R14 A R8 F3 R3 F4 R4 R9 R10 F11 F8 MAX RECOMMENDED TOOLING DIMENSION F5 2X R7 THREAD EACH JAW 2X F7 THREAD THRU EACH JAW R5 F6 DOWEL PIN HOLE THRU EACH JAW 2X R6 DOWEL PIN HOLE EACH JAW 6A-39 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION R11 (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grc 6A GRCx3x LETTER DIM. NOMINAL JAW TRAVEL A CLOSED • A OPEN • B C D E G H J* K* L M N P* Q S T U W X Y F1 F2 F3* F4 F5 F6* F7 F8 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6* R7 R8* R9* R10* R11 R12 R14 R15 DIMENSIONS: SHURGRIP SERIES GRC PARALLEL GRIPPERS FULL MOUNTING STYLE GRC1xx GRC2xx GRC5xx GRC6xx R1 F1 S T C P SQUARE 2X N THREAD 4X Q THREAD 4 2 HEX FOR MANUAL JAW OPERATION (SEE PAGE 6A-59 FOR HEX SIZES) 5 B 2X K DOWEL PIN HOLE SLOT FOR OPTIONAL HALL EFFECT OR REED SWITCH 2X D PORT W 4X Y THREAD EACH END** G OPEN 3 1 X H F2 U CLOSE R2 F15 R15 E 6A FLAT JAW 6 2X THRU AND C'BORE FOR M SHCS N THREAD FROM OPPOSITE SIDE BOTTOM MOUNTING STYLE GRC3xx GRC4xx GRC7xx GRC8xx 5 E J L A RAISED JAW 2X Ø K DOWEL PIN HOLE FROM OPPOSITE SIDE CLEARANCE Ø FROM THIS SIDE UNITS ARE SHOWN WITH 1 FLAT AND 1 RAISED JAW. UNITS ARE AVAILABLE ONLY WITH 2 FLAT OR RAISED JAWS. **NOT RECOMMENDED FOR GRIPPER MOUNTING UNLESS BOTH ENDS ARE USED. C P SQUARE 4X Q THREAD 4 CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE SURFACE POSITIONS. B 2 SLOT FOR OPTIONAL HALL EFFECT OR REED SWITCH HEX FOR MANUAL JAW OPERATION 2X D PORT G OPEN 3 1 H CLOSE F2 U R2 FLAT JAW 6 E RAISED JAW A 6A-40 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grc CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION DIMENSIONS: SHURGRIP SERIES GRC PARALLEL GRIPPERS MODEL NO. GRCx4x GRCx3x GRCx5x GRCx6x in mm in mm in mm in mm 1.00 25.5 1.53 39 2.00 51 3.07 78 4.715 5.655 1.575 4.570 10-32 .354 .630 .910 1.654 .1884 x .25 DP 2.953 #10 1/4-20 x .47 DP 1.1810 10-24 x .38 DP 1.614 .630 3.323 1.162 1.378 M4 x 0.7 x .32 DP 1.182 3.051 .551 .354 .709 .1884 10-24 1.102 .591 .934 .184 .100 .272 1.372 1.555 3.424 .551 .354 .709 .1259 x .250 DP 10-24 x .380 DP 1.102 .2953 .5906 .934 .557 .101 1.743 158.2 119.7 6.230 195.8 143.6 7.705 52.0 40.0 2.046 152.5 116.0 6.004 1/8 BSP M5 x 0.8 1/8 NPT 9.0 9.0 .354 21.0 16.0 .820 33.0 23.0 1.299 62.00 42.00 2.441 5.02 X 8.0 5.02 x 6.0 .1884 x .310 DP 102.0 75.0 4.016 M6 M5 1/4 M6 x 1.0 x 12 DP 5/16-18 x .630 M8 X 1.25 x 16.0 DP 37.00 30.00 1.4570 M5 x 0.8 x 9.5 DP 1/4-20 x .500 M6 x 1.0 x 12.0 DP 55.0 41.0 2.165 21.0 16.0 .826 112.5 84.5 4.432 38.0 29.5 1.496 49.0 35.0 1.929 M4 x 0.7 x 8.0 DP M5 x 0.8 x .350 DP M5 x 0.8 x 9.0 DP 41.0 30.0 1.617 103.5 77. 5 4.080 15.5 14.0 .610 10.0 9.0 .394 20.0 18.0 .788 6.02 5.02 .2509 M6 x 1.0 M5 x 0.8 1/4-20 31.0 28.0 1.220 22.5 15.0 .886 32.5 23.75 1.284 6.5 4.75 .258 3.0 2.5 .125 9.0 7.0 .352 44.25 35.0 1.745 52.5 39.5 2.068 115.0 87.0 4.532 15.5 14.0 .610 10.0 9.0 .394 20.0 18.0 .788 5.02 x 8.0 DP 4.02 x 6.0 DP .1884 x .320 DP M5 x 0.8 x 9.5 DP 1/4-20 x .500 DP M6 x 1.0 x 12.5 DP 31.0 28.0 1.220 14.0 7.5 .5512 22.50 15.00 .8858 32.5 23.75 1.284 18.0 14.25 .710 2.5 2.5 .100 55.75 44.25 2.195 262.7 10.345 191.7 7.550 339.2 13.355 241.2 9.495 100.0 3.936 67.0 2.638 256.0 10.080 186.0 7.320 1/4 BSP 1/4 NPT 1/8 BSP 1/8 NPT — — 14.0 .551 26.0 1.030 25.5 1.004 65.0 2.559 39.0 1.535 120.00 4.724 80.00 3.150 10.02 x 12.0 DP .3759 x .450 DP 6.02 x 9.0 DP .2509 x .350 DP 200.0 7.874 150.0 5.905 M10 3/8 M8 5/16 1/2-13 x 1.000 DP M14 x 2.0 x 28.0 DP M10 x 1.5 x 19.0 3/8-16 x .750 DP 76.00 2.9920 50.00 1.9680 M10 x 1.5 x 19.0 5/16-18 x .630 DP M8 x 1.25 x 16.0 DP 3/8-16 x .750 DP 95.0 3.740 68.0 2.678 48.0 1.890 27.0 1.063 196.5 7.735 142.5 5.604 78.0 3.071 51.0 2.008 78.0 3.071 57.0 2.244 M6 x 1.0 x .411 DP M6 x 1.0 x 10.5 DP M8 x 1.25 x .630 DP M8 x 1.25 x 16.0 DP 75.0 2.952 54.0 2.127 181.0 7.124 131.0 5.153 26.0 1.023 19.5 .768 17.5 .689 12.5 .492 35.0 1.378 25.0 .984 12.02 .5009 8.02 .3134 M10 x 1.5 3/8-16 M8 x 1.25 5/16-18 52.0 2.047 39.0 1.535 50.0 1.968 28.5 1.122 72.0 2.830 44.5 1.748 11.0. .436 8.0 .317 6.25 .250 3.0 .125 15.5 .611 11.5 .451 86.0 3.383 61.25 2.410 93.5 3.681 68.0 2.667 199.5 7.853 145.0 5.702 26.0 1.023 19.5 .768 17.5 .689 12.5 .492 35.0 1.378 25.0 .984 10.02 x 14.0 .3759 x .560 DP 6.02 x 9.0 DP .2509 x .370 DP 5/16-18 x .630 DP M8 x 1.25 x 16.0 DP 3/8-16 x .787 DP M10 x 1.5 x 20.0 DP 52.0 2.047 39.0 1.535 33.0 1.2992 18.0 .7086 50.00 1.9685 28.50 1.1220 72.0 2.830 44.50 1.748 29.5 1.165 22.0 .866 3.0 .118 2.5 .098 104.5 4.111 75.25 2.958 NOTES: 1) NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE IN MILLIMETERS 2) *TOLERANCE FOR DIMENSIONS: J = ± .0010 [±0.03] K = ± .0005 [±0.013] P (BETWEEN DOWEL PIN HOLES) = ± .0008 [±0.02] F6 AND R6 = ± .0005 [±0.013] F3, R9, AND R10 = ± .0010 [±0.03] R8 = ± .005 [±0.13] •A CLOSED REFLECTS THE LARGEST POSSIBLE CLOSED DIMENSION. A OPEN REFLECTS THE SMALLEST POSSIBLE OPEN DIMENSION. FLAT JAW DETAIL RAISED JAW DETAIL F2 R2 F1 F12 R1 R14 R12 F14 F13 CLEARANCE FOR TOOLING MOUNTING SCREWS F10 MAX RECOMMENDED TOOLING DIMENSION A A F3 F4 2X R6 DOWEL PIN HOLE EACH JAW R3 R4 F11 F8 MAX RECOMMENDED TOOLING DIMENSION R9 R10 F5 2X F7 THREAD THRU EACH JAW 2X R7 THREAD EACH JAW F6 DOWEL PIN HOLE THRU EACH JAW R11 R5 R8 6A-41 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grc 6A LETTER DIM NOMINAL JAW TRAVEL A CLOSED • A OPEN • B C D E G H J* K* L M N P* Q S T U W X Y F1 F2 F3* F4 F5 F6* F7 F8 F10 F11 F12 F13 F14 F15 R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R6* R7 R8* R9* R10* R11 R12 R14 R15 GRIP FORCE GRAPHS: SERIES GRCx3 PARALLEL GRIPPERS Gripping forces are the arithmetic sum of the forces applied by both jaws. Gripping force shown is in relation to tooling length at 87 psi [6 bar] actuating pressure. Forces should be multiplied by the jaw position factor shown on page 6A-46 for an accurate grip force calculation. PART GRCx31-2-xxxx & GRCx33-2-xxxx STANDARD CLOSE 140 [623] AIR W 140 [623] ITH H 120 [534] EAVY AIR W ITH M SPRI NG EDIU 100 [445] M SP RING AIR ON 80 [356] LY 60 [267] HEAVY SPRING ONLY MEDIUM SPRING ONLY 40 [178] 20 [89] GRCx31-2-xxxx & GRCx33-2-xxxx STANDARD OPEN 160 [712] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 160 [712] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] TOOLING LENGTH AIR W ITH HE 120 [534] RING IUM SP RING H MED 100 [445] AIR ONLY 80 [356] 60 [267] HEAVY SPRING 40 [178] ONLY MEDIUM SPRING ONLY 20 [89] 0 AVY S P AIR WIT 0 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] 0 1 [25] 2 [51] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] GRCx32-2-xxxx & GRCx34-2-xxxx SHURGRIP CLOSE GRCx32-2-xxxx & GRCx34-2-xxxx SHURGRIP OPEN 6A TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 3 [76] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 120 [534] AIR W ITH H AIR W 100 [445] EAVY ITH M 80 [356] 140 [623] 120 [534] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 140 [623] SPRI EDIUM NG SPRIN G AIR ON LY 60 [267] 40 [178] HEAVY SPRING ONLY MEDIUM SPRING 20 [89] AIR W ITH HE AVY S PRING AIR WIT H MEDIU M SPRIN G 100 [445] 80 [356] AIR ONLY 60 [267] 40 [178] HEAVY SPRING ON LY MEDIUM SPRING ONLY 20 [89] ONLY 0 0 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 6A-42 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grc CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION GRIP FORCE GRAPHS: SERIES GRCx4 PARALLEL GRIPPERS Gripping forces are the arithmetic sum of the forces applied by both jaws. Gripping force shown is in relation to tooling length at 87 psi [6 bar] actuating pressure. Forces should be multiplied by the jaw position factor shown on page 6A-46 for an accurate grip force calculation. PART GRCx41-2-xxxx & GRCx43-2-xxxx STANDARD CLOSE 350 [1557] 300 [1334] AIR 300 [1334] WIT H HE AVY AIR W SPR ITH M ING EDIU M SP RING 250 [1112] 200 [890] AIR ON LY 150 [667] 100 [445] HEAVY SP RING ONLY MEDIUM SPRI NG ONLY 50 [222] GRCx41-2-xxxx & GRCx43-2-xxxx STANDARD OPEN 350 [1557] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] TOOLING LENGTH AIR W ITH H EAVY AIR W SPRIN ITH M G EDIUM SPRIN G 250 [1112] 200 [890] AIR ON LY 150 [667] 100 [445] HEAVY SPRING ONLY MEDIUM SPRING ONLY 50 [222] 0 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] 5 [127] 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] GRCx42-2-xxxx & GRCx44-2-xxxx SHURGRIP CLOSE GRCx42-2-xxxx & GRCx44-2-xxxx SHURGRIP OPEN 4 [102] 6A 0 300 [1334] AIR 250 [1112] WIT H HE AVY AIR W SPR ITH M ING EDIU M SP RING 200 [890] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 300 [1334] AIR ON 150 [667] LY 100 [445] HEAVY SPRI NG ONLY 50 [222] MEDIUM SPRING AIR W ITH H EAVY SPRIN AIR W G ITH M EDIUM SPRIN G 250 [1112] 200 [890] AIR ON 150 [667] LY 100 [445] HEAVY SPRING ONLY MEDIUM SPRING ONLY 50 [222] ONLY 0 0 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] 5 [127] 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 6A-43 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grc GRIP FORCE GRAPHS: SERIES GRCx5 PARALLEL GRIPPERS Gripping forces are the arithmetic sum of the forces applied by both jaws. Gripping force shown is in relation to tooling length at 87 psi [6 bar] actuating pressure. Forces should be multiplied by the jaw position factor shown on page 6A-46 for an accurate grip force calculation. PART GRCx51-2-xxxx & GRCx53-2-xxxx STANDARD CLOSE 600 [2668] AIR 500 [2224] WITH HEA VY S AIR W PRIN ITH M G EDIU M SP RING 400 [1779] AIR ON LY 300 [1334] 200 [890] HEAVY SPRI NG ONLY MEDIUM SPRI 100 [445] GRCx51-2-xxxx & GRCx53-2-xxxx STANDARD OPEN 600 [2668] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] TOOLING LENGTH AIR W 500 [2224] EAVY SPRIN G EDIUM SPRIN G ITH M 400 [1779] AIR ON LY 300 [1334] 200 [890] 100 [445] NG ONLY ITH H AIR W HEAVY SPRING ONLY MEDIUM SPRING ONLY 0 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] 5 [127] 0 6 [152] 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] GRCx52-2-xxxx & GRCx54-2-xxxx SHURGRIP CLOSE GRCx52-2-xxxx & GRCx54-2-xxxx SHURGRIP OPEN 5 [127] 6A 0 TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] AIR W 400 [1779] EAVY ITH M 300 [1334] AIR W ITH H AIR W 500 [2224] EDIU SPR TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 500 [2224] ING RING M SP AIR ON LY 200 [890] HEAVY SPRI NG ONLY 100 [445] MEDIUM SPRING ITH H EAVY SPRIN AIR W G ITH M EDIUM SPRIN G 400 [1779] 300 [1334] AIR ON LY 200 [890] HEAVY SPRING ONLY MEDIUM SPRING ONLY 100 [445] ONLY 0 0 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] 5 [127] 6 [152] 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] 5 [127] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 6A-44 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grc CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION GRIP FORCE GRAPHS: SERIES GRCx6 PARALLEL GRIPPERS Gripping forces are the arithmetic sum of the forces applied by both jaws. Gripping force shown is in relation to tooling length at 87 psi [6 bar] actuating pressure. Forces should be multiplied by the jaw position factor shown on page 6A-46 for an accurate grip force calculation. PART GRCx61-2-xxxx & GRCx63-2-xxxx STANDARD CLOSE AIR 1200 [5338] AIR 1000 [4448] WIT HH YS HM PRI EDIU NG MS 800 [3558] PRIN G AIR O NLY 600 [2668] 400 [1779] HEAVY SP RING ONLY MEDIUM SPRI NG ONLY 200 [890] AIR W 1200 [5338] EAV WIT GRCx61-2-xxxx & GRCx63-2-xxxx STANDARD OPEN 1400 [6227] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 1400 [6227] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] TOOLING LENGTH ITH H EAVY AIR W SPRIN G EDIUM SPRIN ITH M 1000 [4448] G 800 [3558] AIR ON LY 600 [2668] 400 [1779] HEAVY SPRING ONLY MEDIUM SPRING 200 [890] ONLY 0 0 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] 5 [127] 6 [152] 7 [178] 8 [203] 9 [229] 0 10 [254] 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] 5 [127] 6 [152] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 6A TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] GRCx62-2-xxxx & GRCx64-2-xxxx SHURGRIP CLOSE AIR 800 [3558] AIR WIT HH WIT EAV YS HM PRI EDIU NG MS 600 [2668] 1000 [4448] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 1000 [4448] PRIN G AIR O NLY 400 [1779] HEAVY SP RING ONLY 200 [890] GRCx62-2-xxxx & GRCx64-2-xxxx SHURGRIP OPEN AIR W ITH H 800 [3558] AIR W 600 [2668] RING ONLY SPRIN EDIUM G SPRIN G AIR ON LY 400 [1779] HEAVY SPRING ONLY MEDIUM SPRING ONLY 200 [890] MEDIUM SP EAVY ITH M 0 0 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] 5 [127] 6 [152] 7 [178] 8 [203] 9 [229] 10 [254] 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] 5 [127] 6 [152] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] 6A-45 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grc ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRC PARALLEL GRIPPERS SPECIFICATIONS GRIPPER NO. GRCx31 & 33 GRCx32 & 34 GRCx41 & 43 GRCx42 & 44 GRCx51 & 53 GRCx52 & 54 GRCx61 & 63 GRCx62 & 64 GRIPPER NO. GRCx31 & 33 GRCx32 & 34 GRCx41 & 43 GRCx42 & 44 GRCx51 & 53 GRCx52 & 54 GRCx61 & 63 GRCx62 & 64 TOTAL GRIP GRIPPER WEIGHT CLOSE OR MINIMUM MIN. GRIP FORCE WEIGHT ADDER OPEN TIME OPERATING DISPLACETOTAL JAW FORCE AT FACTOR (GF) 87 psi [6 bar] (FLAT JAWS) (RAISED JAWS) 87 psi [6 bar] PRESSURE MENT TRAVEL psi bar in3 cm3 IMPERIAL METRIC lb N lb kg lb kg sec in mm 30 2 0.82 13.5 96 427 1.68 0.76 0.13 0.06 .06 .940 24 1.10 71.1 36 2.5 0.82 13.5 83 369 2.32 1.05 0.13 0.06 .06 .940 24 0.95 61.4 30 2 2.77 45.5 3.98 1.81 0.23 0.10 .08 1.475 37.5 209 930 2.4 155.2 36 2.5 2.77 45.5 5.34 2.42 0.23 0.10 .08 1.475 37.5 178 792 2.05 132.6 30 2 6.58 108.0 0.54 0.25 .25 1.945 49.5 383 1704 7.35 3.33 4.4 284.5 36 2.5 6.58 108.0 0.54 0.25 .25 1.945 49.5 318 1414 10.52 4.77 3.65 236.0 30 2 22.2 364.0 1.24 0.56 .30 3.010 76.5 870 3870 20.47 9.28 10 646.7 36 2.5 22.2 364.0 1.24 0.56 .30 3.010 76.5 609 2709 28.2 12.79 7 452.7 SPRING FORCE (SF) lb N 51 227 44 196 110 489 93 414 204 907 170 756 465 2068 320 1423 WEIGHT ADDER lb kg 0.67 0.3 0.67 0.3 1.69 0.8 1.69 0.8 3.48 1.6 3.48 1.6 9.5 4.3 9.5 4.3 HEAVY SPRING MINIMUM CLOSE OR OPEN TIME OPERATING 87 psi [6 bar] in seconds PRESSURE AGAINST WITH SPRING psi bar SPRING SPRING ONLY 72 5 .10 .05 .08 80 5.5 .10 .05 .08 72 5 .16 .06 .10 80 5.5 .16 .06 .10 72 5 .35 .15 .30 80 5.5 .35 .15 .30 72 5 .50 .20 .35 80 5.5 .50 .20 .35 SPRING FORCE (SF) N lb 156 35 133 30 347 78 294 66 140 623 117 520 312 1388 215 956 MEDIUM SPRING MINIMUM CLOSE OR OPEN TIME WEIGHT OPERATING 87 psi [6 bar] in seconds PRESSURE AGAINST WITH SPRING ADDER bar SPRING SPRING ONLY lb kg psi 4 0.60 0.27 60 .08 .05 .10 4.5 0.60 0.27 65 .08 .05 .10 4 1.43 0.65 60 .12 .07 .14 4.5 1.43 0.65 65 .12 .07 .14 4 2.88 1.31 60 .30 .20 .35 4.5 2.88 1.31 65 .30 .20 .35 4 7.81 3.54 60 .40 .25 .50 4.5 7.81 3.54 65 .40 .25 .50 The chart below shows how force increases as the jaws move toward the end positions. The grip forces shown on pages 6A-42 to 6A-45 should be multiplied by the jaw position factor for an accurate grip force calculation. The Series GRC Gripper mechanism increases gripping force as the jaws move away from midposition towards open or closed position. Tooling can be designed to take advantage of the higher forces available when the jaws are close to the end positions. JAW POSITION FACTOR BASED ON DIMENSION “A” ACROSS GRIPPER JAWS 1.8 JAW POSITION FACTOR 6A CHART A 1.6 1.4 A 1.2 1.0 GRIPPER MODEL GRCx31 & 33 GRCx32 & 34 GRCx41 & 43 GRCx42 & 44 GRCx51 & 53 GRCx52 & 54 GRCx61 & 63 GRCx62 & 64 6A-46 4.685 [119.0] 6.200 [157.5] 7.520 [191.0] 10.315 [262.0] 4.785 [121.5] 6.354 [161.4] 7.720 [196.1] 10.622 [269.8] DIMENSION “A” inches [mm] 4.885 4.985 5.085 5.185 5.285 5.385 [124.1] [126.6] [129.2] [131.7] [134.3] [136.8] 6.507 6.660 6.814 6.967 7.120 7.274 [165.3] [169.2] [173.1] [177.0] [180.9] [184.8] 7.920 8.120 8.320 8.520 8.720 8.920 [201.2] [206.3] [211.4] [216.5] [221.6] [226.7] 10.929 11.236 11.543 11.850 12.157 12.464 [277.6] [285.4] [293.2] [301.0] [308.8] [316.6] 5.485 [139.4] 7.427 [188.7] 9.120 [231.8] 12.771 [324.4] 5.585 [141.9] 7.581 [192.6] 9.320 [236.9] 13.078 [332.2] 5.685 [144.5] 7.735 [196.4] 9.525 [242.0] 13.385 [340.0] All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grc CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRC PARALLEL GRIPPERS CHART B Design tooling so that the grip point is as close to the cover surface as possible. When the grip point moves away, jaw friction increases, which decreases grip force. The GF information given on page 6A-46 is for zero tooling length (cover surface). The chart shows how force decreases as the grip point moves away from the cover surface. The derating figures and maximum tooling lengths are included in the graphs on pages 6A-42 to 6A-45. TOOLING LENGTH FACTOR 1.0 0.9 DERATING FACTOR 0.8 0.7 GR GRCCx3x x4x 0.6 0.5 GRC x6x x5x GRC 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 DISTANCE FROM COVER SURFACE 0 PART 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 [76] [102] [127] [152] [178] [203] [229] [254] TOOLING LENGTH inches [mm] GRIPPER CALCULATION EXAMPLE TOTAL FORCE (lb) = [Pressure (psi) x GF] x Jaw Position Factor x Tooling Length Factor TOTAL FORCE WITH SPRINGS (lb) = [(Pressure (psi) x GF) ± SF] x Jaw Position Factor x Tooling Length Factor COVER SURFACE 3 6.35 GRC141-2-0031 Spring assist close, medium springs Find Spring Force SF = 78 (From Specifications) (All other data is the same.) (2.4 x 80 psi) + 78 = 270 lb 270 lb x 1.3 x .68 = 238.7 lb Total Grip Force 6A GRC141-2-0001 Operating Pressure = 80 psi Find Grip Force GF = 2.4 (From Specifications) Find jaw position factor 1.3 (See Chart A) Find tooling length factor of .68 (See Chart B) 2.4 x 80 psi = 192 lb 192 lb x 1.3 x .68 = 169.7 lb Total Grip Force SEALS AND FLUIDS INTERNAL SPRINGS Buna-N seals are standard on all Series GRC Parallel Grippers. Piston seals are quad type and pinion shaft seals are O-rings. Both are compatible with standard paraffin-based lubrication oils used for pneumatic cylinders. For compatibility with other fluids, consult PHD. Internal springs are intended to assist the gripper and add grip force in one direction. They can be used to open or close the gripper without pneumatic pressure or to maintain spring grip force if pressure is lost. Spring life in excess of 10 million cycles can be expected. TEMPERATURE LIMITS Seals and gripper mechanism are designed for use in temperatures from –20° to 180°F [–30° to 82°C]. For higher temperatures, consult PHD. SPECIAL GRIPPERS Grippers for special applications, severe duty, or constructed of special materials are available. Consult PHD. LIFE EXPECTANCY REPEATABILITY All units with Buna-N seals have been tested to 10 million cycles with minimal seal wear and minimal backlash. FluoroElastomer seals reduce life of product. Consult PHD. Grip repeatability is within .002 inch [0.05 mm] of original centered position. LUBRICATION Seals and gripper mechanism are prelubricated at the factory for service under normal conditions. MATERIAL Parallel gripper body is made of hardcoated aluminum. Jaws and gripper mechanism are manufactured from hardened steel. BACKLASH Jaw backlash in the (A) direction will not exceed .0025 in [0.06 mm] per jaw. Total clearance between the parallel jaws and the body or cover will not exceed the following figures: (B) .0025 inch [0.06 mm] (C) .004 inch [0.1 mm] A B C 6A-47 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grc ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRC PARALLEL GRIPPERS FLAT JAW TOOLING Special attention should be paid to the distance the fasteners extend through the flat jaw. If they extend through more than G dimension and come in contact with the body, damage to the gripper cover or jaw may occur. Tooling counterbores, fastener length and tolerances should be specified so that the fastener fully engages the jaw and nominally extends through .05 inch [1.25 mm] with a tolerance of ± .03 inch [± .75 mm]. This assures a distance of G dimension is never reached. The flat jaw provides two threads for mounting tooling and a precision hole closely located from the end of the jaw. Customers can key tooling using the end of the jaw and precision hole to provide squareness and location. See pages 6A-39 and 6A-41 for maximum recommended tooling dimensions (dimensions F8 and F10). MODEL NUMBER GRCx4x GRCx5x in mm in mm .258 6.6 .317 8.1 .120 3.0 .120 3.0 LETTER GRCx3x GRCx6x in mm in mm DIM. .184 4.7 .436 11.1 F12 .098 2.5 .245 6.2 G MIN NOTES: 1) MOUNTING SCREWS MUST PROTRUDE PAST BOTTOM OF JAW TO ENSURE MAXIMUM THREAD ENGAGEMENT 2) MOUNTING SCREWS MUST NOT EXCEED RECOMMENDED DEPTH OF ENGAGEMENT OR COME IN CONTACT WITH BOTTOM OF BODY G MIN F12 .050 ± .030 [1.25 ± 0.75] SEE NOTE 1 & 2 RAISED JAW TOOLING The boss on raised jaws (dimensions R8 and R10) are held to a close tolerance. These surfaces can be used as a means of orienting and precisely keying the tooling to the gripper jaws. Dowel pin holes in the jaws can also be used for precise tooling location. See pages 6A-39 and 6A-41 for specific jaw dimensions. ON-CENTER TOOLING 6A OFF-CENTER TOOLING ≥ R8 MAX ≥ R10 MAX DOWEL PIN HOLES 6A-48 ≥ R10 MAX ≤ R14 – .010 [.25] ≤ R14 – .010 [.25] All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grc CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION SENSOR OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES: SERIES GRC HALL EFFECT SWITCHES This option equips the gripper with magnets on the rack for use with PHD Series 5360 Miniature Hall Effect Switches. These switches mount easily to the gripper using the “T” slot in the side of the body. Hall Effect Switches are ordered separately. No mounting kit required. See Switches and Sensors section for switch specifications. PART NO. 53603-1-02 53604-1-02 53623-1 53624-1 LETTER DIM. H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 3 H5 H3 H1 DESCRIPTION NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cable PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cable NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect GRCx3x in mm .992 25.25 .580 15.0 .224 5.75 .320 8.0 2.350 60.0 MODEL NUMBER GRCx4x GRCx5x mm in mm in 1.622 41.25 1.372 35.0 .580 15.0 .580 15.0 .224 5.75 .224 5.75 8.0 .320 .320 8.0 3.000 76.5 2.650 67.5 H2 H4 GRCx6x mm in 2.207 56.0 .580 15.0 .224 5.75 8.0 .320 3.600 91.5 REED SWITCHES RS6 RS2 This option equips the gripper with magnets on the rack for use with PHD Series 6200 Reed Switches and switch mounting kit 60513. These switches mount easily to the gripper using the “T” slot in the side of the body. Reed Switches and mounting kits are ordered separately. PART NO. 62002-1-02 LETTER DIM. Mtg Kit RS1 RS2 RS3 RS4 RS5 RS6 RS1 RS5 DESCRIPTION 8 mm Threaded Reed Switch with 2 meter cable GRCx3x in mm 60513 .992 25.25 .866 22.0 .551 14.0 .512 13.0 .630 16.0 2.350 60.0 MODEL NUMBER GRCx4x GRCx5x mm in mm in 60513 60513 1.622 41.25 1.372 35.0 .866 22.0 .866 22.0 .551 14.0 .551 14.0 .512 13.0 .512 13.0 .630 16.0 .630 16.0 3.000 76.5 2.650 67.5 RS4 HEX 6A 2 RS3 HEX GRCx6x mm in 60513 2.207 56.0 .866 22.0 .551 14.0 .512 13.0 .630 16.0 3.600 91.5 EACH MOUNTING KIT CONTAINS: 1 BRACKET AND 1 NUT SPECIFICATIONS OPERATING PRINCIPLE ACTUATED BY INPUT VOLTAGE OUTPUT TYPE POWER CAPACITY CURRENT RATING CONTACT RESISTANCE ENVIRONMENTAL OPERATING TEMP. 62002-1-02 Magnetic Reed Target Magnet 4.5 to 24 VDC Contact Closure 10 Watt Max. .2 Amp Max. 110 MOhm Max. IEC IP67 0° to 80°C WIRING SCHEMATICS MODEL NO. 62002-1-02 - NPN (SINK) OR PNP (SOURCE) INPUT - 4.5-24 VDC POWER CAPACITY - 10 WATT MAX. LOAD CURRENT - .2 AMP MAX. CABLED MODEL 62002 - PNP (SOURCE) BROWN BLUE LOAD CABLED MODEL 62002 - NPN (SINK) DC BROWN DC BLUE LOAD (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 DC 6A-49 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION DC www.phdinc.com/grc SENSOR OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES: SERIES GRC INTERNAL PROXIMITY SWITCH READY 5 (SHURGRIP model only) This option equips the gripper for use with metal sensing proximity switches. The switch is inserted into a cavity in the housing and senses a steel pin attached to the jaw. The slotted switch bracket allows the proximity switches to be adjusted to sense the jaw positions. The bracket covers the opening so contaminants do not enter the cavity causing a false signal. Proximity Switches and mounting kit are ordered separately. See Switches and Sensors section for complete switch specifications. The lock housing is designed to accept the following size proximity switches: GRCx32 4 mm Round Smooth GRCx42 8 mm Threaded GRCx52 8 mm Threaded GRCx62 8 mm Threaded PART NO. 18430-001-02 18430-002-02 51422-005-02 51422-006-02 P3 P4 P2 JAW OPEN SENSING SIDE JAW CLOSED SENSING SIDE LETTER DIM. Mounting Kit P1 P2 P3 P4 GRCx3x mm in 52309-02 1.647 42.0 .810 20.5 .675 17.0 .576 14.5 P1 MODEL NUMBER GRCx4x GRCx5x mm in mm in 52309-04 52309-06 2.901 73.5 2.267 57.5 1.300 33.0 .455 11.5 1.247 31.5 1.078 27.5 1.242 31.5 1.242 31.5 GRCx6x mm in 52309-08 3.988 101.5 1.971 50.0 1.537 39.0 1.242 31.5 INSTALLATION REFERENCE DIMENSIONS ARE APPROXIMATIONS ONLY. ACTUAL DIMENSIONS WILL BE BASED ON ACTUAL SENSING LOCATION. Adjust switch inward until it touches steel pin, then adjust outward .02 inch [0.5 mm] to set clear (do this with slide bracket in place). Adjust bracket to left or right to set switch position. EACH PROXIMITY SWITCH MOUNTING KIT CONTAINS: 2 SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS 1 PROXIMITY SWITCH BRACKET 12 mm EXTERNAL PROXIMITY SWITCH READY 6 6A DESCRIPTION 4 mm Round NPN (Sink) 10-30 VDC, 2 m cable 4 mm Round PNP (Source) 0-30 VDC, 2 m cable 8 mm Threaded NPN (Sink) 5-30 VDC, 2 m cable 8 mm Threaded PNP (Source) 5-30 VDC, 2 m cable .060 [1.51 mm] MAX SWITCH SENSING DISTANCE (Full mounting style required) This option provides threaded mounting holes for mounting 12 mm metal sensing proximity switches. The customer is required to design and mount a metal target for the switch to sense. Proximity Switches and mounting kit are ordered separately. See Switches and Sensors section for complete switch specifications. PART NO. 15561-001 15561-002 15561-003 LETTER DIM. Mounting Kit EP1 EP2 EP3 EP4 EP5 EP6 EP7 DESCRIPTION NPN (Sink) 24 VDC PNP (Source) 24 VDC AC 117 VAC GRCx3x in mm 60512 .851 21.5 1.250 32.0 .432 11.0 .907 23.0 1.476 37.5 .313 8.0 .647 16.5 MODEL NUMBER GRCx4x GRCx5x mm in mm in 60512 60512 1.560 39.5 1.383 35.0 1.250 32.0 1.250 32.0 .432 11.0 .432 11.0 .907 23.0 .907 23.0 2.185 55.5 2.008 51.0 8.0 .313 .313 8.0 1.359 34.5 .907 23.0 M4 SHCS GRCx6x mm in 60512 3.311 84.0 1.250 32.0 .432 11.0 .907 23.0 3.937 100.0 8.0 .313 1.204 30.5 EP7 EP6 EP5 EP2 EP4 EACH PROXIMITY SWITCH MOUNTING KIT CONTAINS: 2 SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS 1 PROXIMITY SWITCH BRACKET 6A-50 2X EP1 EP3 M12 x 1.0 THREAD THRU All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grc CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION SPRING OPTIONS: SERIES GRC PARALLEL GRIPPERS 3&4 MEDIUM DUTY SPRING ASSIST 5&6 HEAVY DUTY SPRING ASSIST S5 (Full mounting style required) Springs can maintain spring grip force if air pressure is lost or increase grip force in one direction when used with air pressure. They can open or close the gripper without air pressure. Spring life in excess of 10 million cycles can be expected. For minimum operating pressures and spring forces, see specifications on page 6A-46. LETTER DIM. S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 S8 GRCx3x in mm 7.660 193.0 .263 6.5 1.457 37.0 1.536 39.0 .086 2.25 1.812 46.0 .315 8.0 .219 5.5 2 4 MODEL NUMBER GRCx4x GRCx5x mm in mm in 13.180 335.0 10.454 265.5 9.25 .362 9.75 .387 64.0 2.520 1.969 50.0 66.0 2.598 2.008 51.0 5.0 .199 5.0 .201 2.846 72.25 2.341 59.5 10.0 .394 10.0 .394 10.0 .400 7.75 .307 S4 S1 S8 S2 Ø S3 S6 S7 HEX TO BE USED FOR SPRING REPLACEMENT OR GRIPPER MAINTENANCE ONLY WARNING: DO NOT REMOVE SPRING HOUSING BHCS GRCx6x mm in 18.580 472.0 9.0 .356 3.701 94.0 3.818 97.0 7.5 .298 3.818 97.0 10.0 .394 10.0 .400 SHURGRIP VERSION vibration or shock after loss or removal of air pressure may cause the jaws to open slightly. Care must be taken to design the tooling attached to the gripper jaws to encapsulate the part. The tooling should also have a slight “spring” or “deflection action” to retain tension on the gripper mechanism. PHD is not responsible for lack of part retention resulting from improper tooling or maintenance of the gripper. (Licensed under U.S. Patent No. 4768821) 6A The SHURGRIP version of the PHD Series GRC Gripper is intended to maintain a friction lock to restrain jaw movement in the event of loss or removal of air pressure. This is accomplished through the use of an internal friction lock clutch. Repeated MANUAL JAW OPERATION (SHURGRIP ONLY) HEX WRENCH (MANUAL OVERRIDE) WRENCH NOT SUPPLIED Rotating the hex in the rear of gripper moves jaws open or closed for easy switch setup and tooling adjustments without operating the valve. LETTER DIM. HEX SIZE GRCx3x in mm 5/32 4.0 MODEL NUMBER GRCx4x GRCx5x in mm in mm 5/32 4.0 5/16 8.0 GRCx6x in mm 5/16 8.0 SHURGRIP TOOLING Care must be taken to design the tooling to encapsulate the part being grasped. On SHURGRIP versions, the tooling should have a slight “spring” or “deflection action” to retain tension on the gripper mechanism upon loss of air supply. PHD is not responsible for lack of part retention resulting from improper tooling or maintenance of the gripper. 6A-51 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grc (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 GRTx6, 7, & 8 GRIPPER SIZE GRTx1, 2, 3, 4, & 5 GRTx6, 7, & 8 SERIES PART NO. 18430-001-02 18430-002-02 51422-005-02 51422-006-02 Options may affect unit length. See unit dimension and options pages for adders. SWITCH DESCRIPTION PART NO. 8 mm Threaded NPN (Sink) 51422-005-02 8 mm Threaded PNP (Source) 51422-006-02 12 mm Threaded NPN (Sink) 15561-001 12 mm Threaded PNP (Source) 15561-002 12 mm Threaded AC 20-250 VAC 15561-003 EXTERNAL PROXIMITY SWITCHES SWITCH DESCRIPTION 4 mm Round NPN (Sink) 4 mm Round PNP (Source) 8 mm Threaded NPN (Sink) 8 mm Threaded PNP (Source) STYLE 1 - Imperial 5 - Metric SEALS 1 - Buna-N 2 - Fluoro-Elastomer SPRING OPTIONS 0 - None HEAVY FORCE 5 - Spring assist closed 6 - Spring assist open KIT NUMBER GRTx1x GRTx2x GRTx3x GRTx4x GRTx5x GRTx6x GRTx7x GRTx8x 62805-00 62805-01 62805-02 62805-02 62805-02 62805-03 62805-04 62805-04 62806-00 62806-01 62806-01 62806-02 62806-03 62806-04 62806-05 62806-05 INTERNAL PROXIMITY SWITCH TARGET KITS SENSOR OPTIONS 0 - None 5 - Proximity switch ready (For internal switches) IT NE PRO D E D CUSTOM GRIPPERS ARE AVAILABLE. PLEASE CONSULT PHD. KIT NUMBER GRTx2x GRTx3x GRTx4x GRTx5x GRTx6x GRTx7x GRTx8x 61552-02 61552-03 61552-04 61552-05 61552-06 61552-07 61552-08 TO M O GRTx1x 61552-01 EXTERNAL PROXIMITY SWITCH MOUNTING BRACKETS Kit includes: 1 Proximity Target, 1 Proximity Adjustment Screw, 2 Target Adjustment Screws DIRECTION JAWS OPENING JAWS CLOSING JAW STYLE 2 - Standard travel S CT U ! DESIGN NO. OPTIONS 0 - None 1 - Part Ejector G R T 1 4 2 - 1 - 0 0 0 1 INTERNAL PROXIMITY SWITCHES KIT NUMBER IMPERIAL METRIC 62890-01 62890-11 62890-02 62890-12 62890-03 62890-13 62890-04 62890-14 62890-05 62890-15 62890-06 62890-16 62890-07 62890-17 62890-08 62890-18 GRIPPER SIZE GRTx1, 2, 3, 4, & 5 MODEL NUMBER GRTx12 GRTx22 GRTx32 GRTx42 GRTx52 GRTx62 GRTx72 GRTx82 TYPE T - Three jaw CUS T www.phdinc.com/grt FINGER BLANKS PRODUCT TYPE G - Gripper TO ORDER, SPECIFY: Product Type, Series, Type, Style, Size, Jaw Style, Design No., Options, and Seals. BORE SIZE 1 - 27 mm 2 - 40 mm 3 - 50 mm 4 - 63 mm 5 - 80 mm 6 - 100 mm 7 - 125 mm 8 - 160 mm 6A ORDERING DATA: SERIES GRT GRIPPERS F 6A-52 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION BENEFITS & SPECIFICATIONS: SERIES GRT GRIPPERS ■ Three jaw design provides self-centering and maximum contact between part and jaw tooling, making these grippers ideal for high moment applications. ■ Very low profile to grip force and jaw travel ratios are ideal for use in confined work areas. ■ Eight sizes are offered in both imperial and metric versions for maximum application versatility. ■ Jaw motion is true parallel and synchronous for easy design of jaw tooling. ■ Pneumatically powered units are double acting for use in both internal and external applications. ■ Close tolerance jaw mechanism made of hardened steel eliminates play and is enclosed for a minimum 10 million trouble-free cycles. ■ Male and female keys are standard on jaws providing precision positioning of jaw tooling. ■ Proximity switches are available for indications of jaw position. ■ Units are fully field repairable. ■ Optional spring assist can be specified to enhance maximum gripping force or for part retention upon loss of air pressure. ■ Optional part ejector assists in part location upon grip release. ■ Finger blanks are available for custom fitting of fingers to the part’s shape. See page 6A-63. 6A Eight Bore Sizes! See page 6A-59 for spring assist option. See page 6A-60 and 6A-61 for sensor option. Adjustable positioning target assembly protected under U.S. Patent No. 6019409. SPECIFICATIONS WORKING PRESSURE STANDARD UNIT SPRING ASSIST UNIT BODY JAWS SEALS LUBRICATION SERIES GRT 30 psi min. - 100 psi max. [2 bar min. - 7 bar max.] 60 psi min. - 100 psi max. [4 bar min. - 7 bar max.] Hardcoated Aluminum Hardened Steel Bidirectional Piston Seals Lip Type Rod Seal Permanent for Non-Lube Air See page 6A-62 for part ejector option. 6A-53 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grt DIMENSIONS: SERIES GRT GRIPPERS CUSTOMER SUPPLIED MANIFOLD CLOSED K7 SET SCREW REMOVED GRIPPER 2X K8 ± .0005 [H7] P6 P9 Ø P8 Ø P7 P5 OPEN MANIFOLD PORTING DIMENSIONS 2X ORIFICE DIA (MAY BE USED FOR MANIFOLD PORTING, SEE PAGE 6A-64) FOR CUSTOMER USE (DIMENSIONS REQUIRED ON CUSTOMER MOUNTING SURFACE) Ø B1 B3 B2 J4 J3 B4 J12 (J1) J2 ± .0007 [H7] J13 P3 B6 RADIUS 6A P2 J1 ± .020 [0.5] K6 BOLT CIRCLE 2X J5 THREAD EACH JAW OPEN 5 OPEN 6 J7 K5 P4 CLOSED 2X P1 PORT WITH SPOTFACE J6 ± .0010 [h7] J8 CLOSED B5 K3 JAW TRAVEL + .060/- .000 [+1.5/-0.0] J9 J10 CL J11 K4 3X THRU HOLE FOR K1 MOUNTING SCREW K2 THREAD FROM OPPOSITE SIDE NOTE: SPRING ASSIST OPTION AFFECTS UNIT DIMENSIONS. SEE PAGE 6A-59 FOR INFORMATION. 6A-54 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grt CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CAT-03 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 P8 P9 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 K1 K2 LETTER DIM JAW TRAVEL B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 J1 CLOSED J2 J3 J4 J5 in .118 1.850 1.004 .748 .057 .165 .165 .642 .0787 .039 1.061 4-40 x .157 DP .3146 .561 .108 .295 .119 .533 .667 .177 #5 8-32 x .394 DP .374 1.122 1.296 1.496 1.496 .1268 x .237 DP 10-32 .231 .492 39° .484 .670 .276 .098 .048 mm 3.0 47.0 25.5 19.0 1.4 4.2 4.2 16.3 2.0 1.0 26.9 M3 x 0.5 x 4.0 DP 8.0 14.2 2.74 7.5 3.0 13.5 16.9 4.5 M3 M4 x 0.7 x 10 DP 9.50 28.50 32.92 38.0 38.0 3.0 x 6.0 DP M5 x 0.8 5.9 12.5 39° 12.3 17.0 7.0 2.5 1.2 GRTx1x GRTx2x in mm .157 4.0 2.441 62.0 1.279 32.5 .905 23.0 .157 4.0 .207 5.3 1.496 38.0 .787 20.0 .1582 4.0 .079 2.0 1.436 36.5 8-32 M4 x 0.7 x .197 DP x 5.0 DP .3927 10.0 .670 17.0 .138 3.5 .433 11.0 .157 4.0 .748 19.0 .905 23.0 .197 5.0 #8 M4 10-32 M5 x 0.8 x .375 DP x 9.5 DP .527 13.39 1.580 40.13 1.824 46.33 2.106 53.5 2.106 53.5 .1580 x 4.0 x .315 DP 8.0 DP 10-32 M5 x 0.8 .256 6.5 .669 17.0 26° 26° .551 14.0 .984 25.0 .276 7.0 .098 2.5 .048 1.2 GRTx3x in mm .236 6.0 2.835 72.0 1.575 40.0 1.103 28.0 .118 3.0 .197 5.0 2.244 57.0 .886 22.5 .1582 4.0 .079 2.0 1.694 43.0 8-32 M4 x 0.7 x .250 DP x 6.5 DP .3927 10.0 .709 18.0 .157 4.0 .472 12.0 .177 4.5 .827 21.0 1.103 28.0 .276 7.0 #10 M5 1/4-20 M6 x 1.0 x .500 DP x 12.0 DP .620 15.75 1.860 47.24 2.148 54.56 2.480 63.0 2.480 63.0 .1580 x 4.0 x .315 DP 8.0 DP 10-32 M5 x 0.8 .295 7.5 .827 21.0 30° 30° .630 16.0 1.181 30.0 .276 7.0 .098 2.5 .048 1.2 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grt 6A in .315 3.543 1.870 1.279 .098 .295 2.244 1.024 .2369 .079 1.968 10-24 x .295 DP .4714 .906 .177 .590 .197 .984 1.279 .354 1/4 5/16-18 x .625 DP .778 2.333 2.693 3.110 3.110 .1973 x .394 DP 10-32 .355 .946 30° .768 1.437 .315 .138 .048 MODEL NUMBER GRTx5x in mm mm .394 8.0 10.0 4.173 90.0 106.0 2.205 47.5 56.0 1.496 32.5 38.0 .157 2.5 4.0 .393 7.5 10.0 2.992 57.0 76.0 1.260 26.0 32.0 .2369 6.0 6.0 .098 2.0 2.5 2.362 50.0 60.0 1/4-20 M5 x 0.8 M6 x 1.0 x .400 DP x 10.0 DP x 7.5 DP .5502 12.0 14.0 1.063 23.0 27.0 .216 4.5 5.5 .669 15.0 17.0 .216 5.0 5.5 1.102 25.0 28.0 1.496 32.5 38.0 .433 9.0 11.0 1/4 M6 M6 5/16-18 M8 x 1.25 M8 x 1.25 x .625 DP x 16.0 DP x 16.0 DP .945 19.76 24.00 2.834 59.26 71.98 3.273 68.40 83.13 3.779 79.0 96.0 3.779 79.0 96.0 .1973 x 5.0 x 5.0 x .394 DP 10.0 DP 10.0 DP 1/8 NPT M5 x 0.8 1/8 BSP .453 9.0 11.5 1.043 24.0 26.5 30° 30° 30° .945 19.5 24.0 1.772 36.5 45.0 .315 8.0 8.0 .138 3.5 3.5 .048 1.2 1.2 GRTx4x GRTx6x in mm .512 13.0 5.275 134.0 2.559 65.0 1.732 44.0 .118 3.0 .492 12.5 3.996 101.5 1.476 37.5 .3157 8.0 .098 2.5 2.677 68.0 5/16-18 M8 x 1.25 x .410 DP x 10.5 DP .6683 17.0 1.260 32.0 .275 7.0 .865 22.0 .276 7.0 1.418 36.0 1.732 44.0 .472 12.0 5/16 M8 3/8-16 M10 x 1.5 x .750 DP x 19.0 DP 1.181 30.00 3.543 89.99 4.091 103.91 4.724 120.0 4.724 120.0 .2367 x 6.0 x .470 DP 12.0 DP 1/8 NPT 1/8 BSP .472 12.0 1.299 33.0 30° 30° 1.181 30.0 2.205 56.0 .354 9.0 .177 4.5 .048 1.2 GRTx7x in mm .630 16.0 6.339 161.0 2.992 76.0 1.968 50.0 .156 4.0 .708 18.0 5.000 127.0 1.831 46.5 .3157 8.0 .118 3.0 3.148 80.0 3/8-16 M10 x 1.5 x .563 DP x 14.0 DP .7864 20.0 1.575 40.0 .335 8.5 .985 25.0 .334 8.5 1.653 42.0 1.968 50.0 .551 14.0 5/16 M8 M10 x 1.5 3/8-16 x .750 DP x 19.0 DP 36.75 1.447 110.24 4.340 127.30 5.012 147.0 5.787 147.0 5.787 6.0 x .2367 x 12.0 DP .470 DP 1/8 BSP 1/8 NPT 14.0 .551 38.0 1.496 30° 30° 37.0 1.457 69.0 2.717 9.0 .354 4.5 .177 1.2 .048 GRTx8x mm in 20.0 .787 202.0 7.953 90.5 3.563 58.5 2.303 5.0 .197 24.5 .966 133.5 5.256 56.0 2.206 10.0 .3944 4.0 .158 95.5 3.760 M12 x 1.75 1/2-13 x .750 DP x 19.0 DP 25.0 .9832 48.0 1.890 10.5 .413 31.0 1.220 10.5 .413 52.0 2.047 58.5 2.303 16.0 .630 M10 3/8 M12 x 1.75 1/2-13 x 1.00 DP x 25.5 DP 46.25 1.821 138.76 5.463 160.22 6.308 185.0 7.283 185.0 7.283 8.0 x .3155 x 15.75 DP .620 DP 1/8 BSP 1/8 NPT 17.0 .669 45.5 1.791 30° 30° 47.0 1.850 88.0 3.465 9.0 .354 4.5 .177 1.2 .048 DIMENSIONS: SERIES GRT GRIPPERS 6A-55 GRIP FORCE GRAPHS: SERIES GRT GRIPPERS Gripping forces are the arithmetic sum of the forces applied by all three jaws. Total gripping force shown is in relation to tooling length at 87 psi [6 bar] actuating pressure. Grip force per jaw equals the total grip force divided by three. Grip forces with springs are based on the average spring force. Spring only forces are shown with no actuating pressure. Use the following charts to determine the grip force and 70 [311] GRTx1x-1-xxxx AIR ONLY OPE N AIR ONLY CLO SED 40 [178] 30 [133] 20 [89] GRTx2x-1-xxxx 200 [890] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 50 [222] HEAVY SPRING ONLY 10 [45] AIR WITH HEAVY SPRING OPEN 160 [712] AIR WITH HEAVY SPRING CLOSED AIR ONLY OPEN 120 [534] AIR ONLY CLOSED 80 [356] 40 HEAVY SPRING ONLY [178] 0 0 0 0.25 [6] 0.5 [13] 0.75 [19] 1 [25] 1.25 [32] 0 1.5 [38] 0.2 [5] 0.4 [10] 0.6 [15] 300 [1335] 350 [1557] AIR WITH HEAVY GRTx3x-1-xxxx TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 1 [25] 1.2 [30] 1.4 [36] 1.6 [41] 1.8 [46] 2 [51] GRTx4x-1-xxxx SPRING OPEN 250 AIR WITH HEAVY [1112] SPRING OPEN 200 AIR WITH HEAVY SPRING CLOSED [890] AIR ONLY OPEN 150 AIR ONLY CLOSED [667] 100 [445] 50 HEAVY SPRING ONLY [222] 0 300 [1335] AIR WITH HEAVY SPRING CLOSED 250 AIR ONLY OPEN [1112] 200 AIR ONLY CLOSED [890] 150 [667] 100 [445] HEAVY SPRING ONLY 50 [222] 0 0 0.5 [13] 1 [25] 1.5 [38] 2 [51] 0 2.5 [64] 0.5 [13] 1 [25] 6A TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] 2 [51] 2.5 [64] 3 [76] GRTx6x-1-xxxx 1000 [4448] AIR WITH HEAVY SPRING OPEN AIR WITH HEAVY SPRING OPEN TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 600 [2669] 1.5 [38] TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] GRTx5x-1-xxxx 700 [3114] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 0.8 [20] TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] WITH HEAVY 500 AIR SPRING CLOSED [2224] 400 AIR ONLY OPEN [1779] AIR ONLY CLOSED 300 [1335] 200 [890] HEAVY SPRING ONLY 100 [445] 0 800 AIR WITH HEAVY [3559] SPRING CLOSED AIR ONLY OPEN 600 [2669] AIR ONLY CLOSED 400 [1779] HEAVY SPRING ONLY 200 [890] 0 0 0.5 [13] 1 [25] 1.5 [38] 2 [51] 2.5 [64] 3 [76] 3.5 [89] 0 4 [102] 0.5 [13] 1 [25] 1.5 [38] TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] 1400 AIR WITH HEAVY [6228] SPRING OPEN GRTx7x-1-xxxx 2.5 [64] 3 [76] 3.5 [89] 4 [102] 4.5 [114] 5 [127] GRTx8x-1-xxxx AIR WITH HEAVY 2000 SPRING OPEN [8897] 1200 AIR WITH HEAVY [5338] SPRING CLOSED 1000 AIR ONLY OPEN [4448] AIR ONLY CLOSED 800 [3559] 2 [51] TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] TOOLING LENGTH PART CLOSE AIR WITH HEAVY SP RING OPEN AIR WITH HE AVY SPRING CLOSED 60 [267] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] maximum tooling length for each gripper. If gripping on open (internal grip) and tooling length falls into the shaded area, use a larger gripper or consult PHD for expected life. If gripping on close (external grip), OPEN disregard shaded area. 600 [2669] 400 HEAVY SPRING ONLY [1779] 200 [890] 0 AIR WITH HEAVY SPRING CLOSED 1600 [7117] AIR ONLY OPEN AIR ONLY CLOSED 1200 [5338] 800 [3559] HEAVY SPRING ONLY 400 [1779] 0 0 0.5 [13] 1 [25] 1.5 [38] 2 [51] 2.5 [64] 3 [76] 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5 6 [89] [102] [114] [127] [140] [152] 0 TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] 5 [127] 6 [152] 7 [178] 8 [203] TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] 6A-56 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grt CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRT GRIPPERS SPECIFICATIONS CLOSE OR TOTAL CLOSE TOTAL GRIP FORCE FACTOR (GF) INTERNAL OPEN TIME EXTERNAL DIAMETRAL GRIP FORCE AT GRIPPER GRIP 87 psi [6 bar] DISPLACEMENT GRIP MODEL JAW TRAVEL 87 psi [6 bar] WEIGHT mm in N lb kg lb in3 sec. cm3 IMPERIAL METRIC IMPERIAL METRIC NO. 0.236 6 196 44 0.27 0.12 33 37 .09 0.52 0.57 0.10 1.6 GRTx1x 0.315 8 112 499 0.59 0.27 83 93 .03 1.29 1.43 0.30 5 GRTx2x 0.472 12 168 747 0.95 0.43 125 136 .04 1.93 2.10 0.72 12 GRTx3x 0.630 16 218 971 1.75 0.80 162 173 .06 2.51 2.68 1.41 23 GRTx4x 0.787 20 378 1683 2.82 1.28 281 297 .07 4.35 4.61 3.00 49 GRTx5x 1.024 26 569 2531 5.1 2.32 422 451 .15 6.54 6.99 5.63 92 GRTx6x 1.260 32 880 3912 8.75 3.98 652 688 .30 10.11 10.67 10.75 176 GRTx7x 1.575 40 1452 6459 15.5 7.05 1077 1131 .40 16.69 17.52 21.92 359 GRTx8x Minimum Operating Pressure is 30 psi [2 bar] for standard unit and 60 psi [4 bar] for spring assist unit. HEAVY SPRING MODEL NO. GRTx1x GRTx2x GRTx3x GRTx4x GRTx5x GRTx6x GRTx7x GRTx8x SF SPRING GRIP FORCE MINIMUM MAXIMUM lb 9 14 28 49 118 193 263 324 N 40 62 125 218 525 858 1170 1441 lb 18 52 82 110 232 341 498 591 N 80 231 365 498 1032 1517 2215 2629 WEIGHT ADDER kg lb 0.03 0.07 0.07 0.15 0.10 0.23 0.18 0.40 0.50 1.10 0.86 1.89 1.08 2.37 2.31 5.10 CLOSE OR OPEN TIME 87 psi [6 bar] IN sec with against spring only spring spring .14 .08 .14 .04 .02 .05 .10 .04 .10 .10 .05 .12 .12 .08 .16 .15 .11 .21 .24 .15 .36 .40 .27 .48 MODEL NO. GRTx1x GRTx2x GRTx3x GRTx4x GRTx5x GRTx6x GRTx7x GRTx8x TOOLING LENGTH MAXIMUM mm in 40 1.5 50 1.97 65 2.56 75 2.95 100 3.94 125 4.92 150 5.91 200 7.87 TOOLING WEIGHT MAX. PER JAW kg lb 0.17 0.08 0.30 0.14 0.72 0.33 1.25 0.57 2.65 1.20 4.50 2.05 8.80 4.00 16.00 7.27 SEALS AND FLUIDS LUBRICATION Buna-N seals are standard on all Series GRT Grippers. Piston seals are long life Buna-N and rod seals are lip type or O-rings. Both are compatible with standard paraffin-based lubrication oils used for pneumatic cylinders. For compatibility with other fluids, consult PHD. Seals and gripper mechanism are lubricated at the factory for service under normal operating conditions. 6A Spring grip force (SF) varies with spring compression. The minimum spring grip force values occur with the spring at least compression (jaws fully closed on spring close units and fully open on spring open units). The maximum spring grip force values occur with the spring at most compression (jaws fully open on spring close units and fully closed on spring open units). MATERIAL TEMPERATURE LIMITS Gripper body and piston are made of hardcoated aluminum. Jaws and operating mechanism are manufactured from hardened steel. Seals and gripper mechanism are designed for use in ambient temperatures from –20° to 180°F [–30° to 82°C]. For higher temperatures, consult PHD. SPECIAL GRIPPERS Grippers for special applications, severe duty, or constructed of special materials are available. Consult PHD. LIFE EXPECTANCY All standard units with Buna-N seals have been designed for a minimum of 10 million trouble free cycles, with minimal seal wear and backlash. REPEATABILITY Grip repeatability is within .002 inch [0.05 mm] of original centered position. INTERNAL SPRINGS BACKLASH Internal springs are intended to assist the gripper and add to grip force in one specific direction. They can be used to open or close the gripper without pneumatic pressure or to maintain spring grip force if pressure is lost. Spring life in excess of 1.5 million cycles can be expected. Jaw backlash in the (A) direction will not exceed .010 in [0.24 mm] per jaw. Total clearance between the parallel jaws and the body will not exceed the following figures: (B) .003 in [0.075 mm] (C) .0027 in [0.068 mm] PART EJECTOR SPRINGS Spring life in excess of 5 million cycles can be expected for the part ejector springs. B A C 6A-57 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grt ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRT GRIPPERS TOOLING LENGTH FACTOR CHART A 1.0 0.9 0.8 DISTANCE FROM BODY SURFACE 0.7 GRTx8x GRTx7x GRTx6x 0.4 GRTx5x 0.5 GRTx3x GRTx4x 0.6 GRTx1x GRTx2x DERATING FACTOR Tooling should be designed so that the grip point is as close to the body surface as possible. When the grip point moves away, jaw friction increases, which decreases grip force. The GF information given on the preceding page is for zero tooling length (body surface). The chart shows how force decreases as the grip point moves away from the body surface. The derating figures and maximum tooling lengths are included in the graphs on page 6A-56. 0.3 0.2 0.1 0 PART 0 1 [25] 2 [51] 3 [76] 4 [102] 5 [127] 6 [152] 7 [178] 8 [203] TOOLING LENGTH inch [mm] MAX. ALLOWABLE FORCES & MOMENTS ON GRIPPER JAWS Fa MODEL NO. GRTx1x GRTx2x GRTx3x GRTx4x GRTx5x GRTx6x GRTx7x GRTx8x lb 49 141 337 419 528 562 652 731 N 218 625 1500 1865 2350 2500 2900 3250 OPEN Mx* in-lb Nm 4.5 40 6 52 9 76 127 14 275 31 587 66 1190 134 2486 281 CLOSE Mx in-lb Nm 116 13 221 25 265 30 398 45 796 90 1282 145 2387 270 5083 574 My in-lb Nm 4.6 41 133 15 221 25 309 35 398 45 707 80 884 100 1591 180 Mz in-lb Nm 5 44 133 15 133 15 221 25 486 55 575 65 1105 125 2077 235 Mx Fa Fa: Mx: My: Mz: 6A Total for all jaws Per jaw, with moments from body surface Per jaw, with moments from center of jaw Per jaw, with moments from body surface, tooling keyed to jaw When calculating values for Mx, My, and Mz, include the grip force, part weight, acceleration, and external forces. When calculating the value for Fa, include weight of tooling, part weight, acceleration, and external forces. BODY SURFACE Mz My *Maximum Open Mx values based on 10 million cycle life and assume part is gripped with jaws in full open position. Gripping part with jaws at less than full open position will increase allowable Open Mx. GRIPPER CALCULATION EXAMPLE WITHOUT SPRINGS: TOTAL FORCE lb [N] = (Pressure psi [bar] x GF) x Tooling Length Factor SPRINGS WORKING WITH APPLIED PRESSURE: TOTAL FORCE lb [N] = [(Pressure psi [bar] x GF) + SF lb [N]] x Tooling Length Factor AGAINST APPLIED PRESSURE: TOTAL FORCE lb [N] = [(Pressure psi [bar] x GF) - SF lb [N]] x Tooling Length Factor GRT152-1-0001, [GRT552-1-0001] Operating Pressure = 87 psi , [6 bar] Find Grip Force Factor GF = 4.35, [281] (from Specifications, page 6A-57) Find Tooling Length Factor = .85, [.85] (See Chart A) (Tooling Length of 3.75 in ⇒ .85, [95 mm] Tooling Length Factor) Total Grip Force 4.35 x 87 psi x .85 = 322 lb, [281 x 6 x .85 = 1433 N] GRT152-1-0051, [GRT552-1-0051] Spring assist close, heavy springs Find Spring Grip Force SF = 175 lb, [779 N] (Average spring force, page 6A-57) 175 = (118 + 232)/2, [779 = (525 + 1032)/2] (All other data is the same.) Total Grip Force (4.35 x 87 psi + 175 lb) x .85 = 470 lb, [(281 x 6 + 779) x .85 = 2095 N] BODY SURFACE 3.75 in PART (external grip) All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. 6A-58 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grt CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES: SERIES GRT GRIPPERS 5&6 HEAVY FORCE SPRING ASSIST GRIPPER Springs can maintain spring grip force if air pressure is lost or increase grip force in one specific direction when used with air pressure. Spring life in excess of 1.5 million cycles can be expected. For minimum operating pressures and spring grip forces, see specifications on page 6A-57. P6 C3 CLEARANCE Ø IN CAP 3X K9 THREAD 2X Ø K10 SEE DETAIL B 3X K9 DEPTH K9 MOUNTING DIMENSIONS DETAIL A CLOSED K5 P5 K7 OPEN C3 GRIPPER 2X ORIFICE DIA MAY BE USED FOR MANIFOLD PORTING, SEE PAGE 64 . CLEARANCE Ø IN CAP 2X Ø K10 K3 3X Ø K9 SEE DETAIL A K4 2X K10 DEPTH K10 MOUNTING PIN DIMENSIONS DETAIL B Ø B1 Ø B9 (PILOT LOCATOR) C4 CUSTOMER SUPPLIED MANIFOLD Ø P7 C3 P9 SET SCREW REMOVED Ø P8 C2 B2 C1 GRIPPER 6A MANIFOLD PORTING DIMENSIONS FOR CUSTOMER USE (DIMENSIONS REQUIRED ON CUSTOMER MOUNTING SURFACE) LETTER DIM Ø B1 B2 Ø B9 MAX Ø B9 MIN C1 C2 C3 C4 K3 K4 K5 K7 K9 K10 P5 P6 Ø P7 Ø P8 P9 GRTx1x in mm 1.850 47.0 1.004 25.5 1.0650 27.1 1.0610 26.9 1.240 31.5 1.358 34.5 .236 6.0 .118 3.0 .374 9.5 1.122 28.5 1.296 32.9 1.496 38.0 8-32 M4 x 0.7 x .394 DP x .394 DP 0.1268 3.0 x .315 DP x .315 DP .484 12.3 .670 17.0 .276 7.0 .098 2.5 .048 1.2 GRTx2x in mm 2.441 62.0 1.279 32.5 1.6535 42.00 1.6490 41.89 1.515 38.5 1.732 44.0 .236 6.0 .217 6.0 .527 13.39 1.580 40.13 1.824 46.33 2.106 53.5 10-32 M5 x 0.8 x .611 DP x 16.0 DP .1580 4.0 x .551 DP x 14.0 DP .551 14.0 .984 25.0 .276 7.0 .098 2.5 .048 1.2 GRTx3x in mm 2.835 72.0 1.575 40.0 2.0079 51.00 2.0034 50.89 1.811 46.0 2.106 54.0 .236 6.0 .295 8.0 .620 15.75 1.860 47.24 2.148 54.56 2.480 63.0 1/4-20 M6 x 1.0 x .736 DP x 19.0 DP .1580 4.0 x .551 DP x 14.0 DP .630 16.0 1.181 30.0 .276 7.0 .098 2.5 .048 1.2 MODEL NUMBER GRTx5x mm in mm 90.0 4.173 106.0 47.5 2.205 56.0 65.00 3.2283 82.00 64.83 3.2218 81.83 54.5 2.559 65.0 62.0 2.992 76.0 7.0 .354 9.0 8.0 .433 11.0 19.76 .945 24.0 59.26 2.834 71.98 68.40 3.273 83.13 79.0 3.779 96.0 M8 x 1.25 5/16-18 M8 x 1.25 x 23.0 DP x .979 DP x 25.0 DP 5.0 .1973 5.0 x 26.0 DP x .748 DP x 19.0 DP 19.5 .945 24.0 36.5 1.772 45.0 8.0 .315 8.0 3.5 .138 3.5 1.2 .048 1.2 GRTx4x in 3.543 1.870 2.5591 2.5526 2.146 2.442 .276 .296 .778 2.333 2.693 3.110 5/16-18 x .901 DP .1973 x .670 DP .768 1.437 .315 .138 .048 GRTx6x in mm 134.0 5.275 65.0 2.559 4.0157 102.00 4.0092 101.83 2.913 74.0 90.0 3.524 .354 9.0 .611 16.0 1.181 30.0 89.99 3.543 4.091 103.91 4.724 120.0 M10 x 1.5 3/8-16 x 1.104 DP x 28.0 DP .2367 6.0 x .824 DP x 21.0 DP 1.181 30.0 56.0 2.205 .354 9.0 .177 4.5 .048 1.2 GRTx7x in mm 6.339 161.0 76.0 2.992 128.00 5.0394 5.0329 127.83 3.425 87.0 106.0 4.173 11.0 .433 .748 19.0 1.447 36.75 110.24 4.340 127.30 5.012 5.787 147.0 3/8-16 M10 x 1.5 x 1.183 DP x 30.0 DP 6.0 .2367 X .903 DP x 23.0 DP 1.457 37.0 69.0 2.717 .354 9.0 .177 4.5 .048 1.2 GRTx8x mm in 202.0 7.953 3.563 90.5 6.2992 160.00 6.2927 159.83 4.075 103.5 5.059 128.5 13.0 .512 .984 25.0 46.25 1.821 5.463 138.76 6.308 160.22 7.283 185.0 M12 x 1.75 1/2-13 x 1.512 DP x 38.0 DP .3155 10.0 x 1.132 DP x 29.0 DP 47.0 1.850 3.465 88.0 .354 9.0 .177 4.5 1.2 .048 6A-59 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grt OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES: SERIES GRT GRIPPERS 5 PROXIMITY SWITCH READYINTERNAL This option equips the gripper with sleeves to provide for the mounting of up to three round proximity switches. Target Kits and Proximity Switches are ordered separately. See Switches and LETTER DIM PS1 PS2 PS3 PS4 PS5 PS6 PS7 PS9 PS10 PS11 GRTx1x mm in 4mm ROUND .5 .020 .388 9.86 .775 19.69 1.342 34.09 1.21 30.7 1.21 30.7 .555 14.1 .75 .030 4.0 .157 GRTx2x mm in 4mm ROUND .5 .020 .527 13.37 1.053 26.75 1.824 46.33 1.42 36.0 1.42 36.0 .773 19.6 .75 .030 4.0 .157 GRTx3x mm in 4mm ROUND .5 .020 .620 15.75 1.240 31.5 2.148 54.55 1.22 31.0 1.22 31.0 .971 24.7 .75 .030 4.0 .157 GRTx4x mm in 4mm ROUND .5 .020 .778 19.75 1.555 39.5 2.693 68.41 1.18 30.0 1.04 26.5 1.147 29.1 .75 .030 4.0 .157 Sensors section for complete switch specifications. The adjustable positioning target assembly is protected under U.S. patent no. 6019409. MODEL NUMBER GRTx5x GRTx6x GRTx7x GRTx8x mm in mm in mm mm in in 4mm ROUND 8mm THREADED 8mm THREADED 8mm THREADED .76 .030 .76 .030 .76 .5 .020 .030 1.821 46.25 1.447 36.75 .945 24.0 1.181 30.0 3.642 92.5 2.894 73.5 1.890 48.0 2.362 60.0 6.307 160.20 5.012 127.30 3.273 83.13 4.091 103.91 30.0 1.18 29.0 1.14 35.0 1.18 30.0 1.38 20.5 .81 29.0 1.14 35.0 21.0 .83 1.38 2.095 53.2 1.760 44.7 1.364 34.6 1.524 38.7 .404 10.25 7.0 .276 4.25 1.5 .060 .167 8.0 .315 8.0 .315 8.0 4.0 .157 .315 NOTES: 1) (PS10) THE PROX TARGET MAY EXTEND OUT OF THE JAW WHEN THE JAWS CLOSE. TARGET IS ADJUSTED TO SENSE LESS THAN .039 [1mm] MOVEMENT FROM THE FULL CLOSED POSITION 2) JAWS SHOWN IN FULL OPEN POSITION PS5 TARGET KIT NUMBER SENSING GRTx1x GRTx2x GRTx3x GRTx4x GRTx5x GRTx6x GRTx7x GRTx8x DIRECTION JAWS OPENING 62805-00 62805-01 62805-02 62805-02 62805-02 62805-03 62805-04 62805-04 JAWS CLOSING 62806-00 62806-01 62806-01 62806-02 62806-03 62806-04 62806-05 62806-05 EACH KIT WILL MOUNT ONE SWITCH. KIT INCLUDES: 1 PROXIMITY TARGET, 1 PROXIMITY ADJUSTMENT SCREW, 2 TARGET ADJUSTMENT SCREWS PS2 MAX SENSING DISTANCE PS3 5/64 [2mm] TARGET ADJUSTMENT HEX PS4 6A PS11 MAX TARGET WIDTH Ø PS1 (PROX SWITCH) LOCATION OF PROXIMITY SWITCHES DETAIL A PS10 MAX 4 mm ROUND INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER 18430-001-02 NPN (Sink) 10-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 18430-002-02 PNP (Source) 10-30 VDC, 2 meter cable A PS9 8 mm THREADED INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES PART NUMBER 51422-005-02 51422-006-02 DESCRIPTION NPN (Sink) 5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable PNP (Source) 5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable Ø PS1 (PROX SWITCH) PS7 APPROX LED LOCATION 4mm PROX 1.18 [30mm] MIN BEND RADIUS PS6 APPROX LED LOCATION 8mm PROX All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. 6A-60 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grt CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES: SERIES GRT GRIPPERS PROXIMITY SWITCHES - EXTERNAL This accessory provides for the external mounting of round metal sensing proximity switches. Up to six switches may be mounted using multiple brackets. The user is required to design and MODEL NUMBER GRTx2x GRTx3x GRTx4x GRTx5x GRTx6x GRTx7x GRTx8x GRTx1x mm in mm in mm mm in mm in mm in in mm in mm in 8mm THREADED 8mm THREADED 8mm THREADED 8mm THREADED 8mm THREADED 12mm THREADED 12mm THREADED 12mm THREADED 2.362 60.0 2.362 60.0 1.772 45.0 1.772 45.0 1.772 45.0 2.362 60.0 1.772 45.0 1.772 45.0 4.0 .157 4.0 .157 4.0 4.0 .157 4.0 .157 4.0 .157 .157 4.0 .157 4.0 .157 17.0 .669 17.0 .669 17.0 13.0 .512 13.0 .512 13.0 .512 .669 13.0 .512 13.0 .512 2.303 58.5 1.968 50.0 1.496 38.0 1.279 32.5 1.103 28.0 1.732 44.0 23.0 .905 19.0 .748 3.977 101.0 3.170 80.5 2.087 53.0 1.772 45.0 1.418 36.0 2.638 67.0 1.221 31.0 23.5 .925 13.1 .515 12.5 .492 13.0 .443 11.25 .403 10.25 10.6 .419 .512 10.5 .413 9.6 .377 23.8 .938 .915 23.25 19.5 .768 18.5 .728 18.9 .744 .935 23.75 .738 18.75 17.8 .702 2.7 .105 2.7 .105 2.7 2.7 .105 2.7 .105 2.7 .105 .105 2.7 .105 1.5 .060 1.944 49.4 1.522 38.7 1.077 27.4 25.0 .983 20.8 .817 1.433 36.4 17.6 .693 12.3 .483 1.723 43.8 1.401 35.6 24.6 .968 21.2 .836 17.5 .688 1.207 30.7 17.5 .689 16.5 .648 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.0° 22.0° 22.5° 22.5° 25° 25° 30° 30° MOUNTING BRACKETS PART NUMBER BRACKET NUMBER 61552-01 GRTx12 61552-02 GRTx22 61552-03 GRTx32 61552-04 GRTx42 61552-05 GRTx52 61552-06 GRTx62 61552-07 GRTx72 61552-08 GRTx82 EP1 PROXIMITY SWITCH (ORDERED SEPARATELY) EP6 EP10 JAWS CLOSED EP11 8 mm THREADED INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER 51422-005-02 NPN (Sink) 5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 51422-006-02 PNP (Source) 5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable EP7 EP4 HEX EP8 EP2 2X EP3 EP9 EP5 EP12 6A LETTER DIM EP1 EP2 EP3 EP4 EP5 EP6 EP7 EP8 EP9 EP10 EP11 EP12 mount targets for the switch to sense. Proximity Switches are ordered separately. See Switches and Sensors section for complete switch specifications. 12 mm THREADED INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER NPN (Sink) 10-30 VDC, 3 meter cable 15561-001 PNP (Source) 10-30 VDC, 3 meter cable 15561-002 AC 20-250 VAC, 3 meter cable 15561-003 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 6A-61 (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grt OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES: SERIES GRT GRIPPERS 1 PART EJECTOR MODEL NO. GRTx1x GRTx2x GRTx3x GRTx4x GRTx5x GRTx6x GRTx7x GRTx8x This option equips the gripper with a spring actuated part ejector. When grip force is removed, the part ejector can push the part against a positive stop. This allows accurate part location and isolates forces due to location within the gripper mechanism, protecting the rest of the automation device. Spring life in excess of 5 million cycles can be expected. PART EJECTOR TOTAL SPRING FORCE N lb 13 - 22 3-5 20 - 37 4.5 - 8.4 33 - 51 7.5 - 11 51 - 80 11 -18 88 - 124 20 - 28 27 - 38 121 - 167 35 - 56 157 - 248 74 - 96 330 - 427 3X Ø EJ8 (MAXIMUM FASTENER SIZE WHEN USED WITH CUSTOMER MODIFIED PART EJECTOR PLATE) PHD SUPPLIED SPOTDRILL FOR EASY CUSTOMER MODIFICATION EJ14 MAX EJ13 MAX EJ10 MAX EJ9 MAX B2 Ø EJ1 MAX OPTIONAL SPRING ASSIST Ø EJ2 MOUNTING HOLE PATTERN EJ7 EJ6 Ø EJ3 MIN OPTIONAL SPRING ASSIST EJ5 PART EJECTOR SPRINGS OMITTED FOR CLARITY EJ12 MAX MATERIAL THICKNESS EJ4 EJ11 MIN TRAVEL PART EJECTOR EXTENDED 6A PART EJECTOR COMPRESSED LETTER DIM B2 Ø EJ1 Ø EJ2 Ø EJ3 EJ4 EJ5 EJ6 EJ7 Ø EJ8 EJ9 EJ10 EJ11 EJ12 EJ13 EJ14 GRTx1x in 1.004 2.330 N/A .700 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 1.126 1.362 .062 .062 1.061 1.297 mm 25.5 59.2 N/A 17.8 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 28.6 34.6 1.6 1.6 26.9 32.9 6A-62 GRTx2x in mm 1.279 32.5 3.239 82.0 1.318 33.5 .766 19.5 .330 8.0 .659 17.0 .571 14.0 .571 14.0 #2 M2 1.552 39.4 1.788 45.4 .121 3.0 .113 2.9 1.404 35.7 1.533 38.9 GRTx3x in mm 1.575 40.0 3.633 92.0 1.510 38.4 .872 22.1 .378 10.0 .755 19.0 .654 17.0 .654 17.0 #6 M3 1.966 49.9 2.202 56.0 .239 6.0 .113 2.9 1.700 43.2 1.829 46.4 GRTx4x mm in 1.870 47.5 4.312 110.0 1.892 48.0 25.9 1.022 .473 12.0 .946 24.0 .819 21.0 .819 21.0 M4 #8 2.275 57.8 2.551 64.8 .239 6.0 3.3 .128 2.010 51.1 2.164 55.0 MODEL NUMBER GRTx5x in mm 2.205 56.0 4.940 125.0 2.264 57.5 1.376 34.9 .566 14.0 1.132 29.0 .980 25.0 .980 25.0 #10 M5 2.614 66.4 2.960 75.2 .239 6.0 1.28 3.3 2.345 59.6 2.577 65.4 GRTx6x in mm 65.0 2.559 155.0 6.083 2.784 70.7 1.572 39.9 .696 18.0 1.392 35.0 31.0 1.206 1.206 31.0 5/16 M8 3.061 77.7 3.415 86.7 .318 8.0 .143 3.7 68.9 2.714 2.931 74.4 GRTx7x in mm 2.992 76.0 7.384 188.0 83.7 3.296 1.924 48.8 .824 21.0 1.648 42.0 1.427 36.0 36.0 1.427 3/8 M10 90.7 3.572 4.006 101.8 .396 10.1 .143 3.7 3.147 79.9 87.4 3.443 GRTx8x in mm 3.563 90.5 8.983 228.0 4.014 102.0 62.4 2.458 1.004 26.0 2.007 51.0 1.738 44.0 1.738 44.0 M12 1/2 4.221 107.2 120.3 4.734 .474 12.1 .143 3.7 3.718 94.4 4.093 103.9 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grt CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES: SERIES GRT GRIPPERS FINGER BLANKS This accessory provides jaw tooling blanks which can easily be machined to meet specific application requirements. Each aluminum blank has key geometry to precisely mate and align with the Series GRT Gripper jaw. One finger blank is supplied per kit. F1 F2 F6 F7 F10 Ø F9 MIN F5 F3 F4 2X THRU AND C’BORED FOR F8 SHCS PART F11 MAX TOOLING LENGTH CUTOUT REQUIRED FOR USE WITH PART EJECTOR OPTION LETTER DIM F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 F8 SHCS F9 F10 F11 F12 MODEL NUMBER GRTx1x GRTx2x GRTx3x GRTx4x GRTx5x GRTx6x GRTx7x GRTx8x GRTx1x in mm 1.632 41.5 .500 12.70 .980 24.9 .096 2.4 .375 9.5 .3156 8.0 .0777 2.0 4-40 M3 x 0.5 x 5/8 x 16.0 .065 1.65 .541 13.7 .280 7.1 .110 2.8 TOOLING LENGTH in mm 1.495 38 1.97 50 2.56 65 2.95 75 3.94 100 4.92 125 5.91 150 7.87 200 GRTx2x in mm 2.165 55.0 .625 15.88 1.260 32.0 .196 5.0 .531 13.5 .3938 10.0 .1570 4.0 8-32 M4 x 0.7 x 1/2 x 12.0 .065 1.65 .490 12.4 .278 7.0 .171 4.3 GRTx3x in mm 2.756 70.0 .625 15.88 1.380 35.1 .157 4.0 .551 14.0 .3938 10.0 .1570 4.0 8-32 M4 x 0.7 x 5/8 x 16.0 .065 1.65 .523 13.3 .319 8.1 .328 8.3 WEIGHT PER FINGER BLANK kg lb .027 .059 .05 .12 .08 .17 .13 .29 .29 .63 .57 1.25 .95 2.06 1.75 3.85 MODEL NUMBER GRTx4x GRTx5x mm mm in in 110.0 80.0 3.150 4.331 25.40 19.05 .750 1.000 49.2 41.5 1.633 1.938 5.0 3.5 .137 .196 19.0 17.25 .679 .748 14.0 .4725 12.0 .5513 6.0 6.0 .2356 .2357 10-24 M5 x 0.8 1/4-20 M6 x 1.0 x 20.0 x 16.0 x 5/8 x 3/4 2.3 .091 2.30 .091 14.6 11.1 .438 .576 10.6 9.9 .388 .416 7.6 9.2 .362 .299 MODEL NUMBER GRTx1x GRTx2x GRTx3x GRTx4x GRTx5x GRTx6x GRTx7x GRTx8x GRTx6x in mm 5.315 135.0 1.250 31.75 2.407 61.1 .157 4.0 1.023 26.0 .6694 17.0 .3145 8.0 5/16-18 M8 x 1.25 x1 x 25.0 .133 3.35 .694 17.6 .535 13.6 .439 11.2 GRTx7x in mm 6.299 160.0 1.500 38.10 2.900 73.7 .196 5.0 1.161 29.5 .7875 20.0 .3145 8.0 3/8-16 M10 x 1.5 x1 x 25.0 .133 3.35 .623 15.8 .691 17.6 .480 12.2 GRTx8x mm in 215.0 8.465 44.45 1.750 3.442 87.4 .236 6.0 1.339 34.0 .9850 25.0 .3932 10.0 1/2-13 M12 x 1.75 x 1-1/2 x 40.0 .157 3.90 1.048 26.6 20.5 .809 .517 13.1 KIT NUMBER* METRIC IMPERIAL 62890-11 62890-01 62890-12 62890-02 62890-13 62890-03 62890-14 62890-04 62890-15 62890-05 62890-16 62890-06 62890-17 62890-07 62890-18 62890-08 * ONE FINGER BLANK IS SUPPLIED PER KIT. (THREE KITS REQUIRED TO EQUIP EACH GRIPPER). 6A-63 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grt 6A F12 OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES: SERIES GRT GRIPPERS MANIFOLD SEAL KIT All Series GRT grippers have manifold porting as standard. Port plugs must first be removed when using this feature. See page 6A-54 for dimensions. MANIFOLD O-RING PORT (TO BE PLUGGED WHEN USING MANIFOLD PORTS) CLOSED OPEN MANIFOLD PORTS (SHIPPED PLUGGED FROM FACTORY) MANIFOLD KIT INCLUDES 2 PORT PLUGS 2 MANIFOLD O-RING SEALS MODEL NUMBER GRT152 GRT552 GRT162 GRT562 GRT172 GRT572 GRT182 GRT582 KIT NUMBER: 61553-01-1 61553-05-1 61553-01-1 61553-05-1 61553-01-1 61553-05-1 61553-02-1 61553-06-1 61553-03-1 61553-07-1 61553-04-1 61553-08-1 61553-04-1 61553-08-1 61553-04-1 61553-08-1 (STD SEALS) (FLUORO-ELASTOMER SEALS) 61553-01-2 61553-05-2 61553-01-2 61553-05-2 61553-01-2 61553-05-2 61553-02-2 61553-06-2 61553-03-2 61553-07-2 61553-04-2 61553-08-2 61553-04-2 61553-08-2 61553-04-2 61553-08-2 6.0 ID x .236 ID x 6.0 ID x .236 ID x 6.0 ID x .236 ID x 5.0 ID x .197 ID x 5.0 ID x .197 ID x .157 ID x 4.0 ID x 4.0 ID x .157 ID x 4.0 ID x .157 ID x O-RING SIZE 1.5 CS .059 CS 1.5 CS .059 CS 1.5 CS .059 CS 1.5 CS .059 CS 1.5 CS .059 CS .059 CS 1.5 CS 1.5 CS .059 CS 1.5 CS .059 CS GRT112 GRT512 GRT122 GRT522 GRT132 GRT532 GRT142 GRT542 GRIPPER MOUNTING KIT Gripper mounting kits are available. The kit includes three socket head cap screws. Part ejector option does not affect mounting kits listed below. 6A STANDARD UNIT KIT NUMBER FASTENER (SHCS) MODEL NUMBER GRT112 61620-01 5-40 x 1-1/4 GRT512 62813-01 M3 x 0.5 x 25 GRT122 61620-02 8-32 x 1-1/4 GRT522 62813-02 M4 x 0.7 x 30 GRT132 61620-03 10-24 x 1-1/2 GRT532 62813-03 M5 x 0.8 x 40 GRT142 61620-04 1/4-20 x 1-3/4 GRT542 62813-04 M6 x 1.0 x 45 SPRING ASSIST UNIT GRT112 64128-01 KIT NUMBER 6-32 x FASTENER 1-1/4 (SHCS) GRT512 64129-01 M3 x 0.5 x 30 GRT122 64128-02 8-32 x 1-1/2 GRT522 64129-02 M4 x 0.7 x 35 GRT132 64128-03 10-24 x 1-3/4 GRT532 64129-03 M5 x 0.8 x 45 GRT142 64128-04 1/4-20 x2 GRT542 64129-04 M6 x 1.0 x 50 GRT152 61620-05 1/4-20 x 2 GRT552 62813-05 M6 x 1.0 x 50 GRT162 61620-06 5/16-18 x 2-1/4 GRT562 62813-06 M8 x 1.25 x 50 GRT172 61620-07 5/16-18 x 2-1/2 GRT572 62813-07 M8 x 1.25 x 65 GRT182 61620-08 3/8-16 x 3 GRT582 62813-08 M10 x 1.5 x 80 GRT552 64129-05 M6 x 1.0 x 60 GRT162 64128-06 5/16-18 x 2-3/4 GRT562 64129-06 M8 x 1.25 x 62 GRT172 64128-07 5/16-18 x3 GRT572 64129-07 M8 x 1.25 x 75 GRT182 64128-08 3/8-16 x 3-1/2 GRT582 64129-08 M10 x 1.5 x 90 MODEL NUMBER GRT152 64128-05 1/4-20 x 2-1/2 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. 6A-64 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grt CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 6A NOTES 6A-65 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grt www.phdinc.com/grs (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 GRIP High Force TYPE Short Parallel JAW Style 3 TO NE E D S CT U IT PRO D CUSTOM GRIPPERS ARE AVAILABLE. PLEASE CONSULT PHD. Please refer to pages 6A-77 and 6A-78 for switch and kit information. NOTE: Design number dictates imperial or metric mounting holes, dowel pin holes, and ports. PRODUCT LINE G - Gripper M O PORTING OPTIONS L11-UB99 - Manifold option in location 99 L11-UB37 - Manifold option in location 37 (includes GR3 option) UB48 - Port option in location 48 SWITCH OPTION CU - Switch Ready MOUNTING OPTION GR3 - Mounting option in location 37 SPRING ASSIST FSR2 - Spring assist close FSE2 - Spring assist open OPTIONS (OMIT IF NOT REQUIRED) OPTION: MOUNTING IN LOCATION 37 OPTION: MANIFOLD IN LOCATION 37 SIZE 27 27 28 28 32 32 50 50 63 63 BORE SIZE MINIMUM TOTAL JAW TRAVEL Total Travel Per Bore Size Diameter (in) mm mm (in) (.177) 27 (1.063) 4.5 (.276) 27 (1.063) 7 (.250) 27 (1.063) 6 (.394) 27 (1.063) 10 (.315) 32 (1.260) 8 (.512) 32 (1.260) 13 (.750) 50 (1.969) 19 (1.102) 50 (1.969) 28 (1.260) 63 (2.480) 32 (1.732) 63 (2.480) 44 37 99 OPTION: PORTS IN LOCATION 48 48 15 OPTION: MANIFOLD IN LOCATION 99 STANDARD PORT IN LOCATION 15 CLOSED POSITON OPEN POSITION TOTAL JAW TRAVEL = OPEN POSITION - CLOSED POSITION G R S 3 3 - 1 - 27 x 4.5 - L11-UB99 SERIES Regular Duty DESIGN NO. (See Note) 1 - Imperial 5 - Metric TO ORDER SPECIFY: Product Line, Series, Type, Grip, Jaw, Design No., Size, Total Jaw Travel, and Options required. CUS T 6A ORDERING DATA: SERIES GRS GRIPPERS F 6A-66 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION BENEFITS: SERIES GRS GRIPPERS BENEFITS ■ Series GRS grippers feature an angled cam drive mechanism and precision ground jaws for smooth operation and minimal jaw play. ■ Low profile to fit limited space applications. ■ Rugged jaw support, hardened jaws, hardcoated bearing surfaces, and internal jaw seals in all units ensure long service life. ■ Parallel jaw motion and two jaw travels per size provide superb adaptability to meet a wide variety of applications. ■ Double acting for use in both internal and external gripping applications. ■ Jaws and body feature dowel pin holes for accurate tooling alignment. ■ Optional manifold ports allow elimination of external air lines. ■ Optional spring assist enhances maximum gripping force and provides part retention upon loss of air pressure. ■ Optional mounting threads, dowel pin holes and port positions provide added application flexibility. ■ Optional 4 mm and 8 mm round inductive proximity switches, as well as Series 6790 Solid State and Reed switches, are available for indication of jaw position and simple interfacing with electronic system controls. Large Hardened Jaw Driving Surfaces Self-Lubricating Cam Driver Driver keyed to body for centering repeatability Plated & Hardened Steel Jaw Cover Integral Jaw Seals Switch Slots Accept Proximity, Solid State and Reed Switches (with -CU Option) Hardened & Ground Steel Jaws with Precision Dowel Holes Precise Jaw & Jaw Guide for Decreased Jaw Play Chrome Plated Piston Rod for extended seal life Hardcoated Aluminum Body with Precision Dowel Holes Long Life Piston & Rod Seals Anodized Aluminum Plug SPECIFICATIONS WORKING AIR PRESSURE: STANDARD UNIT SPRING ASSIST UNIT TOTAL GRIP FORCE AT 87 psi [6 bar]: STANDARD UNIT SPRING ASSIST UNIT (MID-TRAVEL) TOTAL JAW TRAVEL BORE DIAMETER UNIT WEIGHT: STANDARD UNIT SPRING ASSIST UNIT MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH SPECIFICATIONS WORKING AIR PRESSURE: STANDARD UNIT SPRING ASSIST UNIT TOTAL GRIP FORCE AT 87 psi [6 bar]: STANDARD UNIT SPRING ASSIST UNIT (MID-TRAVEL) TOTAL JAW TRAVEL BORE DIAMETER UNIT WEIGHT: STANDARD UNIT SPRING ASSIST UNIT MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH 27 x 4.5 6A Anodized Aluminum Piston 27 x 7 28 x 6 28 x 10 32 x 8 30 psi min. to 100 psi max. [2 bar min. to 7 bar max.] 50 psi min. to 100 psi max. [3.5 bar min. to 7 bar max.] 68 lb [302 N] 94 lb [418 N] 0.177 in [4.5 mm] 1.06 in [27 mm] 48 lb 66 lb 0.276 in 1.06 in [214 N] [295 N] [7.0 mm] [27 mm] 77 lb [342 N] 105 lb [468 N] 0.250 in [6.0 mm] 1.06 in [27 mm] 48 lb 66 lb 0.394 in 1.06 in [214 N] [293 N] [10 mm] [27 mm] 109 lb [484 N] 149 lb [661 N] 0.315 in [8.0 mm] 1.26 in [32 mm] 0.29 lb 0.39 lb 3.0 in 0.29 lb [0.13 kg] 0.39 lb [0.18 kg] 3.0 in [75 mm] 0.54 lb [0.24 kg] 0.69 lb [0.31 kg] 4.0 in [100 mm] 0.54 lb [0.24 kg] 0.69 lb [0.31 kg] 4.0 in [100 mm] 1.00 lb [0.45 kg] 1.34 lb [0.61 kg] 4.0 in [100 mm] 50 x 19 50 x 28 63 x 32 63 x 44 [0.13 kg] [0.18 kg] [75 mm] 32 x 13 30 psi min. to 100 psi max. [2 bar min. to 7 bar max.] 50 psi min. to 100 psi max. [3.5 bar min. to 7 bar max.] 70 lb [311 N] 95 lb [423 N] 0.512 in [13 mm] 1.26 in [32 mm] 235 lb [1045 N] 328 lb [1460] 0.750 in [19 mm] 1.97 in [50 mm] 157 lb [698 N] 219 lb [973 N] 1.102 in [28 mm] 1.97 in [50 mm] 398 lb 517 lb 1.260 in 2.48 in [1770 N] [2299 N] [32 mm] [63 mm] 1.00 lb [0.45 kg] 1.34 lb [0.61 kg] 4.0 in [100 mm] 2.40 lb [1.09 kg] 3.11 lb [1.41 kg] 6.0 in [150 mm] 2.40 lb [1.09 kg] 3.11 lb [1.41 kg] 6.0 in [150 mm] 7.80 lb [3.54 kg] 9.50 lb [4.31 kg] 9.0 in [225 mm] 289 lb 376 lb 1.732 in 2.48 in [1287 N] [1673 N] [44 mm] [63 mm] 7.80 lb [3.54 kg] 9.50 lb [4.31 kg] 9.0 in [225 mm] 6A-67 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grs DIMENSIONS: SERIES GRS GRIPPERS 3 2X MANUFACTURING HOLES (CONSULT PHD FOR MORE INFORMATION) 2X K4 ±.0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE K3 CL CL 4 K2 B1 K5 1 2X P1 PORT CL 2 2X K1 THD (SIZE 27, 28, 32 & 50) 4X K1 THD (SIZE 63 ONLY) EXTRA SIZE 63 THREADS SHOWN SHADED B2 P3** P2** NOTES: 1) **DIMENSIONS FOR THESE FEATURES CHANGE FOR SPRING ASSIST UNITS, SEE SPRING ASSIST DIMENSIONS ON PAGE 6A-74 FOR INFORMATION. 2) DESIGNATED CL IS CENTERLINE OF UNIT 3) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE REFERENCE ONLY UNLESS SPECIFICALLY TOLERANCED 4) METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ] OR SHOWN IN COLUMNS DESIGNATED mm 5) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE POSITIONS 6) *A OPEN REFLECTS THE SMALLEST POSSIBLE OPEN DIMENSION A CLOSED REFLECTS THE LARGEST POSSIBLE CLOSED DIMENSION 5 SIZE 27 & 28 SIZE 32, 50 & 63 CL CL P4** P5** J8** J8** J5** J5** B3** B4** J3 / 2 J7 2X J1 THD 2X J2 ± .0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE 6 A CLOSED* A OPEN*(SHORT TRAVEL) APPLIES TO: GRS 27 x 4.5, 28 x 6, 32 x 8, 50 x 19, AND 63 x 32 J3 J4 J6 J3 J7 2X J2 ± .0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE 4X J1 THD J4 J6 A OPEN*(LONG TRAVEL) APPLIES TO: GRS 27 x 7, 28 x 10, 32 x 13, 50 x 28, AND 63 x 44 6A 27 LETTER DIM SHORT TRAVEL SIZE 32 28 50 63 in .084 mm 2.125 in .125 mm 3.0 in .157 mm 4.0 in .375 mm 9.5 in .630 mm 16.0 .138 3.5 .197 5.0 .256 6.5 .551 14.0 .875 22.0 3.500 4.250 4.606 2.283 3.386 2.253 2.438 1/4-28 x .512 DP .1908 x .394 DP .5510 .787 1.4563 1.2600 1.0238 1.228 3/8-16 x .768 DP 1.457 2.559 .3158 x .512 DP 2.6378 1/8 NPT 1.016 .965 .389 1.151 88.9 108.0 117.0 58.0 86.0 57.2 61.9 M6 x 1.0 x 13.0 DP 5.0 x 10.0 DP 14.0 20.0 37.0 32.0 26.0 31.2 M10 x 1.5 x 19.5 DP 37.0 65.0 8.0 x 13.0 DP 67.0 1/8 BSPP 25.8 24.5 9.9 29.2 (MIN TRAVEL PER JAW) LONG TRAVEL (MIN TRAVEL PER JAW) A CLOSED* A OPEN SHORT* A OPEN LONG* B1 B2 B3** B4** J1 J2 J3 J4 J5** J6 J7 J8** K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 P1 P2** P3** P4** P5** 1.614 41.0 1.790 45.5 1.890 48.0 1.378 35.0 1.496 38.0 1.036 26.3 1.130 28.7 8-32 M4 x 0.7 x .236 DP x 6.0 DP .0658 x .197 DP 2.0 x 5.0 DP .2559 6.5 .354 9.0 .6889 17.5 .6301 16.0 .4333 11.0 .602 15.3 8-32 M5 x 0.8 x .375 DP x 9.5 DP 1.024 26.0 1.142 29.0 .1283 x .250 DP 3.0 x 6.0 DP 1.3386 34.0 10-32 M5 x 0.8 .482 12.2 .601 15.3 .201 5.1 .572 14.5 54.0 2.125 60.2 2.370 63.5 2.500 38.0 1.496 50.0 1.969 32.5 1.279 35.4 1.395 M5 x 0.8 10-32 x 8 DP x .315 DP .1283 x .197 DP 3.0 x 5.0 DP 8.0 .315 10.5 .413 21.5 .8464 19.0 .7482 14.0 .5514 18.5 .727 M6 x 1.0 1/4-20 x 13.0 DP x .512 DP 25.0 .984 37.0 1.457 .1908 x .256 DP 5.0 x 6.5 DP 40.0 1.5748 M5 x 0.8 10-32 11.0 .433 13.0 .512 5.1 .201 15.0 .591 2.677 68.0 3.000 76.2 3.190 81.0 1.614 41.0 2.520 64.0 1.686 42.8 1.847 46.9 10-32 M5 x 0.8 x .394 DP x 10.0 DP .1595 x .236 DP 4.0 x 6.0 DP .3937 10.0 .630 16.0 1.1023 28.0 .9845 25.0 .7482 19.0 .938 23.8 5/16-18 M8 x 1.25 x .591 DP x 15.0 DP .945 24.0 1.850 47.0 .1908 x .256 DP 5.0 x 6.5 DP 1.9685 50.0 10-32 M5 x 0.8 .591 15.0 .591 15.0 .236 6.0 .728 18.5 146.0 5.748 177.8 7.000 190.5 7.500 75.0 2.953 133.0 5.236 86.6 3.408 92.7 3.648 M10 x 1.5 3/8-24 x 19.5 DP x .768 DP .3158 x .512 DP 8.0 x 13.0 DP 22.0 .8661 27.0 1.063 55.0 2.1653 45.0 1.7719 41.0 1.6144 45.5 1.793 M12 x 1.75 1/2-13 x 26.0 DP x 1.024 DP 50.0 1.969 105.0 4.134 .3783 x .512 DP 10.0 x 13 DP 105.0 4.1340 1/8 BSPP 1/8 NPT 30.0 1.181 30.0 1.181 10.5 .413 36.5 1.437 6A-68 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grs CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRS GRIPPERS SPECIFICATIONS 27 28 32 50 63 SIZE 27 x 4.5 27 x 7 28 x 6 28 x 10 32 x 8 32 x 13 50 x 19 50 x 28 63 x 32 63 x 44 TOTAL CLOSE GRIP FORCE AT 87 psi [6 bar] lb N 68 302 48 213 77 341 48 213 109 485 70 310 235 1045 157 697 398 1770 289 1287 GRIPPER WEIGHT lb kg 0.29 0.13 0.29 0.13 0.54 0.24 0.54 0.24 1.0 0.45 1.0 0.45 2.4 1.1 2.4 1.1 7.8 3.5 7.8 3.5 CLOSE OR OPEN TIME 87 psi [6 bar] sec 0.11 0.11 0.13 0.13 0.16 0.16 0.18 0.18 0.22 0.22 GRIP FORCE FACTOR (GF) DISPLACEMENT cm3 in3 0.133 2.2 0.133 2.2 0.182 3.0 0.182 3.0 0.335 5.5 0.335 5.5 1.570 26 1.570 26 4.397 72 4.397 72 EXTERNAL GRIP Imperial 0.78 0.55 0.88 0.55 1.25 0.80 2.7 1.8 4.6 3.3 Metric 50 36 57 36 81 52 174 116 297 213 INTERNAL GRIP Imperial 0.83 0.59 0.93 0.59 1.33 0.86 2.8 1.9 4.7 3.5 Metric 54 38 60 38 86 56 181 123 303 226 * Spring grip force (SF) varies with spring compression. The minimum spring grip force values occur with the spring at least compression (jaws fully closed on spring close units and fully open on spring open units). The maximum spring grip force values occur with the spring at most compression (jaws fully open on spring close units and fully closed on spring open units). SPRING ASSIST SPRING ASSIST GRIP FORCE CLOSE OR OPEN TIME SF (SPRING ONLY)* SF (SPRING ONLY)* SPRING CLOSE GRIP FORCE SPRING OPEN GRIP FORCE SPRING ASSIST 87 psi [6 bar] IN sec MINIMUM MAXIMUM WEIGHT ADDER with against spring MINIMUM MAXIMUM spring spring only lb N lb N lb kg lb N lb N 0.12 0.24 0.16 17 73 22 96 0.10 0.05 33 146 31 137 0.12 0.24 0.16 12 51 15 68 0.10 0.05 23 103 22 96 0.13 0.26 0.20 16 71 23 102 0.15 0.07 37 164 35 154 0.13 0.26 0.20 10 44 14 63 0.15 0.07 23 103 22 96 0.16 0.46 0.27 22 98 29 130 0.34 0.15 53 234 50 224 0.16 0.46 0.27 14 63 19 83 0.34 0.15 34 150 32 143 0.17 0.32 0.29 35 155 74 327 0.71 0.32 113 504 113 503 0.17 0.32 0.29 23 104 49 218 0.71 0.32 76 336 75 336 0.22 0.42 0.51 36 160 79 353 1.7 0.77 160 710 159 708 0.22 0.42 0.51 26 117 58 257 1.7 0.77 116 516 116 515 REPEATABILITY SEALS AND FLUIDS Long life seals are standard on all Series GRS Grippers. These seals are compatible with standard paraffin-based lubrication oils used for pneumatic cylinders. For compatibility with other fluids, consult PHD. TEMPERATURE LIMITS Seals and gripper mechanism are designed for use in temperatures from –20° to 180°F [–30° to 82°C]. For temperatures outside this range, consult PHD. LIFE EXPECTANCY All standard and spring assist units have been engineered and tested for a minimum of 5 million trouble free cycles. Life may be extended by periodic lubrication of moving components. INTERNAL SPRINGS Internal springs are intended to assist the gripper and add to grip force in one specific direction. Springs can also be used to open or close the gripper without pneumatic pressure or to maintain spring grip force if pressure is lost. Working air pressure for spring assist option units is 50 psi min - 100 psi max [3.5 bar min - 7 bar max]. Grip repeatability is ± .001 in [± .025 mm] of the original position. MAX. ALLOWABLE FORCES & MOMENTS ON GRIPPER JAWS Mx, My, and Mz Fa Fa Both Jaws (tension) (compression) Per Jaw in-lb Nm SIZE lb N in-lb Nm lb N 100 11 27 220 980 50 5.6 110 490 160 18 28 420 1870 80 9 220 980 300 34 32 760 3380 150 17 425 1890 760 86 50 1500 6670 380 43 760 3380 63 3000 13340 1140 129 2280 258 1530 6800 Fa: Total for both jaws. Mx, My: Allowable moments. Moments measured from the body surface. Mz: Allowable moment. Moment measured from the jaw center. Note: When calculating values for Mx, My and Mz, include the grip force per jaw, tooling weight, part weight, external forces, and acceleration, as applicable. When calculating the value for Fa, include weight of tooling, part weight, acceleration, and external forces. LUBRICATION Seals and gripper mechanism are prelubricated at the factory for service with dry filtered air under normal operating conditions. Fa (compression) MATERIAL Gripper body is hardcoated aluminum. Cover and jaws are hardened steel. Mz Mx SPECIAL GRIPPERS Grippers for special applications, severe duty, or constructed of special materials are available. Consult PHD. See page 6A-79 for examples of custom products and solutions. My Fa (tension) Mx My 6A-69 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grs 6A SIZE MINIMUM TOTAL JAW TRAVEL in mm 0.177 4.5 0.276 7 0.250 6 0.394 10 0.315 8 0.512 13 0.750 19 1.102 28 1.260 32 1.732 44 ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRS GRIPPERS GRIP FORCE Total gripping force relative to tooling length is shown below at the stated actuating pressure. Grip force per jaw equals the total grip force divided by two. The graphs also indicate the maximum tooling length for each gripper size. NOTE: Grip force charts shown below have been simplified for clarity. To more precisely predict grip forces, refer to the grip force calculation equations on page 6A-73. COVER SURFACE Tooling Length PART F/2 F/2 F = Total Grip Force SIZE 27 x 4.5 87 p 6A TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] si [6 80 [356] 60 ps WIT H i [4 b 60 [267] ar] W 87 ps SPR ING ITH S i [6 b G ar] 60 psi 40 [178] MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH at 87 psi [6 bar] PRIN [4 bar] SPRING ONLY MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH at 60 psi [4 bar] or less 20 [89] 0 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 87 ps i [6 b 60 [267] 60 psi ar] W 87 psi [6 40 [178] ITH S [4 bar] PRIN G MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH at 87 psi [6 bar] WITH SP RING bar] 60 psi [4 20 [89] bar] MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH at 60 psi [4 bar] or less SPRING ONLY 0 0 3 [75] 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] SIZE 28 x 6 SIZE 28 x 10 NOTE: Maximum tooling length varies linearly with pressure. 120 [534] NOTE: Maximum tooling length varies linearly with pressure. 80 [356] 87 p 100 [445] si [6 80 [356] 60 ps bar] WITH i [4 b 87 psi 60 [267] ar] W [6 bar] SPR ING ITH S MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH at 87 psi [6 bar] PRING 60 psi [4 40 [178] bar] MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH at 60 psi [4 bar] or less SPRING ONLY 20 [89] 0 0 1 [25] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] NOTE: Maximum tooling length varies linearly with pressure. 80 [356] bar] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 100 [445] SIZE 27 x 7 NOTE: Maximum tooling length varies linearly with pressure. 2 [50] 3 [75] 87 ps i [6 b 60 [267] 60 psi ar] W [4 bar] 87 psi 40 [178] ITH S WITH PRIN G G [6 bar] 60 psi [4 20 [89] MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH at 87 psi [6 bar] SPRIN bar] MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH at 60 psi [4 bar] or less SPRING ONLY 0 4 [100] 0 TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] 6A-70 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grs CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRS GRIPPERS SIZE 32 x 8 SIZE 32 x 13 NOTE: Maximum tooling length varies linearly with pressure. 160 [712] 87 psi 120 [534] [6 bar] 60 psi [4 WITH S PRING bar] WIT MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH at 87 psi [6 bar] H SPRIN 87 psi [6 ba G r] 80 [356] 60 psi [4 ba r] MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH at 60 psi [4 bar] or less SPRING ONLY 40 [178] 100 [445] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 80 [356] [6 bar] 60 psi [4 WITH SPRIN G MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH at 87 psi [6 bar] H SPRIN G bar] 60 psi [4 bar] 40 [178] MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH at 60 psi [4 bar] or less SPRING ONLY 20 [89] 0 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 0 SIZE 50 x 28 [6 bar] 60 psi [4 87 psi [6 200 [890] WITH SPRIN G bar] WIT MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH at 87 psi [6 bar] H SPRIN bar] G 60 psi [4 ba r] 100 [445] 3 [75] SIZE 50 x 19 MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH at 60 psi [4 bar] or less SPRING ONLY 4 [100] NOTE: Maximum tooling length varies linearly with pressure. 300 [1334] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 87 psi 2 [50] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] NOTE: Maximum tooling length varies linearly with pressure. 300 [1334] 1 [25] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] 400 [1779] 87 psi 200 [890] [6 bar] 60 psi [4 87 psi [6 WITH S PRING bar] WIT MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH at 87 psi [6 bar] H SPRIN bar] G 60 psi [4 ba 100 [445] r] MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH at 60 psi [4 bar] or less SPRING ONLY 0 0 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 5 [125] 6 [150] 0 1 [25] 2 [50] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] 3 [75] 600 [2669] 400 [1779] 60 psi [4 WITH SPRIN G MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH at 87 psi [6 bar] bar] bar] WIT H SPRIN G 60 psi [4 ba r] 200 [890] MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH at 60 psi [4 bar] or less SPRING ONLY 100 [445] 6 [150] NOTE: Maximum tooling length varies linearly with pressure. 87 ps i [6 b [6 bar] 87 psi [6 300 [1334] 400 [1779] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 87 psi 5 [125] SIZE 63 x 44 NOTE: Maximum tooling length varies linearly with pressure. 500 [2224] 4 [100] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] SIZE 63 x 32 TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] NOTE: Maximum tooling length varies linearly with pressure. bar] WIT 87 psi [6 60 [267] 0 TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 87 psi 300 [1334] 60 psi ar] W 87 psi [6 [4 bar] ITH S PRING MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH at 87 psi [6 bar] bar] WITH S PRING 200 [890] 60 psi [4 ba r] 100 [445] MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH at 60 psi [4 bar] or less SPRING ONLY 0 0 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 5 [125] 6 [150] 7 [175] 8 [200] 0 9 [225] 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 5 [125] 6 [150] 7 [175] 8 [200] 9 [225] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] 6A-71 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grs 6A TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 200 [890] ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRS GRIPPERS TOOLING LENGTH FACTOR Jaw tooling should be designed so that the grip point is as close to the cover surface as possible. As the grip point is moved away from the cover surface, the applied moment causes jaw friction to increase, resulting in reduced effective grip force. The Grip Force Factor (GF) values given in the specifications table on page 5 are for zero tooling length (cover surface). The grip force graphs on the previous pages show how grip force decreases as the grip point is moved from the cover surface. The derating factors and maximum tooling lengths are included in the grip force graphs. SIZE 27 1.0 0.9 0.8 27 x 4.5 0.7 At 60 psi [4 bar] or less 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 At 87 psi [6 bar] At 100 psi [7 bar] DERATING FACTOR MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTHS 27 x 7 0.0 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] SIZE 28 SIZE 32 1.0 28 x 10 0.9 28 x 6 At 60 psi [4 bar] or less 0.6 0.5 0.3 0.2 0.1 At 87 psi [6 bar] 0.4 0.0 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 32 x 8 0.7 0.6 0.5 At 100 psi [7 bar] DERATING FACTOR 0.8 0.7 At 100 psi [7 bar] DERATING FACTOR 0.8 MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTHS 32 x 13 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 At 87 psi [6 bar] 0.9 MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTHS 0.0 4 [100] 0 1 [25] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] 2 [50] 3 [75] At 60 psi [4 bar] or less 1.0 4 [100] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] 6A SIZE 50 1.0 0.9 MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTHS 50 x 19 & 50 x 28 0.7 At 60 psi [4 bar] or less 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 At 87 psi [6 bar] At 100 psi [7 bar] DERATING FACTOR 0.8 0.0 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 5 [125] 6 [150] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] SIZE 63 1.0 0.9 MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTHS 63 x 32 & 63 x 44 0.7 At 60 psi [4 bar] or less 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 At 87 psi [6 bar] At 100 psi [7 bar] DERATING FACTOR 0.8 0.0 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 5 [125] 6 [150] 7 [175] 8 [200] 9 [225] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] 6A-72 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grs CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRS GRIPPERS GRIP FORCE CALCULATION EQUATIONS: STANDARD UNIT (WITHOUT SPRING ASSIST): TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] = (Pressure psi [bar] x GF ) x Tooling Length Factor SPRING ASSIST UNIT: Spring working with applied pressure: TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] = ((Pressure psi [bar] x GF) + SF lb [N]) x Tooling Length Factor Spring working against applied pressure: TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] = ((Pressure psi [bar] x GF ) – SF lb [N]) x Tooling Length Factor GRIP FORCE CALCULATION EXAMPLE: 1. Determine Grip Force Factor GF = 1.25 [81] (from Specifications Table on page 6A-69) 2. Determine Tooling Length Factor = 0.74 [0.74] (from Tooling Length Factor graph on page 6A-72 at 3 in [75 mm] tooling length) 3. Total Grip Force Calculations: For Standard Unit (without spring assist): GRS33-1-32 x 8 [GRS33-5-32 x 8] Total Grip Force = 87 psi x 1.25 x .74 = 80 lb [6 bar x 81 x .74 = 360 N] For Spring Assist Close Unit: GRS33-1-32 x 8 –FSR2 [GRS33-5-32 x 8 –FSR2] Spring grip force depends on jaw position. Jaw position at part contact is 40% from full close (the internal spring is 40% from its minimum force). Spring grip force SF can be determined by interpolating between the minimum and maximum spring grip force values in the Spring Grip Force table on page 6A-69. Find Spring Grip Force SF = Min. spring force + (40% x (Max. spring force – Min. spring force)) = 29 lb + (.4 x (50 lb – 29 lb)) = 37 lb [130 N + (.4 x (224 N – 130 N)) = 168 N] Grip close direction (springs working with applied pressure): Grip Close Grip Force Factor = 1.25 [81] (from Specifications Table on page 6A-69) Total Grip Force = ((87 psi x 1.25) + 37 lb) x .74 = 108 lb [((6 bar x 81 N) + 168 N) x .74 = 484 N] Grip open direction (springs working against applied pressure): Grip Open Grip Force Factor = 1.33 [86] (from Specifications Table on page 6A-69) Total Grip Force = ((87 psi x 1.33) - 37 lb) x .74 = 58 lb [((6 bar x 86 N) - 168 N) x .74 = 258 N] COVER SURFACE Tooling Length = 3 in [75 mm] F/2 PART F/2 2.8 in [71 mm] F = Total Grip Force 6A-73 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grs 6A Gripper: Series GRS Size 32 x 8 Common Parameters: Jaw Position at Part Contact: 2.8 in [71mm] (40% of total jaw travel from full close) Operating Pressure = 87 psi [6 bar] Tooling Length = 3 in [75 mm] OPTIONS: SERIES GRS GRIPPERS FSR2 MEDIUM FORCE SPRING ASSIST CLOSE P24 2X P21 PORT CL FSE2 P25 P22 MEDIUM FORCE SPRING ASSIST OPEN B5 (SPRING ASSIST ADDER) P23 J9 Springs can maintain spring grip force if air pressure is lost or increase grip force in one specific direction when used with air pressure. Spring assist units are engineered and tested for a minimum of 5 million cycles under normal operating conditions. Working air pressure for spring assist units is 50 psi min - 100 psi max [3.5 bar min - 7 bar max]. For spring grip forces, see specifications on page 6A-69. CL J10 B7 4 2 B6 (B4) 1 3 LETTER DIM (B4) B5 B6 B7 J9 J10 P21 P22 P23 P24 P25 27 28 mm in 1.130 28.7 .6100 15.5 1.740 44.2 1.646 41.8 1.212 30.8 1.299 33.0 10-32 M5 x 0.8 5.1 .201 1.164 29.6 12.2 .482 15.3 .601 mm in 1.395 35.4 .6100 15.5 2.005 50.9 1.889 48.0 1.337 34.0 1.456 37.0 10-32 M5 x 0.8 5.1 .201 1.138 28.9 11.0 .433 13.0 .512 in 1.847 .9054 2.753 2.592 1.843 2.008 10-32 .236 1.553 .591 .591 SIZE 50 63 32 mm mm in in mm 46.9 61.9 2.438 3.648 92.7 23.0 29.5 1.1614 1.2993 33.0 69.9 91.4 3.599 4.948 125.7 65.8 86.7 3.414 4.708 119.6 46.8 60.7 2.389 3.092 78.5 51.0 66.5 2.618 3.465 88.0 M5 x 0.8 1/8 NPT 1/8 BSPP 1/8 NPT 1/8 BSPP 6.0 9.9 .389 .413 10.5 39.4 53.0 2.087 2.736 69.5 15.0 25.8 1.016 1.181 30.0 15.0 24.5 .965 1.181 30.0 NOTES: 1) DESIGNATED CL IS CENTERLINE OF UNIT 2) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE REFERENCE ONLY UNLESS SPECIFICALLY TOLERANCED 6A P19 UB48 PORT OPTION IN LOCATION 48 This option provides ports in location 48. The standard ports are plugged. OPTIONAL SPRING ASSIST P17 (B5)* P21* P22* P18 P20 3 1 (B4) 4 2 2X P16 PORT CL (B1) PORT OPTION UB48 LETTER DIM P16 P17 P18 P19 P20 P21* P22* (B1) (B4) (B5)* (A CLOSED) 27 in 10-32 .276 .201 .433 .446 .201 1.056 1.378 1.130 .610 1.614 (A CLOSED) 28 mm M5 7.0 5.1 11.0 11.3 5.1 26.8 35.0 28.7 15.5 41.0 in 10-32 .236 .201 .236 .511 .201 1.121 1.496 1.395 .610 2.125 mm M5 6.0 5.1 6.0 13.0 5.1 28.5 38.0 35.4 15.5 54.0 SIZE 32 mm in 10-32 M5 5.5 .216 6.0 .236 5.5 .216 .728 18.5 6.0 .236 1.553 39.4 1.614 41.0 1.847 46.9 .905 23.0 2.677 68.0 50 mm in 10-32 M5 7.5 .295 7.4 .290 .787 20.0 1.060 26.9 7.4 .290 2.086 53.0 2.283 58.0 2.438 61.9 1.161 29.5 3.500 88.9 63 in mm 1/8 NPT 1/8 BSPP .472 12.0 .394 10.0 .472 12.0 1.407 35.7 .394 10.0 2.697 68.5 2.953 75.0 3.648 92.7 1.299 33.0 5.748 146.0 NOTES: 1) DESIGNATED CL IS CENTERLINE OF UNIT 2) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE POSITIONS 3) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE REFERENCE ONLY UNLESS SPECIFICALLY TOLERANCED 4) * APPLIES TO SPRING ASSIST UNITS ONLY 6A-74 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grs CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION OPTIONS: SERIES GRS GRIPPERS L11-UB99 L11-UB37 MANIFOLD PORTS MANIFOLD OPTION L11-UB99 With these options the gripper is configured for manifold mounting on either the standard or optional mounting face, according to the selected option code. The standard ports are plugged. O-ring seals are provided for mounting between the gripper and the manifold. When the L11-UB37 option is specified, the GR3 option is automatically included to provide mountings on the manifold surface. See page 6A-76 for GR3 mounting information. MANIFOLD OPTION L11-UB37 INCLUDES MOUNTING OPTION GR3 (SEE GR3 OPTION FOR DIMENSIONS) JAWS SHOWN IN CLOSED POSITION CL 2X MANIFOLD Ø CUSTOMER SUPPLIED MANIFOLD P14 P13 P24* P23* CLOSE OPEN CL OPEN P6 3 4 CL REPLACEMENT MANIFOLD SEAL KITS Ø P11 O-RING I.D. O-RING O-RING CROSS-SECTION T (B1) 2 P8 CLOSE 1 (B5)* (B4) (A CLOSED) KIT NUMBER SIZE 27 & 28 70247-27-1 70247-32-1 32 70247-50-1 50 70247-63-1 63 Manifold kit includes o-rings. FOR CUSTOMER USE (DIMENSIONS REQUIRED FOR CUSTOMER MOUNTING SURFACE) P9 2X MANIFOLD Ø GRIPPER MANIFOLD PORTING DIMENSIONS P7 OPTION L11-UB99 Ø P10 P12 SIZE 27 32 LETTER 28 63 50 mm in mm in mm mm in in mm DIM in 46.0 1.811 1.181 30.0 19.5 15.4 .768 .608 16.5 P6 .650 12.0 .472 7.0 .276 3.5 6.0 .138 .236 4.5 P7 .177 46.0 1.811 1.437 36.5 19.5 15.0 .768 .591 16.5 P8 .650 12.0 .472 7.0 .276 5.5 7.5 .216 .295 6.0 P9 .236 6.0 .236 6.0 .236 5.0 5.0 .197 .197 5.0 P10 .197 P10 O-RING 2 mm x 1.5 mm 2 mm x 1.5 mm 2 mm x 1.5 mm 3 mm x 1.5 mm 3 mm x 1.5 m (I.D. x T) 2.5 .098 2.5 .098 2.0 2.0 .078 .078 2.0 P11 .078 1.2 .048 1.2 .048 1.2 1.2 .048 .048 1.2 P12 .048 8.7 .343 7.4 .290 6.2 4.9 .246 .191 4.8 P13 .190 38.2 1.504 1.060 26.9 18.4 12.4 .725 .489 13.8 P14 .545 8.7 .343 7.4 .290 6.2 4.9 .246 .191 4.8 P23* .190 69.7 2.743 2.071 52.6 1.553 39.4 1.006 25.6 P24* 1.121 28.5 75.0 2.953 2.283 58.0 1.614 41.0 1.378 35.0 (B1) 1.496 38.0 92.7 3.648 2.438 61.9 1.847 46.9 1.130 28.7 (B4) 1.395 35.4 1.2993 33.0 1.1614 29.5 .9054 23.0 .6100 15.5 (B5)* .6100 15.5 NOTES: 1) DESIGNATED CL IS CENTERLINE OF UNIT 2) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE REFERENCE ONLY UNLESS SPECIFICALLY TOLERANCED 3) DIMENSIONS TO MANIFOLD HOLES ARE FOR LOCATION OF O-RING COUNTERBORES. MANIFOLD HOLES MAY DIFFER SLIGHTLY 4) * APPLIES TO SPRING ASSIST UNITS ONLY 5) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE POSITIONS 6A-75 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grs 6A OPTION L11-UB37 OPTIONS: SERIES GRS GRIPPERS GR3 MOUNTING OPTION IN LOCATION 37 This option provides mounting threads and dowel holes on the side opposite the standard ports. K11 K7 CL 2X K6 ±.0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE K10 K8 GR3 MOUNTING, INCLUDES 2 FEMALE THREADS AND 2 DOWEL PIN HOLES K12* 2X K9 THD (B5)* OPTIONAL SPRING ASSIST CL 3 (B1) 2 4 CL 1 6A (B5)* (B4) (A CLOSED) CU LETTER DIM K6 27 28 SIZE 32 mm mm in in mm in 5.0 3.0 .1908 .1283 5.0 .1908 x .236 DP x 6.0 DP x .236 DP x 6.0 DP x .197 DP x 5.0 DP 35.0 19.0 1.3780 .7480 24.0 K7 .9449 36.0 22.0 1.417 .866 27.0 K8 1.063 M5 x 0.8 1/4-20 M6 x 1.0 5/16-18 M8 x 1.25 8-32 K9 x .315 DP x 8.0 DP x .512 DP x 13.0 DP x .591 DP x 15.0 DP 20.0 11.0 .787 .433 14.0 K10 .551 50.0 31.0 1.969 1.220 38.0 K11 1.496 59.0 37.5 2.323 1.476 42.5 K12* 1.673 41.0 35.0 1.614 1.378 38.0 (B1) 1.496 46.9 28.7 1.847 1.130 35.4 (B4) 1.395 23.0 15.5 .9054 .6100 15.5 (B5)* .6100 68.0 41.0 2.677 54.0 (A CLOSED) 1.614 2.125 50 63 mm in in mm 8.0 .3158 .3783 10.0 x .315 DP x 8.0 DP x.394 DP x 10.0 DP 50.0 1.9685 3.1496 80.0 48.0 1.890 2.717 69.0 3/8-16 M10 x 1.5 1/2-13 M12 x 1.75 x .630 DP x 16.0 DP x 1.024 DP x 26.0 DP 26.0 1.024 1.378 35.0 65.0 2.559 4.134 105.0 77.5 3.051 4.016 102.0 58.0 2.283 2.953 75.0 61.9 2.438 3.648 92.7 29.5 1.1614 1.2993 33.0 88.9 3.500 5.748 146.0 NOTES: 1) DESIGNATED CL IS CENTERLINE OF UNIT 2) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE REFERENCE ONLY UNLESS SPECIFICALLY TOLERANCED 3) METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ] OR IN COLUMNS DESIGNATED mm 4) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE POSITIONS 5) *APPLIES TO SPRING ASSIST UNITS ONLY SWITCH READY With this option the gripper includes a target pin attached to the jaw for use with inductive proximity switches as well as the Series 6790 Solid State and Reed switches. Switches and switch mounting kits are required in addition to the CU option and are sold separately. See Accessories pages for switches and mounting kits. 6A-76 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grs CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION ACCESSORIES: SERIES GRS GRIPPERS PROXIMITY SWITCHES (-CU OPTION REQUIRED) 4 mm ROUND INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES (SIZE 27, 28, & 32) PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 18430-001-02 NPN (Sink) 10-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 18430-002-02 PNP (Source) 10-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 8 mm THREADED INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES (SIZE 50 & 63) PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 51422-005-02 NPN (Sink) 5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 51422-006-02 PNP (Source) 5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable SIZE 27, 28, & 32 PS12** PROXIMITY SWITCH MOUNTING KITS SIZE KIT NUMBER 27 & 28 70663-27 32 70663-32 50 70663-50 70663-63 63 Each kit includes 1 target, 2 switch mounting brackets, and fasteners for mounting. Switches sold separately. SIZE 50 & 63 JAWS SHOWN IN CLOSED POSITION (B1) PS6 PS8 OPTIONAL SPRING ASSIST (B5)** PS2 MAX SENSING DISTANCE APPROXIMATE LED LOCATION (4 mm ONLY) Ø PS1 PS7* (SIZES 32 & 63) 6A PS7* (SIZES 27, 28 & 50) (B4) PS4 PS10 HEX SIZE (PROX CLAMP, 4 mm ONLY) PS9 HEX SIZE (BRACKET ADJUSTMENT) LETTER DIM PS1 PS2 PS3 PS4 PS5 PS6 PS7* PS8 PS9 PS10 PS11 PS12** (B1) (B4)** (B5)** PS3 PS11 HEX SIZE PS5 27 28 SIZE 32 mm in 4 mm ROUND .5 .020 6.0 .236 9.0 .354 10.0 .393 1.377 35.0 11.0 .435 6.5 .256 1.3 .051 2.0 .079 1.3 .051 19.5 .767 1.378 35.0 1.130 28.7 .6100 15.5 mm in 4 mm ROUND .5 .020 6.0 .236 11.5 .454 10.0 .393 1.218 30.9 7.0 .276 4.2 .165 1.3 .051 2.0 .079 1.3 .051 15.4 .608 1.496 38.0 1.395 35.4 .6100 15.5 mm in 4 mm ROUND .5 .020 7.0 .276 14.0 .551 10.0 .393 21.8 .860 2.1 .082 1.3 .050 1.3 .051 2.0 .079 1.3 .051 — — 1.614 41.0 1.847 46.9 .9054 23.0 50 in mm 8 mm THREADED .030 .8 .680 17.3 .630 16.0 .690 17.5 1.252 31.8 .310 7.9 — — .051 1.3 — — .061 1.5 .091 2.3 2.283 58.0 2.438 61.9 1.1614 29.5 63 mm in 8 mm THREADED .8 .030 17.3 .680 1.337 34.0 17.5 .690 19.1 .753 4.8 .189 — — 1.3 .051 — — 1.5 .061 — — 2.953 75.0 3.648 92.7 1.2993 33.0 NOTES: 1) * INDICATES BOTTOM OF PROXIMITY SWITCH BARREL, DOES NOT INCLUDE CABLE. DIMENSIONS DO NOT APPLY TO SPRING ASSIST UNIT BECAUSE PROXIMITY SWITCH BARREL DOES NOT PROTRUDE ON SPRING ASSIST UNITS 2) ** APPLIES TO SPRING ASSIST UNITS ONLY 3) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE REFERENCE ONLY UNLESS SPECIFICALLY TOLERANCED 6A-77 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grs ACCESSORIES: SERIES GRS GRIPPERS SERIES 6790 SWITCHES (-CU OPTION REQUIRED) SERIES 6790 SOLID STATE & REED SWITCHES (ALL UNITS) PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 67923-1 NPN (Sink) Solid State 4.5-30 VDC, Quick Connect 67903-1-02 NPN (Sink) Solid State 4.5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 67903-1-05 NPN (Sink) Solid State 4.5-30 VDC, 5 meter cable 67924-1 PNP (Source) Solid State 4.5-30 VDC, Quick Connect 67904-1-02 PNP (Source) Solid State 4.5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 67904-1-05 PNP (Source) Solid State 4.5-30 VDC, 5 meter cable 67922-1 PNP (Source) or NPN (Sink) DC Reed 4.5-30 VDC, Quick Connect 67902-1-02 PNP (Source) or NPN (Sink) DC Reed 4.5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 67902-1-05 PNP (Source) or NPN (Sink) DC Reed 4.5-30 VDC, 5 meter cable 63549-02 2 meter Cordset with Quick Connect 63549-05 5 meter Cordset with Quick Connect SERIES 6790 SWITCH MOUNTING KITS SIZE 27 & 28 32 50 63 KIT NUMBER 70664-27 70664-32 70664-50 70664-63 Each kit includes 1 target, 2 switch mounting brackets, and fasteners for mounting. Switches sold separately. JAWS SHOWN IN CLOSED POSITION HS2* (SIZE 27, 28 & 32) HS2* (SIZE 50 & 63) (B1) HS3 6A OPTIONAL SPRING ASSIST (B5)** HS9** SERIES 6790 SWITCH (BRACKET OBSTRUCTS VIEW OF SWITCH) HS4 (B4) HS7 HEX SIZE HS6 .051 [13] HEX SIZE APPROXIMATE LED LOCATION ORIENT TARGET AS SHOWN LETTER DIM HS2* HS3 HS4 HS5 HS6 HS7 HEX HS9** (B1) (B4) (B5)** 27 in .197 .236 .315 .246 .084 .051 .925 1.378 1.130 .6100 HS5 SIZE 32 28 mm 5.0 6.0 8.0 6.2 2.1 1.3 23.5 35.0 28.7 15.5 in .040 .236 .483 .246 .185 .051 1.093 1.496 1.395 .6100 mm 1.0 6.0 12.3 6.2 4.7 1.3 27.8 38.0 35.4 15.5 in .040 .266 .835 .214 .282 .051 1.740 1.614 1.847 .9054 mm 1.0 6.8 21.2 5.4 7.2 1.3 44.2 41.0 46.9 23.0 50 in .560 .236 1.194 .296 .325 .061 2.355 2.283 2.438 1.1614 mm 14.2 6.0 30.3 7.5 8.3 1.5 59.8 58.0 61.9 29.5 63 in 1.298 .236 1.707 .236 1.032 .061 3.006 2.953 3.648 1.2993 mm 33.0 6.0 43.4 6.0 26.2 1.5 76.4 75.0 92.7 33.0 NOTES: 1) * INDICATES END OF SERIES 6790 SWITCH BRACKET, DOES NOT INCLUDE CABLE 2) ** APPLIES TO SPRING ASSIST UNITS ONLY 3) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE REFERENCE ONLY UNLESS SPECIFICALLY TOLERANCED 6A-78 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grs CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION APPLICATIONS & CONCEPTS: SERIES GRS GRIPPERS The combination of a PHD Series RI Rotary Actuator, GRS Gripper, STP Slide and SM Slide creates an automated part handler capable of complex part movements. The high grip force of the PHD Series GRS Gripper assures secure product retention in this conveyor fed lathe loading operation. Working in conjunction, a PHD Series GRS Gripper and PHD Series RI Rotary Actuator provide the ability to grip and rotate products for further processing. The PHD Series SM Slide eliminates the need for a lift table during the vertical movement of the products. With the use of manifolding between the Series GRS Gripper and the Series RI Rotary Actuator, simplified plumbing of air lines is achieved. Series SM Slide Series SM Slide Series RI Rotary Actuator with manifold Series GRS Gripper with manifold Air lines for Series GRS Gripper Series STP Slide Air lines for Series RI Rotary Actuator Series GRS Gripper Series RI Rotary Actuator 6A CUSTOM PRODUCTS & SOLUTIONS Illustrations shown are for concept only. Other variations include: ■ Smaller or larger bore sizes ■ Shorter or longer strokes ■ Fluid compatibility ■ Alternate port locations ■ Alternate mounting locations Contact PHD, Inc. with your product requirements. ALTERNATE JAW STYLE PRESSURE / VACUUM PORT ALTERNATE JAW STYLE STROKE ADJUSTMENT ADDITIONAL DOWEL HOLES FOR FIXTURING OR NESTING OF PART 6A-79 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grs position. (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 MANIFOLD OPTIONS L11-UB99 - Manifold option in location 99 UNIT OPTIONS E - Hall Switch Ready OPTIONS (OMIT IF NOT REQUIRED) TYPE Narrow Body Parallel JAW Style 2 Each mounting kit contains: 1 6 mm square switch bracket 1 mounting screw HALL EFFECT SWITCH MOUNTING KIT PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 68487-1 Switch Mounting Kit 6 mm SQUARE HALL EFFECT SWITCHES PART NUMBER COLOR DESCRIPTION 55803-1-02 Yellow NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cable 55804-1-02 Red PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cable 55823-1 Yellow NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect 55824-1 Red PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect PRODUCT LINE G - Gripper TO NE PRO D E D S CT U IT M O STANDARD PORT LOCATION MANIFOLD LOCATION 99 OPTIONAL: TOTAL JAW TRAVEL = MINIMUM TOTAL JAW TRAVEL (OPEN POSITION - CLOSED POSITION) Total Travel Per Bore Size OPEN POSITION mm (in) CLOSED POSITION 7 (.276) 13 (.512) 20 (.787) 26 (1.024) CUSTOM GRIPPERS ARE AVAILABLE. PLEASE CONSULT PHD. NOTE: 1) Design number dictates imperial or metric mounting holes, dowel pin holes, and ports. BORE SIZE Diameter mm (in) 14 (.551) 14 (.551) 16 (.630) 16 (.630) G R L 1 2 - 1 - 14 x 13 - L11-UB99 SERIES Regular Duty SYNCHRONIZATION 0 - Non-synchronized 1 - Synchronized CUS T www.phdinc.com/grl DESIGN NO. (See Note 1) 1 - Imperial 5 - Metric TO ORDER SPECIFY: Product Line, Series, Type, Synchronization, Jaw, Design No., Size, Total Jaw Travel, and Options required. 6A ORDERING DATA: SERIES GRL GRIPPERS F 6A-80 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION BENEFITS: SERIES GRL GRIPPERS BENEFITS ■ Parallel jaw motion simplifies jaw tooling design and is ideal for gripping parts of varying sizes. ■ Double acting for use in both internal and external gripping applications. ■ Narrow width, low profile and long jaw travel for a wide range of applications where space is limited. ■ Rugged jaw support and hardcoated bearing surfaces ensure long service life. ■ Jaws and body feature dowel pin holes for accurate tooling alignment. ■ Available in either synchronous or non-synchronous versions ■ Optional manifold ports allow elimination of external air lines. ■ Optional 6 mm square Hall Effect switches are available for indication of jaw position and simple interfacing to electronic system controls. Hardcoated Aluminum Body 6A Hardened Steel Jaws with Precision Dowel Holes Removable Hardened Steel Synchronizer Pressure Energized Seals Anodized Aluminum Pistons SPECIFICATIONS GRLx2-x-14x7 GRLx2-x-14x13 GRLx2-x-16x20 GRLx2-x-16x26 WORKING AIR PRESSURE 5 psi min. to 100 psi max. [.3 bar min. to 7 bar max.] TOTAL GRIP FORCE AT 87 psi [6 bar] 28 lb [124 N] 30 lb [132 N] 41 lb [182 N] 41 lb [182 N] TOTAL JAW TRAVEL 0.28 in [7 mm] 0.51 in [13 mm] 0.79 in [20 mm] 1.02 in [26 mm] BORE DIAMETER (2 bores) 0.55 in [14 mm] 0.55 in [14 mm] 0.63 in [16 mm] 0.63 in [16 mm] UNIT WEIGHT 0.18 lb [0.08 kg] 0.24 lb [0.11 kg] 0.39 lb [0.18 kg] 0.47 lb [0.21 kg] MAX. TOOLING LENGTH AT 100 psi [7 bar] 3 in [75 mm] 3 in [75 mm] 4 in [100 mm] 5 in [125 mm] 6A-81 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grl DIMENSIONS: SERIES GRL GRIPPERS K5 2X Ø K4 ±.0005 [K4 H7] K2 K3 THD K1 3X MANUFACTURING HOLES (CONSULT PHD FOR MORE INFORMATION) B1 P4 5 2X SEE SWITCH OPTION FOR DETAILS P3 P2 B3 J3 OPEN CLOSE J2 +.016 +.40 A (OPEN) -.000 -.00 B2 6 2X P1 PORT 6A +.000 +.00 A (CLOSED) -.007 -.18 B4 4X Ø J10 ±.00020 [J10 H7] 1 2X PLUGGED MANUFACTURING HOLES (CONSULT PHD FOR MORE INFORMATION) J1 J4 J5 4 2 J8 J7 J6 J9 THD 3 NOTES: 1) NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE mm. 2) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE POSITIONS. All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. 6A-82 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grl CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION DIMENSIONS: SERIES GRL GRIPPERS J10 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 P1 P2 P3 P4 GRLx2-x-14x7 mm in 3.5 .138 38.1 1.500 45.2 1.778 58.8 2.316 19.0 .748 28.0 1.102 48.5 1.908 19.1 .750 5.69 .2240 29.5 1.162 3.0 .118 14.50 .5709 6.4 .250 7.92 .312 — — 4 x 4-40 4 x M3 x 0.5 x .190 DP x 4.8 DP 2.0 x .07893 x 3.0 DP .118 DP 15.1 .594 19.1 .750 4 x 4-40 4 x M3 x 0.5 x .150 DP x 3.8 DP 3.0 x .0947 x 4.0 DP .157 DP — — M5 x 0.8 10-32 17.1 .675 7.5 .296 9.0 .354 MODEL NUMBER GRLx2-x-14x13 GRLx2-x-16x20 in in mm mm .256 6.5 1.750 44.5 2.264 57.5 3.022 76.8 .748 19.0 1.102 28.0 66.4 2.614 22.2 .875 5.69 .2240 29.5 1.162 3.0 .118 17.50 .6890 6.4 .250 11.11 .438 — — 4 x 4-40 4 x M3 x 0.5 x .190 DP x 4.8 DP 2.0 x .07893 x 3.0 DP .118 DP 15.1 .594 19.1 .750 4 x 4-40 4 x M3 x 0.5 x .150 DP x 3.8 DP 3.0 x .0947 x 4.0 DP .157 DP — — M5 x 0.8 10-32 17.1 .675 11.0 .433 16.0 .630 GRLx2-x-16x26 mm in .394 13.0 10.0 .512 2.250 66.7 57.2 2.625 3.042 92.8 77.3 3.653 3.905 117.2 99.2 4.614 .874 22.2 22.2 .874 1.230 31.2 31.2 1.230 3.497 88.8 106.8 4.206 28.6 1.125 33.3 1.313 5.69 .2240 5.69 .2240 32.5 1.281 32.5 1.281 3.0 .118 3.0 .118 23.00 .9055 28.00 1.1024 6.4 .250 6.4 .250 15.88 .625 19.05 .750 6.35 .250 6.35 .250 6 x 5-40 6 x M3 x 0.5 6 x 5-40 6 x M3 x 0.5 x .190 DP x 4.8 DP x .190 DP x 4.8 DP 2.0 x .07893 x 2.0 x .07893 x 3.0 DP .118 DP 3.0 DP .118 DP 16.7 .656 16.7 .656 25.4 1.000 25.4 1.000 8 x 5-40 8 x M3 x 0.5 8 x 5-40 8 x M3 x 0.5 x .197 DP x 5.0 DP x .197 DP x 5.0 DP 3.0 x .1259 x 3.0 x .1259 x 4.0 DP .157 DP 4.0 DP .157 DP 45.0 1.772 45.0 1.772 M5 x 0.8 10-32 M5 x 0.8 10-32 19.8 .778 19.8 .778 13.0 .512 17.5 .689 31.0 1.220 1.575 40.0 6A LETTER DIM MIN TRAVEL PER JAW A CLOSED A OPEN B1 B2 B3 B4 J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 NOTES: 1) NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE mm. 2) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE CENTERED ON CENTERLINE OF UNIT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 6A-83 (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grl ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRL GRIPPERS GRIP FORCE Total gripping force relative to tooling length is shown below at 87 psi [6 bar] actuating pressure. Grip force per jaw equals the total grip force divided by two. The chart also indicates the maximum tooling length for each gripper size. 87 psi [6 bar] 45 [200] Body Surface Tooling Length 40 [178] F/2 TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 35 [156] F/2 PART 30 [133] F = Total Grip Force 25 [111] GRL14x13 GRL16x20 20 [89] GRL16x26 GRL14x7 15 [67] 10 [44] MAX TOOLING LENGTH 5 [22] MAX TOOLING LENGTH MAX TOOLING LENGTH 0 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 5 [125] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] Jaw tooling should be designed so that the grip point is as close to the body surface as possible. As the grip point is moved away from the body surface, the applied moment causes jaw friction to increase, resulting in reduced effective grip force. The Grip Force Factor (GF) values given in the specifications chart on the following page are for zero tooling length (body surface). The adjacent chart shows how grip force decreases as the grip point is moved from the body surface. The derating factors and maximum tooling lengths are included in the graph above. TOOLING LENGTH FACTOR 1.0 0.9 GRL14x13 0.8 GRL16x20 0.7 DERATING FACTOR 6A TOOLING LENGTH FACTOR 0.6 GRL16x26 0.5 GRL14x7 0.4 0.3 0.2 Body Surface MAX TOOLING LENGTH 0.1 Tooling Length MAX TOOLING LENGTH MAX TOOLING LENGTH 0.0 PART 0 1 [25] 2 [50] 3 [75] 4 [100] 5 [125] 6 [150] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] 6A-84 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grl CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRL GRIPPERS SPECIFICATIONS SIZE GRL 14x7 GRL 14x13 GRL 16x20 GRL 16x26 MINIMUM TOTAL JAW TRAVEL in mm 0.28 7 0.51 13 0.79 20 1.02 26 TOTAL CLOSE GRIP FORCE AT 87 psi [6 bar] N lb 28 124 30 132 41 182 41 182 GRIPPER WEIGHT kg lb 0.18 0.08 0.24 0.11 0.39 0.18 0.47 0.21 CLOSE OR OPEN TIME 87 psi [6 bar] sec 0.085 0.100 0.110 0.120 GRIP FORCE FACTOR (GF) EXTERNAL INTERNAL DISPLACEMENT GRIP GRIP in3 cm3 imperial metric imperial metric 21 21 0.32 0.32 0.134 2.2 22 22 0.34 0.34 0.243 4.0 30 30 0.47 0.47 0.492 8.1 30 30 0.47 0.47 0.636 10 SEALS AND FLUIDS LUBRICATION Long life seals are standard on all Series GRL Grippers. These seals are compatible with standard paraffin-based lubrication oils used for pneumatic cylinders. For compatibility with other fluids, consult PHD. Seals and gripper mechanism are prelubricated at the factory for service with dry filtered air under normal operating conditions. Lubricated air may increase the life of the unit. MATERIAL TEMPERATURE LIMITS Seals and gripper mechanism are designed for use in temperatures from –20° to 180°F [–30° to 82°C]. For higher temperatures, consult PHD. Gripper body is hardcoated aluminum. Jaws are hardened steel. SPECIAL GRIPPERS LIFE EXPECTANCY Grippers for special applications, severe duty, or constructed of special materials are available. Consult PHD. All standard units have been designed and tested for a minimum of 5 million trouble free cycles, with minimal wear. REPEATABILITY Grip repeatability is within ± .001 in [± .025 mm] of the original position. GRLx2-x-14 x 7 GRLx2-x-14 x 13 GRLx2-x-16 x 20 GRLx2-x-16 x 26 Nm Nm Nm Nm in-lb in-lb in-lb in-lb Mx Per Jaw 2.7 3.4 5.1 6.2 24 30 45 55 Total Both Jaws (2 x Mx) 5.4 6.8 10 12 48 60 90 110 My Per Jaw 2.7 3.4 5.1 6.2 24 30 45 55 Total Both Jaws (2 x My) 5.4 6.8 10 12 48 60 90 110 Mz Per Jaw 2.3 2.8 4.0 5.1 20 25 35 45 Total Both Jaws (2 x Mz) 4.5 5.6 7.9 10 40 50 70 90 Mx, Mz: Allowable moments per jaw. Moments measured from the body NOTE: When calculating values for Mx, My and Mz, include the grip force per jaw, tooling weight, part surface. My: Allowable moment per jaw. Moment measured from the jaw center. weight, external forces, and acceleration as applicable. 6A MAX. ALLOWABLE MOMENTS ON GRIPPER JAWS Mz Mx My Mx My GRIPPER CALCULATION EXAMPLE TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] = Pressure psi [bar] x GF x Tooling Length Factor Example: GRL12-1-16x20, [GRL12-5-16x20] Operating Pressure = 87 psi [6 bar] Find Grip Force Factor GF = 0.47 [30] (from Specifications above) Find Tooling Length Factor = 0.6 [0.6] (See Tooling Length Factor graph, page 6A-84) (Tooling Length of 3 in [75 mm] 0.6 [0.6]) Total Grip Force = 87 psi x 0.47 x .6 = 25 lb [6 bar x 30 x .6 = 108 N] Body Surface F/2 PART Tooling = 3 in [75 mm] Length F/2 F = Total Grip Force 6A-85 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grl OPTIONS: SERIES GRL GRIPPERS L11-UB99 MANIFOLD OPTION L11-UB99 This option configures the gripper for manifold mounting on the standard mounting surface. The standard ports are plugged. O-rings are provided for sealing between the gripper and the manifold. MANIFOLD REPLACEMENT KIT NUMBER GRLx2-x-14x7 GRLx2-x-14x13 GRLx2-x-16x20 GRLx2-x-16x26 TYPE 68221-16-1-1 68221-14-1-1 IMPERIAL 68221-14-1-1 68221-16-1-1 68221-16-5-1 68221-14-5-1 METRIC 68221-14-5-1 68221-16-5-1 Manifold kit includes port plugs and o-rings. MANIFOLD OPTION L11-UB99 CUSTOMER SUPPLIED MANIFOLD P9 GRIPPER 3 (B1) Ø P7 Ø P8 O-RING I.D. P6 P5 CLOSE O-RING OPEN O-RING CROSS-SECTION T CL MANIFOLD PORTING DIMENSIONS 2X Ø (P7) CUSTOMER MANIFOLD COUNTERBORE 1 2X Ø (P8) CUSTOMER MANIFOLD HOLE 2X STANDARD PORTS PLUGGED AT FACTORY 6A 5 FOR CUSTOMER USE (DIMENSIONS REQUIRED ON CUSTOMER MOUNTING SURFACE) 4 2 6 MODEL NUMBER GRLx2-x-14x13 GRLx2-x-16x20 LETTER GRLx2-x-14x7 mm in mm mm in DIM in 99.2 3.905 76.8 58.8 3.022 (B1) 2.316 4.0 .157 3.5 3.5 .138 P5 .138 35.0 1.378 20.0 20.0 .787 P6 .787 5.0 .197 5.0 5.0 .197 P7 .197 P7 O-RING 2 mm x 1.5 mm 2 mm x 1.5 mm 2 mm x 1.5 mm (I.D. X T) 2.0 .078 2.0 2.0 .078 P8 .078 1.2 .048 1.2 1.2 .048 P9 .048 GRLx2-x-16x26 mm in 4.614 117.2 4.0 .157 35.0 1.378 5.0 .197 2 mm x 1.5 mm .078 .048 2.0 1.2 NOTES: 1) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE CENTERED ON CENTERLINE OF UNIT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. 2) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE POSITIONS. All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. 6A-86 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grl CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION OPTIONS: SERIES GRL GRIPPERS E The -E option is comprised of Hall Effect magnets installed in the pistons to actuate PHD 6 mm square Hall Effect Switches. PHD Hall Effect Switches and mounting kits are required in addition to the -E option and are sold separately. See charts below for switches and mountings. GRL 14 mm BORE UNITS SENSE ON CLOSE SENSE ON OPEN GRL 16 mm BORE UNITS 5 HS4 HEX WIDTH HS3 HS2 3 1 (J3) HS1 4 6A (B2) 2 6 NOTE: MAXIMUM FITTING DIAMETER IS Ø .394 [Ø 10.0 ] WHEN USED WITH PHD HALL SWITCHES. -E HALL SWITCH READY LETTER DIM (B2) (J3) HS1 HS2 HS3 HS4 HEX GRLx2-x-14x7 mm in 19.0 .748 1.162 29.5 6 mm SQUARE 13.0 .511 10.7 .420 2.5 mm MODEL NUMBER GRLx2-x-14x13 GRLx2-x-16x20 mm in mm in 19.0 .748 22.2 .874 1.162 29.5 1.281 32.5 6 mm SQUARE 6 mm SQUARE 13.0 .511 15.5 .611 10.7 .420 10.7 .420 2.5 mm 2.5 mm GRLx2-x-16x26 mm in 22.2 .874 1.281 32.5 6 mm SQUARE 15.5 .611 10.7 .420 2.5 mm 6 mm SQUARE HALL EFFECT SWITCHES PART NO. COLOR DESCRIPTION 55803-1-02 Yellow NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cable 55804-1-02 Red PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cable 55823-1 Yellow NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect 55824-1 Red PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect HALL EFFECT SWITCH MOUNTING KIT PART NO. DESCRIPTION 68487-1 Switch Mounting Kit Each mounting kit contains: 1 6 mm square switch bracket 1 mounting screw 6A-87 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grl APPLICATIONS & CONCEPTS: SERIES GRL GRIPPERS MULTIPLE PART TRANSFER In this application example the narrow profile long stroke capability of this gripper allows for multiple parts to be transferred simultaneously. Four of the preformed cosmetic case shells are grasped and placed into a forming die. The forming die coins and tapers the end of the shell to form the final case. Due to the long jaw travel, the gripper is able to grasp the part before and after it is formed. The finished parts are then transferred to the next operation. 4 narrow grippers side by side 6A CUSTOM PRODUCTS & SOLUTIONS Illustrations shown are for concept only. Other variations include: Smaller or larger bore sizes and strokes Stroke adjustment on open Fluid compatibility Alternate materials Contact PHD, Inc. with your product requirements. SPRING CLOSE END PORT ALTERNATE JAW STYLE ALTERNATE JAW STYLE ADDITIONAL MOUNTINGS AND MANIFOLD SEALED UNIT 6A-88 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grl CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 6A NOTES 6A-89 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grl (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 SYNCHRONIZATION 0 - Non-synchronized 1 - Synchronized STANDARD PORT LOCATION TYPE Wide Body Parallel HALL EFFECT SWITCH MOUNTING KITS KIT NUMBER SIZE STANDARD PLATING -Z1 PLATING 16 68446-16-20 68467-16-20 25 68446-25-53 68467-25-53 32 68446-32-65 68467-32-65 40 68446-40-91 68467-40-91 50 68446-50-117 68467-50-117 OPEN POSITION CLOSED POSITION TOTAL JAW TRAVEL = (OPEN POSITION - CLOSED POSITION) MANIFOLD LOCATION 37 OPTIONAL: MANIFOLD LOCATION 99 OPTIONAL: F NE E D CUSTOM GRIPPERS ARE AVAILABLE. PLEASE CONSULT PHD. TO PRO D S CT U IT M O NOTE: 1) Design number dictates imperial or metric mounting holes, dowel pin holes, and ports. NOMINAL TOTAL JAW TRAVEL Total Travel Per Bore Size mm (in) 20 (.79) 53 (2.09) 65 (2.56) 91 (3.58) 117 (4.61) PROXIMITY SWITCH MOUNTING KITS KIT NUMBER SIZE STANDARD PLATING -Z1 PLATING 65710-16-20 16 68465-16-20 65710-25-53 25 68465-25-53 65710-32-65 32 68465-32-65 68457-40-91 40 68466-40-91 68457-50-117 50 68466-50-117 BORE SIZE Diameter mm (in) 16 (.630) 25 (.984) 32 (1.260) 40 (1.575) 50 (1.969) 6 mm SQUARE HALL EFFECT SWITCHES PART NUMBER COLOR DESCRIPTION 55803-1-02 Yellow NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cable 55804-1-02 Red PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cable 55823-1 Yellow NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect 55824-1 Red PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect JAW Style 3 8 mm THREADED INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES (40 & 50 mm BORE UNITS) PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 51422-005-02 NPN (Sink) 5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 51422-006-02 PNP (Source) 5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 18430-001-02 NPN (Sink) 10-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 18430-002-02 PNP (Source) 10-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 4 mm ROUND INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES (16, 25 & 32 mm BORE UNITS) PRODUCT LINE G - Gripper G R W 1 3 - 1 - 16 x 20 - L11-UB99 SERIES Regular Duty MANIFOLD OPTIONS L11-UB99 - Manifold option in location 99 L11-UB37 - Manifold option in location 37 UNIT OPTIONS Z1 - Corrosion resistant coating on exposed ferrous parts except for jaw guides. OPTIONS (OMIT IF NOT REQUIRED) CUS T www.phdinc.com/grw DESIGN NO. (See Note 1) 1 - Imperial 5 - Metric TO ORDER SPECIFY: Product Line, Series, Type, Synchronization, Jaw, Design No., Size, Total Jaw Travel, and Options required. 6A ORDERING DATA: SERIES GRW GRIPPERS 6A-90 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION BENEFITS: SERIES GRW GRIPPERS BENEFITS ■ True parallel synchronous jaw motion simplifies jaw tooling design. ■ Large diameter jaw guides supported through the length of the body provide superior jaw stability, long allowable tooling lengths, and high moment capability. ■ Standard shock pads at both ends of jaw travel provide quiet operation and absorb impact. ■ Double acting for use in both internal and external gripping applications. ■ Specially formulated piston and rod seals provide long service life. ■ Optional manifold porting available on either of the two standard mounting surfaces. ■ Optional 4 mm and 8 mm round inductive proximity switches or 6 mm square Hall Effect switches are available for indication of jaw position and simple interfacing to electronic system controls. ■ Units can be field converted to a non-synchronous version. ■ Units are fully field repairable. PATENT PENDING Anodized Aluminum Jaw Hard Chrome Plated Steel Jaw Guides Hardcoated Aluminum Body Removable Synchronizer 6A External Shock Pads Standard units are Hall Effect and proximity switch ready. Internal Shock Pads Long-life Piston Seals Long-life Rod Seals Stainless Steel Piston Rod SPECIFICATIONS WORKING AIR PRESSURE TOTAL GRIP FORCE AT 87 psi [6 bar] TOTAL JAW TRAVEL BORE DIAMETER (2 bores) UNIT WEIGHT MAX. TOOLING LENGTH SIZE 16 36 lb 0.79 in 0.63 in 0.69 lb 5 in [160 N] [20 mm] [16 mm] [0.3 kg] [125 mm] SIZE 25 SIZE 32 SIZE 40 40 psi min. to 100 psi max. [3 bar min. to 7 bar max.] 90 lb [400 N] 170 lb [756 N] 207 lb [921 N] 2.09 in [53 mm] 2.56 in [65 mm] 3.58 in [91 mm] 0.98 in [25 mm] 1.26 in [32 mm] 1.57 in [40 mm] 2.5 lb [1.1 kg] 5.3 lb [2.4 kg] 11.2 lb [5.1 kg] 8 in [200 mm] 14 in [350 mm] 18 in [450 mm] SIZE 50 429 lb 4.61 in 1.97 in 22.1 lb 24 in [1908 N] [117 mm] [50 mm] [10.0 kg] [600 mm] 6A-91 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grw DIMENSIONS: SERIES GRW GRIPPERS 16 LETTER mm in DIM NOM TRAVEL 10.0 .394 PER JAW 73.7 2.900 A CLOSED* 93.0 3.660 A OPEN* 32.0 1.260 B1 41.3 1.625 B2 50.5 1.987 B3 1.6 .063 B4 8.0 .315 B5 8-32 thru M4 x 0.7 thru J1 DIMENSIONS SHOWN APPLY TO ALL SIZES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, SEE OTHER VIEWS FOR SIZE DEPENDENT FEATURES 6 CL B2 (BODY) J10 (JAW) J11 5 J2 .1283 thru 3.0 thru J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 K1 .750 1.250 .700 .187 .438 .813 1.200 1.575 .025 .394 8-32 x .200 DP .1283 x .188 DP .750 1.250 .813 .157 .236 .394 .750 1.252 .098 .630 8-32 x .280 DP .1283 x .188 DP N/A 10-32 .118 N/A N/A .551 .945 19.05 31.8 17.8 4.7 11.1 20.7 30.5 40.0 .6 10.0 M4 x 0.7 x 5.0 DP 3.0 x 5.0 DP 19.1 31.8 20.7 4.0 6.0 10.0 19.1 31.8 2.5 16.0 M4 x 0.7 x 7.0 DP 3.0 x 6.0 DP N/A M5 x 0.8 3.0 N/A N/A 14.0 24.0 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K9 K10 K11 K12 K13 3 CL J9 CL (JAW) 2 4 B1 K14 6A 1 4X Ø B5 (JAW GUIDE) K15 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 SIZE 32 25 in mm 1.043 26.5 5.380 136.7 7.380 187.5 1.790 45.5 2.244 57.0 3.201 81.3 .063 1.6 .472 12.0 10-32 x M5 x 0.8 .500 DP x 13.0 DP .1908 5.0 x .500 DP x 13.0 DP 1.000 25.40 1.625 41.3 .875 22.2 .188 4.8 .500 12.7 1.000 25.4 1.654 42.0 2.158 54.8 .033 .8 1.028 26.1 10-32 x M5 x 0.8 .250 DP x 6.3 DP .1283 x 4.0 .250 DP x 6.0 DP .787 20.0 2.000 50.8 .738 18.75 .625 15.88 N/A N/A 1.250 31.75 .750 19.05 2.250 57.15 N/A N/A .895 22.7 10-32 x M5 x 0.8 .375 DP x 9.0 DP .1283 x 4.0 .250 DP x 6.0 DP N/A N/A 10-32 M5 x 0.8 N/A N/A 1.260 32.0 1.260 32.0 .768 19.5 1.398 35.5 in 1.280 6.730 9.230 2.362 2.874 3.929 .125 .630 1/4-20 x .750 DP .1908 x .500 DP 1.250 2.125 1.188 .250 .687 1.312 2.240 2.795 .040 1.275 1/4-20 x .354 DP .1908 x .440 DP .750 2.000 1.042 .750 N/A N/A 1.000 2.000 N/A 1.181 1/4-20 x .492 DP .1908 x .440 DP N/A 1/8 NPT N/A 1.000 1.592 1.161 1.673 50 40 mm in 1.791 32.5 9.125 170.9 12.625 234.4 2.913 60.0 3.504 73.0 5.390 99.8 .125 3.2 .787 16.0 5/16-18 M6 x 1.0 x 19.0 DP x 1.000 DP .1908 5.0 x 13.0 DP x .500 DP 1.312 31.75 2.250 54.0 1.625 30.2 .500 6.35 .968 17.45 1.625 33.3 2.835 56.9 3.400 71.0 .040 1.0 1.735 32.4 M6 x 1.0 x 1/4-20 x .472 DP 9.0 DP .1908 x 5.0 .440 DP x 11.0 DP N/A 19.05 2.500 50.8 1.150 26.5 1.125 19.05 .563 N/A N/A N/A 1.250 25.40 2.500 50.8 N/A N/A 1.457 30.0 M6 x 1.0 5/16-18 x .561 DP x 12.5 DP .1908 x 5.0 .440 DP x 11.0 DP N/A N/A 1/8 NPT 1/8 BSP N/A N/A 1.868 25.4 2.245 40.4 1.301 29.5 2.069 42.5 mm in mm 45.5 231.8 320.7 74.0 89.0 136.9 3.2 20.0 M8 x 1.25 x 25.0 DP 5.0 x 12.5 DP 33.32 57.2 41.3 12.7 24.6 41.3 72.0 86.4 1.0 44.1 M6 x 1.0 x 12.0 DP 5.0 x 11.0 DP N/A 63.5 29.2 28.6 14.3 N/A 31.8 63.5 N/A 37.0 M8 x 1.25 x 14.0 DP 5.0 x 11.0 DP N/A 1/8 BSPP N/A 47.4 57.0 33.0 52.6 2.303 11.645 16.157 3.543 4.528 6.932 .238 .984 3/8-16 x 1.000 DP .3158 x .512 DP 2.375 3.375 1.660 .282 .782 1.969 3.425 4.429 .040 2.105 5/16-18 x .551 DP .3158 x .500 DP 3.000 5.500 1.594 1.340 .670 2.500 4.000 5.118 N/A 1.772 3/8-16 x .709 DP .3158 x .500 DP 1.024 1/8 NPT N/A 2.639 2.931 1.713 2.697 58.5 295.8 410.4 90.0 115.0 176.1 6.0 25.0 M10 x 1.5 x 25.0 DP 8.0 x 13.0 DP 60.33 85.7 42.2 7.2 19.9 50.0 87.0 112.5 1.0 53.5 M8 x 1.25 x 14.0 DP 8.0 x 12.5 DP 76.2 139.7 40.5 34.0 17.0 63.5 101.6 130.0 N/A 45.0 M10 x 1.5 x 18.0 DP 8.0 x 12.5 DP 26.0 1/8 BSPP N/A 67.0 30.0 43.5 68.5 5 2X P1 PORT WITH SPOTFACE SIZE 25 AND LARGER P4 P3 P2 CL CLOSE CLOSE 2X P1 PORT WITH SPOTFACE SIZE 16 4X J1 THD J6 J7 P5 P6 J8 J3 J4 OPEN OPEN J5 J5/2 CL SEE SENSOR OPTION FOR STANDARD SENSOR MTG DIMENSIONS 2X J2 ± .0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE B3 B4 2X J12 NOMINAL TRAVEL PER JAW A CLOSED* A OPEN +2.54 -.000 6 NOTES: 1) DESIGNATED CL IS CENTERLINE OF UNIT 2) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE REFERENCE ONLY UNLESS SPECIFICALLY TOLERANCED 3) METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ] 4) UNMARKED HOLES ARE USED FOR PHD MANUFACTURING, CONTACT PHD IF DIMENSIONAL INFORMATION IS REQUIRED 5) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE POSITIONS. *A CLOSED REFLECTS THE LARGEST POSSIBLE CLOSED DIMENSION A OPEN REFLECTS THE SMALLEST POSSIBLE OPEN DIMENSION 6A-92 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grw CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION MOUNTING DIMENSIONS: SERIES GRW GRIPPERS SIZE 16 SIZE 25 K4 K3 6 K4 5X K1 THD CL K3 6 K6 K7 8X K1 THD CL K6 K5 K5 2X K2 ± .0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE 5 2X K2 ± .0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE 5 K9 K11 3 2X K14 ± .0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE CL 3 (K12) K9 CL 2X K14 ± .0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE (K12) CL 4 2 K11 K8 1 CL 4 1 4X K13 THD K8 SIZE 40 K4 K3 CL 6 4X K13 THD K10 K10 SIZE 32 2 8X K1 THD K4 CL 6 K6 6X K1 THD K6 K5 K7 K5 2X K2 ± .0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE 5 K9 CL 2X K14 ± .0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE 3 (K12) CL K9 2X K14 ± .0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE 6A 3 2X K2 ± .0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE 5 (K12) CL 2 4 K10 SIZE 50 1 CL 2 4 K10 3X K13 THD 1 3X K13 THD K4 10X K1 THD K3 CL 6 K7 K6 K5 2X K2 ± .0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE 5 3 K9 CL 2X K14 ± .0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE (K12) CL 2 4 K15 K8 K10 1 6X K13 THD 6A-93 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grw ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRW GRIPPERS SPECIFICATIONS SIZE 16 25 32 40 50 NOMINAL TOTAL JAW TRAVEL in mm 0.79 20 2.09 53 2.56 65 3.58 91 4.61 117 TOTAL CLOSE GRIP FORCE AT 87 psi [6 bar] N lb 36 160 90 400 170 756 207 921 429 1908 GRIPPER WEIGHT kg lb 0.69 0.3 2.5 1.1 5.3 2.4 11.2 5.1 22.1 10.0 CLOSE OR OPEN TIME 87 psi [6 bar] sec 0.09 0.14 0.24 0.30 0.60 GRIP FORCE FACTOR (GF) EXTERNAL INTERNAL DISPLACEMENT GRIP GRIP in3 cm3 Imperial metric Imperial metric 26 31 0.41 0.49 0.25 4.0 66 78 1.03 1.21 1.59 26 126 140 1.96 2.17 3.19 52 154 168 2.38 2.61 7.0 114 318 354 4.93 5.49 14.0 229 SEALS AND FLUIDS TOOLING LENGTH FACTOR Long life seals are standard on all Series GRW Grippers. These seals are compatible with standard paraffin-based lubrication oils used for pneumatic cylinders. For compatibility with other fluids, consult PHD. Jaw tooling should be designed so that the grip point is as close to the body surface as possible. As the grip point is moved away from the body surface, the applied moment causes jaw friction to increase, resulting in reduced effective grip force. The Grip Force Factor (GF) values given in the specifications chart above are for zero tooling length (body surface). The charts below show how grip force decreases as the grip point is moved from the body surface. The derating factors and maximum tooling Body Surface Tooling lengths are included in the graphs Length on page 6A-95. TEMPERATURE LIMITS Seals and gripper mechanism are designed for use in temperatures from –20° to 180°F [–30° to 82°C]. For higher temperatures, consult PHD. LIFE EXPECTANCY PART All standard units have been designed and tested for a minimum of 5 million trouble free cycles, with minimal wear. SIZE 16, 25 & 32 1.0 LUBRICATION Gripper body is made of hardcoated aluminum. Jaws are anodized aluminum and jaw guides are hard chrome plated steel. 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 MAX TOOLING LENGTH 0.1 MAX TOOLING LENGTH MAX TOOLING LENGTH 0.0 0 SPECIAL GRIPPERS 2 [50] 4 [100] 6 [150] 8 [200] 10 [250] 12 [300] 14 [350] 16 [400] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] Grippers for special applications, severe duty, or constructed of special materials are available. Consult PHD. SIZE 40 1.0 0.9 0.0 0 F A My Mx 10 [250] 12 [300] 14 [350] 16 [400] 18 [450] SIZE 50 0.8 MAX TOOLING LENGTHS 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0.0 0 My 8 [200] 0.9 SIDE VIEW Body Surface 6 [150] 1.0 Mz Body Surface 4 [100] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] When calculating values for Mx, My, and Mz, include the grip force per jaw, tooling weight, part weight, external forces, and acceleration as applicable. When calculating the value for FA, include weight of tooling, part weight, acceleration, and external forces. FRONT VIEW 2 [50] at 40 psi [3 bar] 0.1 SIZE 50 in-lb Nm 2600 11565 900 101 1800 202 2640 298 5280 596 2640 298 5280 596 Mx, My, Mz: Moment allowables, with moments measured from the body surface. TOP VIEW 0.2 at 40 psi [3 bar] SIZE 40 in-lb Nm 1400 6225 390 44 780 88 1100 124 2200 248 1100 124 2200 248 0.3 at 60 psi [4 bar] SIZE 32 in-lb Nm 550 2445 300 34 600 68 790 89 1580 178 790 89 1580 178 0.4 at 80 psi [5.5 bar] SIZE 25 in-lb Nm 150 670 100 11 200 22 285 32 570 64 285 32 570 64 0.5 at 100 psi [7 bar] SIZE 16 in-lb Nm 60 270 FA Total both jaws 5 45 Mz Per Jaw Total Both Jaws (2 x Mz) 90 10 100 11 My Per Jaw Total Both Jaws (2 x My) 200 22 100 11 Mx Per Jaw Total Both Jaws (2 x Mx) 200 22 0.6 at 60 psi [4 bar] MAX. ALLOWABLE FORCES AND MOMENTS ON GRIPPER JAWS MAX TOOLING LENGTHS 0.7 at 80 psi [5.5 bar] Grip repeatability is within ± .001 [± .025 mm] of the original position. 0.8 at 100 psi [7 bar] DERATING FACTOR REPEATABILITY DERATING FACTOR 6A SIZE 32 MATERIAL 0.8 SIZE 25 Seals and gripper mechanism are prelubricated at the factory for service with dry filtered air under normal operating conditions. SIZE 16 DERATING FACTOR 0.9 Body Surface 2 [50] 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 [100] [150] [200] [250] [300] [350] [400] [450] [500] [550] [600] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] Mx 6A-94 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grw CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRW GRIPPERS GRIP FORCE Total gripping force relative to tooling length is shown below at the stated actuating pressure. Grip force per jaw equals the total grip force divided by two. The chart also indicates the maximum tooling length for each gripper size. SIZE 16, 25, 32 87 psi [6 bar] 200 [890] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 180 [801] Tooling Length 160 [712] PART F/2 140 [623] 120 [534] F/2 F = Total Grip Force SIZE 32 OPEN SIZE 32 CLOSE 100 [445] SIZE 25 OPEN 80 [356] SIZE 25 CLOSE 60 [267] SIZE 16 OPEN 40 [178] 0 MAX TOOLING LENGTH SIZE 16 CLOSE 20 [89] 0 2 [50] 4 [100] 6 [150] MAX TOOLING LENGTH 8 [200] MAX TOOLING LENGTH 10 [250] 12 [300] 14 [350] 16 [400] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 250 [1112] SIZE 40 200 [890] NOTE: Maximum tooling length varies linearly with pressure. SIZE 40 OPEN, 87 psi [6 bar] 150 [667] SIZE 40 CLOSED, 87 psi [6 bar] 100 [445] MAX TOOLING LENGTH at 87 psi [6 bar] SIZE 40 OPEN, 40 psi [3 bar] SIZE 40 CLOSED, 40 psi [3 bar] 50 [222] 0 MAX TOOLING LENGTH at 40 psi [3 bar] 0 2 [50] 4 [100] 6 [150] 8 [200] 10 [250] 12 [300] 14 [350] 16 [400] 18 [450] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] SIZE 50 500 SIZE 50 OPEN, 87 psi [6 bar] 400 6A TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] [2224] [1779] SIZE 50 CLOSED, 87 psi [6 bar] 300 [1334] MAX TOOLING LENGTH at 87 psi [6 bar] SIZE 50 OPEN, 40 psi [3 bar] 200 [890] NOTE: Maximum tooling length varies linearly with pressure. SIZE 50 CLOSED, 40 psi [3 bar] 100 MAX TOOLING LENGTH at 40 psi [3 bar] [445] 0 0 2 [50] 4 [100] 6 [150] 8 [200] 10 [250] 12 [300] 14 [350] 16 [400] 18 [450] 20 [500] 22 [550] 24 [600] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] GRIPPER CALCULATION EXAMPLE TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] = Pressure psi [bar] x GF x Tooling Length Factor GRW13-1-25-53 [GRW13-5-25-53] Operating Pressure = 87 psi [6 bar] External Grip Find Grip Force Factor GF = 1.03 [66.4] (from Specifications chart, page 6A-94) Find Tooling Length Factor = 0.64 [0.64] (See Tooling Length Factor graph) (Tooling Length of 6 in [150 mm] ➜ 0.64 [0.64]) Total Grip Force = 87 psi x 1.03 x .64 = 57 lb [6 bar x 66.4 x .64 = 255 N] Tooling Length = 6 in [150 mm] F/2 PART F/2 F = Total Grip Force 6A-95 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grw OPTIONS: SERIES GRW GRIPPERS L11-UB99 L11-UB37 With this option the gripper is configured for manifold mounting on one of the two standard mounting surfaces, according to the selected option code. The standard ports are plugged. O-ring seals are provided for mounting between the gripper and the manifold. MANIFOLD REPLACEMENT KIT NUMBER SIZE 32 SIZE 25 TYPE SIZE 40 SIZE 16 65709-32-1-1 65709-25-1-1 IMPERIAL 65709-16-1-1 65709-40-1-1 65709-32-5-1 65709-25-5-1 65709-40-5-1 65709-16-5-1 METRIC Manifold kit includes port plugs and o-rings. MANIFOLD OPTION L11-UB99 MANIFOLD OPTION L11-UB37 SIZE 50 65709-50-1-1 65709-50-5-1 A CLOSED MANIFOLD OPTION L11-UB37 P11 CL 6 P15 CUSTOMER SUPPLIED MANIFOLD GRIPPER Ø P12 Ø P13 Ø P14 SEE NOTE 2 (B2) O-RING I.D. P10 CLOSED O-RING O-RING CROSS-SECTION T 5 MANIFOLD Ø OPEN P7 MANIFOLD OPTION L11-UB99 FOR CUSTOMER USE (DIMENSIONS REQUIRED ON CUSTOMER MOUNTING SURFACE) MANIFOLD Ø SIZES LARGER THAN SIZE 16 CL 3 MANIFOLD PORTING DIMENSIONS 2 P8 6A CL LETTER 16 mm in DIM 15.9 .625 P7 — — P8 — — P9 14.7 .577 P10 17.0 .670 P11 6.0 .236 P12 P12 O-RING 3 mm x 1.5 mm (I.D. x T) 7.0 .276 P13 P13 O-RING 4 mm x 1.5 mm (I.D. x T) 2.5 .098 P14 1.2 .048 P15 32.0 1.260 (B1) 41.3 1.625 (B2) 73.7 2.900 A CLOSED (B1) 4 CLOSED 1 OPEN MANIFOLD Ø SIZE 16 ONLY, SEE NOTE 2 P9 5 6 Z1 SIZE 32 25 in 1.266 .138 .138 1.050 1.266 .197 mm 32.2 3.5 3.5 26.7 32.2 5.0 2 mm x 1.5 mm See Note 2 See Note 2 .080 .048 1.790 2.244 5.380 2.0 1.2 45.5 57.0 136.7 in 1.590 .177 .236 1.417 1.590 .236 40 mm 40.4 4.5 6.0 36.0 40.4 6.0 in 2.245 .197 .335 1.713 2.245 .276 50 mm 57.0 5.0 8.5 43.5 57.0 7.0 3 mm x 1.5 mm 4 mm x 1.5 mm See Note 2 See Note 2 .098 .048 2.362 2.874 6.729 2.5 1.2 60.0 73.0 170.9 See Note 2 See Note 2 .125 .048 2.913 3.504 9.125 3.2 1.2 74.0 89.0 231.8 in 2.931 .236 .236 1.969 2.931 .276 mm 74.4 6.0 6.0 50.0 74.4 7.0 4 mm x 1.5 mm See Note 2 See Note 2 .125 .048 3.543 4.528 11.645 3.2 1.2 90.0 115.0 295.8 NOTES: 1) DESIGNATED CL IS CENTERLINE OF UNIT 2) USE P12 FOR ALL UNITS EXCEPT SIZE 16 WITH MANIFOLD OPTION IN LOCATION 99. FOR THIS UNIT ONLY, ONE MANIFOLD ORIFICE IS LOCATED IN A MOUNTING THREAD (SEE OPTION ILLUSTRATION) AND REQUIRES THE P13 DIAMETER. 3) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE POSITION. CORROSION RESISTANT This option provides appropriate corrosion resistant coating on all ferrous parts except jaw guides. 6A-96 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grw CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION OPTIONS: SERIES GRW GRIPPERS PROXIMITY SWITCH KIT This kit equips the gripper with brackets to provide for the mounting of up to two 4 mm round proximity switches. Proximity switches must be ordered separately. PROXIMITY SWITCH MOUNTING KITS KIT NUMBER SIZE STANDARD PLATING -Z1 PLATING 65710-16-20 16 68465-16-20 65710-25-53 25 68465-25-53 65710-32-65 32 68465-32-65 68457-40-91 40 68466-40-91 68457-50-117 50 68466-50-117 4 mm ROUND INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 18430-001-02 NPN (Sink) 10-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 18430-002-02 PNP (Source) 10-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 8 mm THREADED INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES (40 & 50 mm BORE UNITS) DESCRIPTION PART NUMBER 51422-005-02 NPN (Sink) 5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 51422-006-02 PNP (Source) 5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable Each kit includes 1 target bracket, 2 switch mounting brackets, and socket head cap screws for mounting. OPEN POSITION CLOSED POSITION JAWS IN CLOSED POSITION (B1) PS5 PS6 6A PS8 HEX SIZE APPROXIMATE LED LOCATION PS7 (B2) PS4 PS9 HEX SIZE A PS3 MAX Ø PS1 PS2 MAX SENSING DISTANCE DETAIL A LETTER DIM PS1 PS2 PS3 PS4 PS5 PS6 PS7 PS8 PS9 (B1) (B2) 16 25 SIZE 32 mm in 4 mm ROUND .5 .020 6.73 .265 .71 .028 8.81 .347 17.0 .67 6.6 .26 2.0 .08 2.0 .08 1.260 32.0 1.625 41.3 mm in 4 mm ROUND .5 .020 3.81 .150 2.54 .100 8.81 .347 7.4 .29 16.3 .64 2.0 .08 2.5 .10 1.790 45.5 2.244 57.0 mm in 4 mm ROUND .5 .020 6.35 .250 1.70 .067 8.81 .347 N/A N/A 27.4 1.08 2.0 .08 2.5 .10 2.362 60.0 2.874 73.0 40 in mm 8 mm THREADED .030 .8 .571 14.50 .140 3.56 .571 14.50 N/A N/A 1.60 40.7 .079 2.0 .118 3.0 2.913 74.0 3.504 89.0 50 mm in 8 mm THREADED .8 .030 .551 14.00 3.91 .154 .571 14.50 N/A N/A 64.8 2.55 2.0 .079 4.0 .157 3.543 90.0 4.528 115.0 6A-97 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grw OPTIONS: SERIES GRW GRIPPERS HALL EFFECT SWITCH KIT This kit equips the gripper with brackets to provide for the mounting of up to two 6 mm square Hall Effect switches. Hall Effect switches must be ordered separately. 6 mm SQUARE HALL EFFECT SWITCHES PART NUMBER COLOR DESCRIPTION 55803-1-02 Yellow NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cable 55804-1-02 Red PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter cable 55823-1 Yellow NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect 55824-1 Red PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect HALL EFFECT SWITCH MOUNTING KITS KIT NUMBER SIZE STANDARD PLATING -Z1 PLATING 16 68446-16-20 68467-16-20 25 68446-25-53 68467-25-53 32 68446-32-65 68467-32-65 40 68446-40-91 68467-40-91 50 68446-50-117 68467-50-117 Each kit includes 1 target bracket, 2 switch mounting brackets, and socket head cap screws for mounting. CLOSED POSITION OPEN POSITION HS5 MAX HS1 (B1) JAWS IN CLOSED POSITION HS6 HEX SIZE 6A HS2 (B2) HS4 HS7 HEX SIZE MAGNET LOCATION LETTER DIM HS1 HS2 HS3 HS4 HS5 HS6 HS7 (B1) (B2) HS3 MAX APPROXIMATE LED LOCATION 16 25 SIZE 32 mm in 6 mm SQUARE 9.3 .365 14.8 .581 .8 .030 11.8 .465 2.0 .079 2.0 .079 1.260 32.0 1.625 41.3 mm in 6 mm SQUARE 15.0 .592 13.8 .543 1.8 .070 11.8 .465 2.0 .079 2.5 .098 1.790 45.5 2.244 57.0 mm in 6 mm SQUARE 24.1 .950 14.0 .550 2.4 .096 11.8 .465 2.0 .079 2.5 .098 2.362 60.0 2.874 73.0 40 mm in 6 mm SQUARE 2.020 51.3 .571 14.50 4.7 .184 11.8 .465 2.0 .079 3.0 .118 2.913 74.0 3.504 89.0 50 mm in 6 mm SQUARE 2.640 67.06 .551 14.00 3.9 .154 11.8 .465 2.0 .079 4.0 .157 3.543 90.0 4.528 115.0 6A-98 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grw CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION APPLICATIONS & CONCEPTS: SERIES GRW GRIPPERS LOADING AND UNLOADING DEVICE FOR AUTOMATED TUBE FINISHING PHD Slides and Series GRW Grippers handle the escaping and pickand-place duties for the loading and unloading of tubing in this finishing application. As a two stage process, the part is first escaped from a loading platform using a PHD Slide (1) to the finishing machine. Next, using a dual Series GRW grippers/slide configuration, parts are loaded (2) and unloaded in unison from one end rolling device to the other. Then, the part is transferred to a conveyor (3). After the process, the tubing is shaped, and finishes are completely sealed in the last stage. AUTOMATED DEVICE FOR PART TRANSFER A PHD Series GRW Gripper is used to transfer a casting from an initial drilling operation to a secondary milling operation. The long stroke, synchronized action, and rigid guide rod construction provide the optimum solution for this application. The large tool surfaces and high moment capacity of the gripper allow for extended tooling lengths. 3 2 End rolling device (on both sides of tubes) End rolling device (on both sides of tubes) 6A 1 CUSTOM PRODUCTS & SOLUTIONS Illustrations shown are for concept only. Other variations include: Smaller or larger bore sizes and strokes Stroke adjustment Rod/shaft scrapers Purge ports Alternate port locations Fluid compatibility SPRING CLOSE SHOCK ON CLOSE Contact PHD, Inc. with your product requirements. ALTERNATE JAW STYLE ALTERNATE JAW STYLE SINGLE JAW 6A-99 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grw (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 TYPE Long Travel, High Capacity, Parallel Gripper JAW Style 2 TOTAL JAW TRAVEL 200 - 200 mm or 7.874 in SEALS Blank - STD Nitrile Seals V1 - Fluoro-Elastomer TO NE PRO D E D S CT U IT M O UNIT DESCRIPTION GRR12-5-50-200-GR13-L9 GRR12-5-50-200-GR13-L9 GRR12-5-50-200-L9 GRR12-5-50-200-L9-H47 THREADED INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCH MOUNTING BRACKETS 8 mm 12 mm CORROSION RESISTANT CORROSION RESISTANT SWITCH SWITCH 8 mm SWITCH 12 mm SWITCH 69255-1 69256-1 69255-2 69256-2 Kit includes 1 proximity switch mounting bracket, 1 mounting nut bracket, and 1 mounting screw bracket. ML NUMBER 216704 222640 225410 300128 CUSTOM JAW TRAVELS AND SIZES ARE AVAILABLE. PLEASE CONSULT PHD. REPAIR AND SEAL KITS PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 67508 Repair Kit 67509 Seal Kit 67510 -V1 Repair Kit 67511 -V1 Seal Kit NOTE: 1) Design number indicates imperial or metric mounting holes. Dowel pin holes are metric regardless of design number. BORE SIZE THREADED INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCH TARGET KITS STANDARD CORROSION RESISTANT 68549-1 68549-2 Kit includes 1 proximity target and 1 target mounting screw. 8 mm THREADED INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 51422-005-02 NPN (Sink) 5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 51422-006-02 PNP (Source) 5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 12 mm THREADED INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 15561-001 NPN (Sink) 24 VDC, 3 meter cable 15561-002 PNP (Source) 24 VDC, 3 meter cable 15561-003 AC 117 VAC, 3 meter cable PRODUCT LINE G - Gripper ML TO GRR CROSS REFERENCE CHART CORROSION RESISTANT Z1 - Electroless Nickel all external ferrous parts (leave blank if not needed) G R R 1 2 - 5 - 50 x 200 - L9 - Z1 - V1 SYNCHRONIZATION 1 - Synchronized OPTIONS GR13 - Side Mounting Holes H47 - Rodlok® L9 - NPT Ports (metric units only) L7 - BSPP Ports (imperial units only) (leave blank if not needed) CUS T www.phdinc.com/grr SERIES Regular Duty DESIGN NO. (See Note 1) 1 - Imperial 5 - Metric TO ORDER SPECIFY: Product Line, Series, Type, Synchronization, Jaw, Design No., Size, Total Jaw Travel, and Options required. 6A ORDERING DATA: SERIES GRR GRIPPERS F 6A-100 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION BENEFITS: SERIES GRR GRIPPERS BENEFITS ■ Narrow width and long jaw travel for a wide range of applications with limited space. ■ Rugged design withstands high impact and shock loads. ■ Dual, large diameter jaw guides provide low jaw deflection, high moment capacities, rugged performance, and long life. ■ True parallel jaw motion simplifies jaw tooling design and is ideal for gripping parts of varying size. ■ Double acting for use in both internal and external gripping applications. ■ Rack and pinion jaw synchronization provide minimal backlash. The rack is enclosed, protecting the mechanism from debris. ■ Jaws and body feature dowel pin holes for accurate tooling location. ■ TC fluoropolymer composite guide shaft bushings provide long life and high grip force. ■ Optional Rodlok® locks the jaws in a stationary position in the event air pressure is lost. ■ Proximity switches are available for indication of jaw position and interfacing to a system controller. SERIES GRR One integral pneumatic cylinder for each gripper jaw 30 psi min. to 100 psi max. at zero load [2 bar min. to 7 bar max.] -20° to +180°F [-29° to 82°C] Permanent for Non-lubricated or Lubricated Air Hardened & Ground Steel TC Fluoropolymer Composite Hardcoated Aluminum Alloy Anodized Aluminum Alloy 460 lb [2046 N] 7.87 in [200 mm] 1.97 in [50 mm] 36.6 lb [16.6 kg] 20 in [508 mm] H7 class fit 6A SPECIFICATIONS POWER SOURCE WORKING AIR PRESSURE TEMPERATURE RANGE LUBRICATION GUIDE SHAFTS BEARINGS JAWS BODY TOTAL GRIP FORCE AT 87 psi [6 bar] TOTAL JAW TRAVEL BORE DIAMETER (2 bores) UNIT WEIGHT MAX. TOOLING LENGTH AT 100 psi [7 bar] DOWEL PIN HOLES (JAWS) 6A-101 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grr DIMENSIONS: SERIES GRR GRIPPERS B1 A CLOSED A OPEN J9 J4 J4 3 J5 J5 2 B2 J3 4 1 4X J7 DOWEL PIN HOLE B4 8X J6 THREAD (WITH THREADED INSERTS) 2X Ø B7 SECONDARY SHAFT J1 B8 B5 Ø B6 PRIMARY SHAFT P3 6 *P1 PORT (PLUGGED) P1 PORT (OPENS JAWS) P1 PORT (CLOSES JAWS) SW5 P4 J2 B9 J8 6A P5 SW4 SLOT FOR OPTIONAL PROXIMITY SWITCH B3 5 MOUNTING *P1 PORT SW6 (PLUGGED) SW3 SLOT SW2 FOR OPTIONAL PROXIMITY SWITCH MOUNTING GRR12-x-50 SW1 THREAD LETTER (MOUNTING mm DIM in B1 /2 FOR OPTIONAL 429.8 A OPEN 16.923 PROXIMITY 2X K5 229.8 A CLOSED 9.049 SWITCH TARGET) 539.8 B1 21.251 2X K4 88.9 B2 3.500 P6 2X K3 90.0 B3 3.544 K1 25.4 B4 1.000 P7 25.4 B5 1.000 31.8 B6 1.250 P8 K2 19.1 B7 .750 101.6 B8 4.000 4X P2 PORT* 158.8 B9 6.250 K6 (PLUGGED) 12X K8 THREAD 130.2 J1 5.125 3X K9 ± .0005 K7 (WITH THREADED INSERTS) 88.9 J2 3.500 [± .013] 60.0 J3 2.362 DOWEL PIN HOLE 90.0 J4 3.544 45.0 J5 1.772 J6 1/2-13 x 1.000 DP M12 x 1.75 x 24 DP J7 .4727 x .750 DP (H7) 12.0 x 19.0 DP (H7) 161.9 J8 6.375 *PLUGGED PORTS, P1 & P2, CAN BE USED FOR GRIPPER ACTUATION. 29.6 J9 1.164 NOTES: 22.5 K1 .886 45.0 K2 1.773 1) SEE PAGE 6A-106 FOR GR13 SIDE MOUNTING OPTION DIMENSIONS. 25.4 K3 1.000 2) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE POSITION. 25.4 K4 1.000 54.1 K5 2.130 30.0 K6 1.181 60.0 K7 2.362 M8 x 1.25 x 16 DP K8 3/8-16 x .750 DP 8.0 x 19.0 DP K9 .3168 x .750 DP SW1 M8 x 1.25 x .625 DP M8 x 1.25 x 15.8 DP 246.1 SW2 9.688 11.3 SW3 .444 21.3 SW4 .840 53.3 SW5 2.100 48.3 SW6 1.900 1/4 BSPP P1 1/4 NPT 1/8 BSPP P2 1/8 NPT 8.7 P3 .344 114.3 P4 4.500 85.7 P5 3.375 8.7 P6 .344 9.5 P7 .375 19.1 P8 .750 6A-102 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grr CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRR GRIPPERS PRESSURE RATINGS TEMPERATURE LIMITS Operating pressure range for the Series GRR Gripper is 30 psi [2 bar] minimum to 100 psi [7 bar] maximum. Series GRR Grippers are designed for use in temperatures between -20° to 180°F [-29° to 82°C]. For temperatures outside this range, consult PHD. SEALS AND FLUIDS MAINTENANCE Buna-N seals are standard on all Series GRR Grippers. Piston seals are long life Buna-N and rod seals are lip type Buna-N. All seals are compatible with standard paraffin-based lubrication oils used for pneumatic cylinders. For compatibility with other fluids, consult PHD. Common with most PHD products, Series GRR Grippers are fully field repairable. Repair kits, seal kits, and main structural components are available as needed for extended service life. REPEATABILITY LUBRICATION Jaw position repeatability is within .002 inch [.05 mm] of original centered position. All units are prelubricated at the factory for service under normal operating conditions. The Series GRR Grippers can be used with non-lubricated air; however, the use of lubricated air will extend service life. START-UP PROCEDURES The Series GRR Gripper should be securely mounted with all tooling and external flow control devices attached prior to applying pressure to unit. Care should be taken to provide adequate clearance for the jaws to open and close. At initial start-up, apply pressure slowly to the unit. MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS The gripper body is anodized aluminum alloy and the gripper jaws are hardcoated aluminum alloy. The guideshafts are ground and hardened steel and the rods are stainless steel. Miscellaneous components are made from steel, delrin, aluminum, or bronze. LIFE EXPECTANCY 6A All standard units with Buna-N seals have been designed for a minimum of 5 million trouble free cycles, with minimal seal wear and backlash. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE FORCES AND MOMENTS ON GRIPPER JAWS Fa Mz Fa MODEL NUMBER lb N GRR12-x-50 2200 9786 Mx in-lb Nm 5000 565 My in-lb Nm 5000 565 Mx Mz in-lb Nm 5400 610 NOTE: 1)Fa: total for both jaws 2)Mx: per jaw, with moments measured from jaw mounting surface My: per jaw, with moments measured from geometric center of jaw Mz: per jaw, with moments measured from jaw mounting surface My 6A-103 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grr ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRR GRIPPERS GRIP FORCE SPECIFICATIONS Total gripping force relative to tooling length at 87 psi [6 bar] actuating pressure is shown in the graph below. Grip force per jaw equals the total grip force divided by two. The graph, in combination with the gripper specification chart, can be used to determine the grip force and maximum tooling length for the Series GRR gripper. Distance From Jaw Surface PART SPECIFICATIONS MODEL DISPLACEMENT NUMBER cm3 in3 GRR12-x-50 24.4 399.8 GF EXTERNAL GRIP GF INTERNAL GRIP MAX TOOLING LENGTH imperial metric imperial metric in mm 5.28 340.4 4.94 318.6 20 508 UNIT WEIGHT lb kg 36.6 16.6 Calculated Grip Forces (close) (GF x Pressure x Tooling Length Derating Factor) 600 [2669] Tooling Length Derating Factor 100 psi 400 [1779] 87 psi 60 psi 300 [1334] 200 [890] MAX TOOLING LENGTH 100 [445] 0 0.0 2.0 [50.8] 4.0 6.0 8.0 [101.6] [152.4] [203.2] 10.0 [254] 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 [304.8] [355.6] [406.4] [457.2] 20.0 [508] .60 .40 MAX TOOLING LENGTH .20 0 0.0 2.0 [50.8] 4.0 6.0 8.0 [101.6] [152.4] [203.2] 10.0 [254] 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 [304.8] [355.6] [406.4] [457.2] 20.0 [508] Calculated Grip Forces (open) (GF x Pressure x Tooling Length Derating Factor) 600 [2669] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] .80 TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] 6A DERATING FACTOR TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 1.00 500 [2224] 500 [2224] 100 psi 400 [1779] 87 psi 60 psi 300 [1334] 200 [890] MAX TOOLING LENGTH 100 [445] 0 0.0 2.0 [50.8] 4.0 6.0 8.0 [101.6] [152.4] [203.2] 10.0 [254] 12.0 14.0 16.0 18.0 [304.8] [355.6] [406.4] [457.2] 20.0 [508] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] GRIP FORCE CALCULATION RECOMMENDATIONS Design tooling so that the grip point is as close to the gripper jaw surface as possible. When the grip point moves away, jaw friction increases, which decreases grip force. The GF information given on this page is for zero tooling length (jaw surface). The graphs show how forces decrease as the grip point moves away from the jaw mounting surface. The maximum load that grippers can handle will vary based on: size of the part being picked up, shape of the part, texture of the part, speed at which the part is transferred, working pressure, shape of the fingers, etc. PHD recommends that the fingers of jaws be tooled or machined to conform to the shape of the part being gripped. Pressure (psi) x GF imperial x Tooling Length Derating Factor = Force (lb) Gripping force is defined as the maximum value at which the jaws will not move from their gripping position. The figures in the Calculated Grip Forces (close) Chart are based on actual measured results; figures may vary slightly due to friction. Gripping force is proportional to input pressure. Pressure [bar] x GF metric x Tooling Length Derating Factor = Force [N] 6A-104 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grr CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION ACCESSORIES: SERIES GRR GRIPPERS PROXIMITY SWITCHES - EXTERNAL This accessory provides for the external mounting of 8 or 12 mm threaded round metal sensing inductive proximity switches. Multiple switches may be mounted using multiple brackets. Proximity switches, targets, and mounting brackets are ordered separately. See the Switches and Sensors section for complete switch specifications. NOTE: For Option GR13 switch information, see page 6A-106. SW14 6 SW7 2 J2 4 SW9 5 SW11 SHOWN AS 8mm 1 PROX SW12 SW10 TO BOTTOM OF TARGET SHOWN AS 12mm PROX SW8 SW13 3 8 mm THREADED INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES PART NO. DESCRIPTION 51422-005-02 NPN (Sink) 5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 51422-006-02 PNP (Source) 5-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 12 mm THREADED INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES PART NO. DESCRIPTION 15561-001 NPN (Sink) 24 VDC, 3 meter cable 15561-002 PNP (Source) 24 VDC, 3 meter cable 15561-003 AC 117 VAC, 3 meter cable GRR12-x-50 in mm 3.500 89 .875 22.2 .960 24.4 2.454 62.3 1.352 34.3 1.125 29 .322 8.2 .450 11 .900 22.9 6A LETTER DIM. J2 SW7 SW8 SW9 SW10 SW11 SW12 SW13 SW14 THREADED INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCH TARGET KITS STANDARD CORROSION RESISTANT 68549-1 68549-2 Kit includes 1 proximity target and 1 target mounting screw. THREADED INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCH MOUNTING BRACKETS 8 mm 12 mm CORROSION RESISTANT CORROSION RESISTANT SWITCH SWITCH 8 mm SWITCH 12 mm SWITCH 69255-1 69256-1 69255-2 69256-2 Kit includes 1 proximity switch mounting bracket, 1 mounting nut bracket, and 1 mounting screw bracket. 6A-105 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grr OPTIONS: SERIES GRR GRIPPERS GR13 SIDE MOUNTING HOLES This option removes the standard bottom mounting and provides mounting on the gripper via 4 threaded holes in both sides of the support plate. Because of the side mounting, the proximity switch T slots have been removed from the sides of the gripper and are replaced by two threaded holes on the bottom of the gripper which are designed to accept the 12 mm threaded inductive proximity switches only. 6 2 M5 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 4 M6 M6 M4 M3 M2 M1 5 8X M7 MOUNTING THREAD SW16 1 SW17 SW18 SW15 3 6A 2X SW19 THREADED PROXIMITY SWITCH MOUNTING HOLE 12 mm THREADED INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES PART NO. DESCRIPTION 15561-001 NPN (Sink) 24 VDC, 3 meter cable 15561-002 PNP (Source) 24 VDC, 3 meter cable 15561-003 AC 117 VAC, 3 meter cable GRRxx-x-50 DIM mm in LETTER 57.2 2.250 SW15 90.5 3.563 SW16 358.8 14.125 SW17 16.4 .647 SW18 M12 M12 SW19 54.0 2.126 M1 142.9 5.625 M2 146.1 5.750 M3 142.9 5.625 M4 146.1 5.750 M5 15.9 .625 M6 M8 x 1.023 DP M8 x 26 DP M7 THE 12 mm PROXIMITY SWITCHES AND CABLES WILL EXTEND FROM THE BOTTOM OF THE GRIPPER 2X 12 mm THREADED PROXIMITY SWITCH 2X 12 mm THREADED PROXIMITY SWITCH 2X M12 JAM NUT 6A-106 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grr CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION OPTIONS: SERIES GRR GRIPPERS H47 RODLOK® PHD’s Rodlok® is ideal for locking the jaws while in a static/ stationary position. When the pressure is removed from the port of the Rodlok®, the mechanism will grip on the external guide shaft and prevent the jaws from moving. The loads are held indefinitely without power. The Rodlok® may also be used in intermittent dynamic use as a pressure off jaw deceleration device. Rodlok® performance (Accuracy and Stopping distance) is application and LETTER DIM. L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 GRR12-x-50 mm in 62.9 2.478 27.3 1.075 11.200 284.4 8.976 227.9 14.8 .583 7.471 189.7 35.9 1.415 20.1 0.792 71.4 2.812 NOTES: 1) IT IS POSSIBLE TO OVERRIDE THE RODLOK WITH VERY HIGH FORCE APPLIED TO THE GRIPPER. 2) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE POSITION. environment sensitive (Cleanliness of Shaft or Rodlok® will also affect performance). THE RODLOK® IS NOT DESIGNED TO BE USED AS A PERSONNEL SAFETY DEVICE. Option H47 provides the Rodlok® pre-assembled to the gripper. The port of the Rodlok device will be in location 99. Add-on and replacement Rodlok® kits can be purchased separately. Contact PHD for details. L1 L2 L3 L4 L9 6 L5 2 4 5 L8 L6 1/8 BSPP (METRIC UNITS) 1/8 NPT (IMPERIAL UNITS) PORT FOR JAW LOCK (MUST BE PRESSURIZED BEFORE OPERATING GRIPPER) 6A 1 L7 3 DYNAMIC STATIC LOCKING FORCE* LOCKING FORCE lb N SIZE 337 1500 Actual dynamic locking forces 50 are application sensitive. Environmental conditions, load weights, attitude, pressure, and speed influence performance. NOTE: *Locking force indicated above is the actual locking force with a dry clean rod and does not include any safety factor. It is possible to override the Rodlok® with very high force applied to the gripper. L9 METRIC UNIT WITH IMPERIAL (NPT) PORTS Z1 This option provides a corrosion resistant coating on all ferrous parts for use in applications where the standard parts may corrode. V1 L7 IMPERIAL UNIT WITH METRIC (BSPP) PORTS CORROSION RESISTANT FLUORO-ELASTOMER SEALS Fluoro-elastomer seals are available to achieve seal compatibility with certain fluids. Seal compatibility should be checked with the fluid manufacturer for proper application. Consult PHD for high temperature use. 6A-107 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grr APPLICATION EXAMPLES: SERIES GRR GRIPPERS GRIPPER FOR HIGH FORCE AND HIGH JAW LOADS The Series GRR Gripper is designed to withstand external forces and for moving heavy parts quickly. The parallel design provides for automatic centering of parts, while the 8 inch jaw travel makes it flexible for a wide variety of applications. In this application, two Series GRR Grippers are mounted on a fixture attached to a robot. The robot will transfer rims from an in-feed conveyor station to and from three separate machining processes. Then the finished rim is placed on a conveyor, taking it from the machining area. 3 2 4 1 6A 5 GRIPPER FOR LONG TRAVEL, HIGH FORCE CAPABILITY This Series GRR Gripper is designed for long stroke, high force applications. The synchronized parallel jaw motion automatically centers items for operations such as sorting. The long stroke compensates for items of varying size or position. 6A-108 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grr CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CONCEPTS: SERIES GRR GRIPPERS CUSTOM PRODUCTS & SOLUTIONS Illustrations shown are for concept only. Other variations include: Smaller or larger bore sizes and strokes Stroke adjustment on closed Fluid compatibility Alternate materials Contact PHD, Inc. with your product requirements. SMALLER THAN STANDARD BORE & LONGER THAN STANDARD JAW TRAVEL SPRING ASSIST OPEN OR CLOSED SMALLER THAN STANDARD BORE SIZE 6A LONGER THAN STANDARD JAW TRAVEL JAW STROKE ADJUSTMENT COLLARS 6A-109 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grr 6A NOTES 6A-110 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grr CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 180° JAW MOTION GRIPPERS SERIES GRB NEW! INDEX: Ordering Data Page 6B-2 Benefits Page 6B-3 Dimensions Pages 6B-4 and 6B-5 180° Jaw Rotation Provides Maximum Jaw Clearance from the Work Area Engineering Data Pages 6B-6 to 6B-10 Options Pages 6B-11 and 6B-12 Accessories Pages 6B-13 and 6B-14 6B Applications & Concepts Page 6B-15 6B-1 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grb www.phdinc.com/grb (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 TO NE PRO D E D S CT U CUS T IT M O JAW VARIATION 1 - Non-locking PORTING OPTION UB15 - Port option in location 15 SWITCH OPTIONS CU - Proximity switch ready M - Magnet for Series 6790 Switches OPTIONS (OMIT IF NOT REQUIRED) STANDARD PORT IN LOCATION 48 TYPE B - 180° Angular JAW 1 - Style 1 BORE SIZE Diameter mm (in) 12 (.472) 16 (.630) 20 (.787) 32 (1.260) 40 (1.575) 50 (1.969) CUSTOM GRIPPERS ARE AVAILABLE. PLEASE CONSULT PHD. Please refer to pages 6B-13 and 6B-14 for switch and kit information. NOTE: Design number dictates imperial or metric mounting holes, dowel pin holes, and ports. PRODUCT G - Gripper 60° 90° 180° TOTAL JAW ROTATION (DEGREES) 180 (Standard) 90 60 G R B 1 1 - 2 - 12 x 180 - UB15-M SERIES R - Regular Duty DESIGN NO. (See Note) 2 - Imperial 6 - Metric TO ORDER SPECIFY: Product, Series, Type, Jaw Variation, Jaw, Design No., Bore Size, Total Jaw Rotation, and Options required. 6B OPTION: PORTS IN LOCATION 15 ORDERING DATA: SERIES GRB GRIPPERS F 6B-2 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION BENEFITS: SERIES GRB GRIPPERS BENEFITS Interchangeable with previous design ■ Series GRB Grippers, available in six sizes, provide up to 180° of total jaw rotation allowing the jaws to rotate completely clear of the work area eliminating an otherwise required axis of travel. ■ Internal speed restriction eliminates the need for flow controls in standard applications. External flow controls are available as an accessory. ■ Three total jaw rotations available: 60°, 90°, and 180° ■ Internal shock pads reduce end of rotation shock on open and ensure quiet operation. ■ Enclosed jaw mechanism helps prevent external contamination from damaging the unit. ■ Close tolerance jaw width and dowel pin holes provide precise positioning for jaw tooling and fixturing. ■ The gripper body has two mounting surfaces with dowel pin holes to provide accurate mounting in a variety of attitudes. ■ Optional 4 mm round inductive proximity switches, as well as Series 6790 Solid State and Reed switches are available on all sizes for indication of jaw position and simple interfacing with electronic system controls. DESIGN IMPROVEMENTS ■ Increased grip force ■ Field repairable ■ Improved precision through decreased jaw side play ■ Optional port location available ■ Larger piston rod and jaw driver provide a significantly more rugged gripper ■ One piece body provides superior interchangeability ■ Internal speed restriction removes the need for external speed controls in standard applications ■ Longer life seals ■ Increased diameter jaw pivot pins, on smaller sizes, provide increased robustness ■ Series 6790 Solid State and Reed switches now available on all sizes ■ Dowel pin holes added to jaws allow for simplified tooling and improved gripper to gripper interchangeability ■ Proximity switches and kits are interchangeable between Design 1 and Design 2 Hardened Steel Jaw Driver Hardened Steel Jaws with Precision Dowel Holes Hardcoated Aluminum Body Precise Hardened Pivot & Drive Pins Mounting for 4 mm Round Inductive Proximity Switches Available (with -CU Option) Long Life Piston & Rod Seals Internal Shock Pad One Piece Hard Chrome Plated Piston Rod for Extended Seal Life Switch Slots Accept Series 6790 Solid State & Reed Switches (with -M Option) SIZE SPECIFICATIONS 12 16 20 32 40 WORKING AIR PRESSURE 30 psi min. to 100 psi max. [2 bar min. to 7 bar max.] TORQUE PER JAW AT 87 psi [6 bar] EXTERNAL GRIP 2.8 in-lb [0.32 Nm] 7.9 in-lb [0.90 Nm] 26 in-lb [3.0 Nm] 84 in-lb [9.5 Nm] 162 in-lb [18 Nm] INTERNAL GRIP 3.6 in-lb [0.41 Nm] 9.2 in-lb [1.04 Nm] 32 in-lb [3.7 Nm] 105 in-lb [12 Nm] 187 in-lb [21 Nm] MAX. TOTAL JAW ROTATION 180° 180° 180° 180° 180° BORE DIAMETER 0.47 in [12 mm] 0.63 in [16 mm] 0.79 in [20 mm] 1.26 in [32 mm] 1.57 in [40 mm] UNIT WEIGHT 0.28 lb [0.13 kg] 0.55 lb [0.25 kg] 0.98 lb [0.45 kg] 2.2 lb [0.98 kg] 4.3 lb [2.0 kg] 6B ■ 50 530 in-lb [60 Nm] 607 in-lb [69 Nm] 180° 1.97 in [50 mm] 11.5 lb [5.2 kg] 6B-3 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grb DIMENSIONS: SERIES GRB GRIPPERS SIZE 12, 16, 20, & 32 SIZE 12 & 16 J1 SIZE 20 & 32 J13 J13 J2 J3 J6 2X J7 THD J8 ±.0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE J5 CL J10 J11 2X J8 ±.0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE J9 PROXIMITY SENSOR MOUNTING LOCATION J12 J10 JAW PIVOT CENTERLINE JAW PIVOT CENTERLINE B3 2X P1 PORT 2X P1 PORT 2X MANUFACTURING HOLES (CONSULT PHD FOR MORE INFORMATION) P5 CLOSE J4 P5 P4 CLOSE P4 OPEN P2 B4 K5 2X K2 ±.0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE K4 CL K3 2X K1 THD 6B OPEN B1 SIZE 2X MANUFACTURING HOLES (CONSULT PHD FOR MORE INFORMATION) 2X K6 THD C'BORE & THRU HOLE FOR K7 SHCS FROM OPPOSITE SIDE P2 P3 P3 B1 B2 SLOTS FOR SERIES 6790 SWITCHES J11 J9 B5 B6 J6 2X J7 THD K11 LETTER DIM B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 K9 (J4) K10 2X K8 ±.0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 K1 K2 CL NOTES: 1) DESIGNATED CL IS CENTERLINE OF UNIT 2) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE REFERENCE ONLY UNLESS SPECIFICALLY TOLERANCED 3) METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ] OR SHOWN IN COLUMNS DESIGNATED mm K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 K8 K9 K10 K11 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 12 in .966 1.420 2.197 1.102 .444 .386 1.063 .196 .019 1.752 1.142 .452 6-32 THRU .0971 THRU .8270 .177 .354 –– .3150 8-32 x .296 DP .0947 x .187 DP .216 .4724 .7480 10-24 x .400 DP #6 .0947 x .187 DP .256 .906 .7480 10-32 .433 .511 .236 .886 20 32 mm mm in mm in 41.5 29.0 1.422 36.1 1.635 78.0 46.0 2.107 53.5 3.070 106.9 68.8 3.286 83.5 4.210 66.0 42.0 1.930 49.0 2.600 23.4 14.3 .668 17.0 .923 22.1 13.3 .564 14.3 .869 61.0 36.0 1.673 42.5 2.400 10.0 5.5 .275 7.0 .394 2.0 1.5 .098 2.5 .0790 83.5 54.5 2.618 66.5 3.287 61.0 40.0 1.850 47.0 2.402 20.0 14.0 .710 18.0 .7870 M6 x 1.0 M4 x 0.7 10-24 M5 x 0.8 1/4-20 THRU THRU THRU THRU THRU 3.0 2.5 .0971 2.5 .1283 THRU THRU THRU THRU THRU 39.0 27.5 1.1024 28.0 1.5355 6.0 6.5 .197 5.0 .236 20.0 13.0 .709 18.0 .787 8.0 –– .315 8.0 .315 16.5 10.0 .5120 13.0 .6500 M5 x 0.8 1/4-20 M6 x 1.0 5/16-18 M8 x 1.25 x 7.6 DP x .375 DP x 9.5 DP x .551 DP x 14.0 DP 5.0 x 3.0 x .1283 x 3.0 x .1908 x 9.0 DP 5.0 DP .200 DP 5.0 DP .354 DP 7.5 5.5 .239 6.1 .295 25.0 17.0 .9450 24.0 .9844 51.0 31.0 1.4568 37.0 2.0080 M6 x 1.0 1/4-20 x M6 x 1.0 5/16-18 x M8 x 1.25 x 12.7 DP .551 DP x 14.0 DP .630 DP x 16.0 DP M6 M5 #10 M5 1/4 5.0 x 3.0 x .1283 x 3.0 x .1908 x 9.0 DP 5.0 DP .200 DP 5.0 DP .354 DP 15.0 9.0 .472 12.0 .591 41.5 28.5 1.339 34.0 1.634 51.0 31.0 1.4568 37.0 2.0080 M5 x 0.8 10-32 M5 x 0.8 1/8 NPT 1/8 BSPP 18.5 12.0 .710 18.0 .728 23.0 17.0 .946 24.0 .905 11.0 6.5 .348 8.8 .433 42.5 29.0 1.378 35.0 1.673 16 in mm 1.142 24.5 1.810 36.1 2.709 55.8 1.654 28.0 .562 11.3 .523 9.8 1.417 27.0 .216 5.0 .059 .5 2.146 44.5 1.575 29.0 .550 11.5 8-32 M4 x 0.7 THRU THRU .0971 2.5 THRU THRU 1.0820 21.0 .256 4.5 .512 9.0 –– –– .3937 8.0 10-24 M4 x 0.7 x 7.5 DP x .300 DP .1283 x 2.5 x .200 DP 4.75 DP .215 5.5 .6694 12.0 1.2206 19.0 M5 x 0.8 1/4-20 x x 10.0 DP .500 DP #10 M4 .1283 x 2.5 x .200 DP 4.75 DP .354 6.5 1.123 23.0 1.2206 19.0 10-32 M5 x 0.8 .472 11.0 .669 13.0 .256 6.0 1.142 22.5 6B-4 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grb CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION DIMENSIONS: SERIES GRB GRIPPERS SIZE 40 & 50 J1 J2 J3 J13 2X J7 THD J6 2X J8 ±.0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE J11 J5 CL J9 B5 J10 JAW PIVOT CENTERLINE B6 B3 PROXIMITY SENSOR MOUNTING LOCATION J12 2X P1 PORT 2X MANUFACTURING HOLES (CONSULT PHD FOR MORE INFORMATION) J4 P5 CLOSE P4 P3 B2 B1 K5 4X K1 THD K13 2X MANUFACTURING HOLES (CONSULT PHD FOR MORE INFORMATION) SIZE LETTER DIM B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 K4 2X K2 ±.0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE K3 CL 4X K6 THD C’BORE & THRU HOLE FOR K7 SHCS FROM OPPOSITE SIDE K11 K12 (J4) J8 K10 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 K1 K9 2X K8 ±.0005 [H7] DOWEL PIN HOLE CL K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 NOTES: 1) DESIGNATED CL IS CENTERLINE OF UNIT 2) ALL DIMENSIONS ARE REFERENCE ONLY UNLESS SPECIFICALLY TOLERANCED 3) METRIC INFORMATION SHOWN IN [ ] OR SHOWN IN COLUMNS DESIGNATED mm K7 K8 ANGULAR JAW ROTATION TOLERANCE (ALL SIZES) TOTAL JAW ROTATION 180° (90° PER JAW) STANDARD +5°/-0° 90° TOTAL JAW ROTATION 90° (45° PER JAW) CLOSED 45° +5°/-0° TOTAL JAW ROTATION 60° (30° PER JAW) CLOSED 30° +5°/-0° CLOSED +15°/-0° +15°/-0° OPEN OPEN +10°/-0° K9 K10 K11 K12 K13 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 50 40 in 2.160 4.060 5.188 3.380 1.213 1.134 3.230 .472 .079 3.975 2.875 1.080 5/16-18 THRU .1283 THRU 1.9094 .315 .945 .3150 .7875 5/16-18 x .551 DP .2533 x .397 DP .352 1.4567 2.6772 3/8-16 x .787 DP 5/16 .2533 x .397 DP .551 2.401 2.6772 1.102 1.7323 1/8 NPT 1.080 1.395 .453 1.575 mm 54.9 103.1 131.8 85.9 30.8 28.8 82.0 12.0 2.0 101.0 73.0 27.4 M8 x 1.25 THRU 3.0 THRU 48.5 8.0 24.0 8.0 20.0 M8 x 1.25 x 14.0 DP 6.0 x 10.0 DP 8.9 37.0 68.0 M10 x 1.5 x 20.0 DP M8 6.0 x 10.0 DP 14.0 61.0 68.0 28.0 44.0 1/8 BSPP 27.4 35.4 11.5 40.0 in 2.560 6.220 7.609 4.880 1.901 1.676 5.040 .708 .196 5.708 4.133 1.280 3/8-16 THRU .2533 THRU 2.9528 .394 1.181 .3937 .9840 3/8-16 x .787 DP .3158 x .590 DP .434 1.6930 4.0160 1/2-13 x .984 DP 3/8 .3158 x .590 DP .729 3.485 4.0160 1.457 2.8740 1/8 NPT .414 1.654 .551 3.484 mm 65.0 158.0 193.3 124.0 48.3 42.6 128.0 18.0 5.0 145.0 105.0 32.5 M10 x 1.5 THRU 6.0 THRU 75.0 10.0 30.0 10.0 25.0 M10 x 1.5 x 20.0 DP 8.0 x 15.0 DP 11.0 43.0 102.0 M12 x 1.75 x 25.0 DP M10 8.0 x 15.0 DP 18.5 88.5 102.0 37.0 73.0 1/8 BSPP 10.5 42.0 14.0 88.5 OPEN 6B-5 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grb 6B SLOTS FOR SERIES 6790 SWITCHES OPEN P2 B4 ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRB GRIPPERS SPECIFICATIONS GRIP FORCE FACTOR GF INTERNAL NOMINAL EXTERNAL GRIP TOTAL JAW GRIP Imperial Metric SIZE ROTATION Imperial Metric 136 106 0.083 180° 12 0.065 346 299 0.21 180° 16 0.18 1221 0.75 994 180° 20 0.61 3951 2.4 3170 180° 32 1.9 7049 4.3 6089 180° 40 3.7 22864 14 19964 180° 50 12 GRIPPER WEIGHT lb kg 0.28 0.13 0.55 0.25 0.98 0.45 2.2 0.98 4.3 2.0 11.5 5.2 OPEN TIME CLOSE TIME 87 psi [6 bar] 87 psi [6 bar] sec sec 0.07 0.12 0.13 0.25 0.13 0.26 0.19 0.41 0.30 0.55 0.32 0.56 DISPLACEMENT cm3 in3 1.4 0.09 3.5 0.21 6.2 0.38 22 1.33 47 2.84 115 7.00 SEALS AND FLUIDS LUBRICATION Long life seals are standard on all Series GRB Grippers. These seals are compatible with standard paraffin-based lubrication oils used for pneumatic cylinders. For compatibility with other fluids, consult PHD. Seals and gripper mechanism are prelubricated at the factory for service with dry filtered air under normal operating conditions. Lubricated air may increase the life of the unit. MATERIAL TEMPERATURE LIMITS Gripper body is hardcoated aluminum. Jaws, jaw driver, drive pins, and jaw pivot pins are hardened steel. Jaw cover is coated steel. Piston rod is hard chrome plated steel. Seals and gripper mechanism are designed for use in temperatures from –20° to 180°F [–30° to 82°C]. For temperatures outside this range, consult PHD. SPECIAL GRIPPERS LIFE EXPECTANCY Grippers for special applications, severe duty, or constructed of special materials are available. Consult PHD. See page 16 for examples of custom products and solutions. All standard units have been engineered and tested for a minimum of 5 million trouble free cycles. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE FORCES & MOMENTS ON GRIPPER JAWS SIZE 12 16 20 32 40 50 MAX TOOLING LENGTH in mm 3 75 4 100 4.5 115 5 125 6 150 8 200 Fa (TENSION OR COMPRESSION) N lb 90 20 180 40 355 80 780 175 1690 380 3110 700 My in-lb 20 40 60 120 300 600 Nm 2.3 5 7 14 34 68 Mz in-lb Nm 20 2.3 40 5 60 7 120 14 300 34 600 68 My, Mz: Allowable moments per jaw. Moments measured from the jaw pivot. Fa: Allowable total force Max Tooling Length: Measured from jaw pivot. Fa Mz Note: When calculating values for My, Mz, and Fa, include the grip force per jaw, tooling weight, part weight, external forces, and acceleration, as applicable. My My 6 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com GRB02 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRB GRIPPERS GRIP FORCE GRIP FORCE GRAPHS 16 [71] Total gripping force relative to tooling length is shown below at the stated actuating pressure. Grip force per jaw equals the total grip force divided by two. The graphs also indicate the maximum tooling length for each gripper size. SIZE 12 TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] OPEN, 87 psi [6 bar] 12 [53] CLOSED, 87 psi [6 bar] 8 [36] 4 [18] JAW PIVOT 0 0.47 [12] 0.75 1.0 1.25 1.5 1.75 2.0 2.25 2.5 2.75 3.0 [19] [25] [32] [38] [44] [50] [57] [63] [69] [75] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] SIZE 16 TOOLING LENGTH OPEN, 87 psi [6 bar] 24 [107] CLOSED, 87 psi [6 bar] F/2 F/2 1.0 [25] 1.5 [38] 100 [445] 2.0 2.5 3.0 [50] [63] [75] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] 3.5 [88] 4.0 [100] MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH 240 [1068] SIZE 20 OPEN, 87 psi [6 bar] 80 [356] 60 [267] CLOSED, 87 psi [6 bar] 40 [178] 20 [89] 0 0.67 1.0 [17] [25] 1.5 [38] 320 [1423] 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 [50] [63] [75] [88] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] 4.0 [100] 4.5 [113] MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH SIZE 32 OPEN, 87 psi [6 bar] 180 [801] CLOSED, 87 psi [6 bar] 120 [534] 60 [267] 0 0.92 [23] 1.5 [38] 640 [2847] SIZE 40 OPEN, 87 psi [6 bar] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] CLOSED, 87 psi [6 bar] 160 [712] 80 [356] 2.0 [50] 3.0 4.0 [75] [100] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 [50] [63] [75] [88] [100] [113] [125] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH SIZE 50 OPEN, 87 psi [6 bar] 240 [1068] 0 1.25 [32] 6B 0 0.57 [14] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] PART F = Total Grip Force 12 [53] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] 36 [160] TOTAL GRIP FORCE lb [N] MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH 5.0 [125] 6.0 [150] MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH 480 [2135] CLOSED, 87 psi [6 bar] 320 [1423] 160 [712] 0 1.97 [50] 3.0 [75] 4.0 5.0 6.0 [100] [125] [150] TOOLING LENGTH in [mm] 7.0 [175] 8.0 [200] MAXIMUM TOOLING LENGTH 6B-7 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grb ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRB GRIPPERS FORCE MULTIPLIER GRAPH 1.2 FORCE MULTIPLIER 1.0 .8 .6 .4 .2 0 -2.5¡ 0° 30° -2.5° 60° 90° 120° 150° 180° 0¡ INCLUDED JAW ANGLE AT POINT OF GRIP 180¡ NOTES: 1) The force multiplier is a function of the jaw position at point of grip. 2) Force multiplier with the jaws parallel (0°) is 1. GRIP FORCE CALCULATION EXAMPLE: PRESSURE (psi) x GF x FORCE MULTIPLIER = TOTAL GRIP FORCE (lb) DISTANCE FROM JAW PIVOT (in) PRESSURE [bar] x GF x FORCE MULTIPLIER = TOTAL GRIP FORCE [N] DISTANCE FROM JAW PIVOT [mm] Example: GRB11-2-20 x 180, [GRB11-6-20 x 180] Operating Pressure = 87 psi [6 bar] Find Tooling Length (Distance Between Jaw Pivot and Gripping Point): Desired tooling length is 1.75 in [44.5 mm]. Find Jaw Angle at Point of Grip: Jaws will be parallel (0°) at point of grip. Determine Force Multipler Based on Jaw Angle at Point of Grip: Because jaws are parallel (0°) at point of grip, force multiplier = 1 (from Force Multiplier Graph above). Find Grip Factor (GF) = .61 [994] (from Specifications p. 6) Total Grip Force = ((87 psi x .61) / 1.75) x 1 = 30.3 lb [((6 bar x 994) / 44.5) x 1 = 134 N] JAW PIVOT TOOLING LENGTH = 1.75 in [44.5 mm] F/2 PART F/2 F = Total Grip Force 8 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com GRB02 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRB GRIPPERS JAW TOOLING INERTIA GRAPHS (PER JAW) [5.1] 1.50 [4.4] 1.25 [3.7] 1.00 [2.9] .75 [2.2] .50 [1.5] .25 [.73] SIZE 16 [7.3] 2.25 [6.6] 2.00 [5.9] 1.75 [5.1] 1.50 [4.4] 1.25 [3.7] 1.00 [2.9] .75 [2.2] .50 [1.5] .25 [.73] LB AXIS Z1 PART B AXIS Z2 R1 R2 AXIS Z (TOTAL JAW TOOLING INERTIA IS CALCULATED ABOUT THIS AXIS) 7 [21] 6 [18] 5 [15] 4 [12] 3 [8.8] 2 [5.9] 1 [2.9] [0] 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 CYCLE TIME (ms/90°) SIZE 40 50 [146] 40 [117] [88] 30 20 [59] 10 [29] 12 [35] 9 [26] 6 [18] 3 [8.8] 0 60 [176] 200 [0] 0 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 CYCLE TIME (ms/90°) [44] TOOLING INERTIA [x 10-4 kg-m2] [23] SIZE 32 [0] 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 CYCLE TIME (ms/90°) SIZE 50 [583] 180 [527] 160 [468] 140 [410] 120 [351] 100 [293] 80 [234] 60 [176] 40 [117] 20 [59] TOOLING INERTIA [x 10-4 kg-m2] 8 15 TOOLING INERTIA (lb-in2) [26] TOOLING INERTIA (lb-in2) TOOLING INERTIA (lb-in2) SIZE 20 60 WB [0] 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 CYCLE TIME (ms/90°) 9 0 60 HB [8.0] 2.50 0 60 LA HA TOOLING INERTIA [x 10-4 kg-m2] 80 PART A WA TOOLING INERTIA [x 10-4 kg-m2] TOOLING INERTIA (lb-in2) 2.75 60 Jaw tooling must be sized in such a manner as to keep the total jaw tooling inertia (per jaw) in the shaded areas of the charts below. Use the calculation example on page 10 as a template for your tooling design. [0] 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 CYCLE TIME (ms/90°) TOOLING INERTIA [x 10-4 kg-m2] TOOLING INERTIA (lb-in2) [5.9] 1.75 0 40 TOOLING INERTIA (lb-in2) [6.6] 2.00 TOOLING INERTIA [x 10-4 kg-m2] SIZE 12 2.25 JAW TOOLING [0] 0 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 360 380 400 420 440 CYCLE TIME (ms/90°) 9 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 GRB02 www.phdinc.com ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES GRB GRIPPERS JAW TOOLING INERTIA CALCULATION (PER JAW) EXAMPLE: STEP 1: STEP 1: STEP 2: Calculate the moments of inertia for the Jaw Tooling. PART A PART A WA LA HA AXIS Z1 AXIS Z2 R1 R2 AXIS Z (TOTAL JAW TOOLING INERTIA IS CALCULATED ABOUT THIS AXIS) Calculation of Jaw Tooling Mass: MA = LA x HA x WA x Mass Density of Jaw Tooling Material Moment of Inertia Calculation for the Jaw Tooling about Axis Z1: IZ1 = (1/12) x (MA) x (HA2 + LA2) Moment of Inertia Calculation for the Jaw Tooling about Axis Z: IZA = IZ1 + (MA x R12) PART B HB WB LB AXIS Z1 PART B AXIS Z2 R1 R2 AXIS Z (TOTAL JAW TOOLING INERTIA IS CALCULATED ABOUT THIS AXIS) STEP 2: PART A LA = .500 in [.013 m] HA = .625 in [.016 m] WA = .750 in [.019 m] Mass Density of Aluminum = .098 lb/in3 [2712.6 kg/m3] R1 = 3.000 in [.075 m] Calculation of Jaw Tooling Mass: MA = .500 in x .625 in x .750 in x .098 lb/in3 [.013 m x .016 m x .019 m x 2712.6 kg/m3] MA = .023 lb [.011 kg] Moment of Inertia Calculation for the Jaw Tooling about Axis Z1: IZ1 = (1/12) x (.023 lb) x (.6252 in + .5002 in) [(1/12) x (.011 kg) x (.0162 m + .0132 m)] IZ1 = .0013 lb-in2 [3.9 x 10-7 kg-m2] Moment of Inertia Calculation for the Jaw Tooling about Axis Z: IZA = .0013 lb-in2 + (.023 lb x 3.0002 in) [3.9 x 10-7 kg-m2 + (.011 kg x .0752 kg)] IZA = .208 lb-in2 [6.2 x 10-5 kg-m2] PART B LB = 2.500 in [.064 m] HB = .350 in [.009 m] WB = .600 in [.015 m] Mass Density of Aluminum = .098 lb/in3 [2712.6 kg/m3] R2 = 2.000 in [.051 m] Calculation of Jaw Tooling Mass: MB = 2.500 in x .350 in x .600 in x .098 lb/in3 [.064 m x .009 m x .015 m x 2712.6 kg/m3] MB = .051 lb [.023 kg] Moment of Inertia Calculation for the Jaw Tooling about Axis Z2: IZ2 = (1/12) x (.051 lb) x (.3502 in + 2.5002 in) [(1/12) x (.023 kg) x (.0092 m + .0642 m)] IZ2 = .027 lb-in2 [8.0 x 10-6 kg-m2] Moment of Inertia Calculation for the Jaw Tooling about Axis Z: IZB = .027 lb-in2 + (.051 lb x 2.0002 in) [8.0 x 10-6 kg-m2 + (.023 kg x .0512 m)] IZB = .231 lb-in2 [6.8 x 10-5 kg-m2] TOTAL JAW TOOLING INERTIA: ITOTAL = .208 lb-in2 + .231 lb-in2 [6.2 x 10-5 kg-m2 + 6.8 x 10-5 kg-m2] ITOTAL = .439 lb-in2 [1.3 x 10-4 kg-m2] STEP 3: TOOLING INERTIA (lb-in2) Calculation of Jaw Tooling Mass: MB = LB x HB x WB x Mass Density of Jaw Tooling Material Moment of Inertia Calculation for the Jaw Tooling about Axis Z2: IZ2 = (1/12) x (MB) x (HB2 + LB2) Moment of Inertia Calculation for the Jaw Tooling about Axis Z: IZB = IZ2 + (MB x R22) TOTAL JAW TOOLING INERTIA: ITOTAL = IZA + IZB STEP 3: Verify Jaw Tooling Inertia by comparing ITOTAL with Jaw Tooling Inertia graph. SIZE 20 9 [26] 8 [23] 7 [21] 6 [18] 5 [15] 4 ITOTAL [12] 3 [8.8] 2 [5.9] 1 [2.9] 0 60 TOOLING INERTIA [x 10-4 kg-m2] Determine the Gripper Size, Jaw Tooling Dimensions, and Gripper Opening Time. Gripper Size: 20, Jaw Tooling Dimensions: see graphic, Gripper Opening Time: 130 ms [0] 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 CYCLE TIME (ms/90°) 10 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com GRB02 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION OPTIONS: SERIES GRB GRIPPERS PORT OPTION IN LOCATION 15 This option provides ports in Location 15. The standard ports are plugged. P9 2X P6 PORT P8 PORT OPTION -UB15 P7 CL CLOSE OPEN SIZE M 12 in 10-32 .296 .315 .906 16 mm M5 x 0.8 7.5 8.0 23.0 in 10-32 .374 .256 1.122 mm M5 x 0.8 9.5 6.5 28.5 20 in 10-32 .492 .354 1.378 mm M5 x 0.8 12.5 9.0 35.0 32 in 1/8 NPT .728 .571 1.730 MAGNET FOR PHD SERIES 6790 REED AND SOLID STATE SWITCHES 40 mm in 1/8 BSPP 1/8 NPT 18.5 .925 14.5 .453 43.9 1.575 mm in 1/8 BSPP 1/8 NPT 23.5 1.321 11.5 .551 40.0 3.484 50 mm 1/8 BSPP 33.6 14.0 88.5 SERIES 6790 SWITCHES (NOT INCLUDED WITH -M OPTION) 6B LETTER DIM P6 P7 P8 P9 This option equips the unit with a magnetic piston for use with PHD’s Series 6790 Reed and Solid State Switches. The switches mount easily into two small grooves located on the front of the gripper body and are locked into place with a set screw. PHD’s Series 6790 switches are required in addition to the -M option and are sold separately. All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CAT-03 6B-11 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grb OPTIONS: SERIES GRB GRIPPERS CU SENSOR READY With this option the gripper is assembled with extended jaw pivot pins for use with PHD inductive proximity switch mounting kits. Switches and switch mounting kits are required in addition to the -CU option and are sold separately. See page 13 for switches and mounting kits. PS2 CL PS3 PS1 (J4) .275 x .015 DP [7.0 x 0.4 DP] 2X M2.5 x .45 THREAD x 4mm DP PS4 SIZE 6B LETTER DIM PS1 PS2 PS3 PS4 (J4) 12 in .079 .236 .523 .828 1.752 16 mm 2.0 6.0 13.3 21.0 44.5 in .118 .236 .671 1.060 2.146 20 mm 3.0 6.0 17.0 26.9 54.5 in .157 .295 .765 1.360 2.618 32 mm 4.0 7.5 19.4 34.5 66.5 in .196 .295 .612 2.100 3.287 40 mm 5.0 7.5 15.5 53.3 83.5 in .196 .295 .612 2.930 3.975 50 mm 5.0 7.5 15.5 74.4 101.0 in .196 .295 .612 4.740 5.708 mm 5.0 7.5 15.5 120.4 145.0 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. 6B-12 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grb CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION ACCESSORIES: SERIES GRB GRIPPERS PROXIMITY SWITCHES (-CU OPTION REQUIRED) 4 mm ROUND INDUCTIVE PROXIMITY SWITCHES PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION 18430-001-02 NPN (Sink) 10-30 VDC, 2 meter cable 18430-002-02 PNP (Source) 10-30 VDC, 2 meter cable .354 [9.0] MAX PROXIMITY SWITCH MOUNTING KITS SIZE KIT NUMBER 18074 12 18090 16 18075 20 18091 32 18091 40 18091 50 Each kit contains 1 target, 1 switch mounting bracket, and fasteners for mounting. Switches sold separately. .079 [2.0] HEX SIZE PS7 .031 [0.8] MAX SENSING DISTANCE .315 [8.0] RAD 4 mm ROUND PROXIMITY SWITCH .079 [2.0] HEX SIZE SIZE 12 in .236 16 mm 6.0 in .236 20 mm 6.0 in .295 32 mm 7.5 in .295 40 mm 7.5 in .295 50 mm 7.5 in .295 mm 7.5 6B LETTER DIM PS7 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION CAT-03 6B-13 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grb ACCESSORIES: SERIES GRB GRIPPERS SERIES 6790 SWITCHES (-M OPTION REQUIRED) PART NUMBER 67923-1 67903-1-02 67903-1-05 67924-1 67904-1-02 67904-1-05 67922-1 67902-1-02 67902-1-05 SERIES 6790 SOLID STATE & REED SWITCHES DESCRIPTION NPN (Sink) Solid State, 4.5-30 VDC, Quick Connect NPN (Sink) Solid State, 4.5-30 VDC, 2 Meter Cable NPN (Sink) Solid State, 4.5-30 VDC, 5 Meter Cable PNP (Source) Solid State, 4.5-30 VDC, Quick Connect PNP (Source) Solid State, 4.5-30 VDC, 2 Meter Cable PNP (Source) Solid State, 4.5-30 VDC, 5 Meter Cable PNP (Source) or NPN (Sink) DC Reed, 4.5-30 VDC, Quick Connect PNP (Source) or NPN (Sink) DC Reed, 4.5-30 VDC, 2 Meter Cable PNP (Source) or NPN (Sink) DC Reed, 4.5-30 VDC, 5 Meter Cable SIZE 32, 40, & 50 SIZE 12, 16, & 20 .051 [1.3] HEX SIZE .051 [1.3] HEX SIZE APPROXIMATE LED LOCATION APPROXIMATE LED LOCATION HS1* (SIZE 12, 16 & 20) SIZE LETTER DIM HS1* 12 in .350 16 mm 8.9 in .300 20 mm 7.6 in .200 32 mm 5.1 in — 40 mm — in — 50 mm — in — 6B NOTE: * INDICATES END OF SERIES 6790 SWITCH HOUSING, DOES NOT INCLUDE CABLE. mm — .051 [1.3] HEX SIZE APPROXIMATE LED LOCATION FLOW CONTROLS IMPERIAL FLOW CONTROLS TUBE OD KIT NUMBER PORT SIZE GRIPPER SIZE 70695-01 5/32" 10-32 UNC-2B 12 70695-01 5/32" 10-32 UNC-2B 16 70695-01 5/32" 10-32 UNC-2B 20 70695-03 1/4" 1/8 NPT 32 70695-03 1/4" 1/8 NPT 40 70695-03 1/4" 1/8 NPT 50 NOTE: EACH KIT CONTAINS 1 FLOW CONTROL This accessory may be used to control the jaw actuation speed of the gripper. By decreasing the jaw actuation speed, the tooling inertia may be increased. See page 6B-10 for jaw tooling inertia calculations. METRIC FLOW CONTROLS TUBE OD PORT SIZE GRIPPER SIZE 4.0 mm M5 x 0.8 12 4.0 mm M5 x 0.8 16 4.0 mm M5 x 0.8 20 6.0 mm 1/8 BSP 32 6.0 mm 1/8 BSP 40 6.0 mm 1/8 BSP 50 NOTE: EACH KIT CONTAINS 1 FLOW CONTROL KIT NUMBER 70696-01 70696-01 70696-01 70696-03 70696-03 70696-03 All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. 6B-14 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grb CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION APPLICATIONS & CONCEPTS: SERIES GRB GRIPPERS The Series GRB 180° Angular Grippers are ideal for applications where the jaws or fingers must rotate completely clear of the work area. In this application, a Series GRB 180° Angular Gripper is used in conjunction with a PHD Series RA Rotary Actuator and a PHD Series SM Slide to grasp, lift, and rotate a part 180°. The Series GRB Gripper’s jaws rotate clear of the work area when not in use, eliminating the need for an additional horizontal axis of movement. The use of a typical gripper would require an actuator to move the gripper back out of the way after the part has been rotated. The Series GRB 180° Angular Gripper saves money by eliminating a linear actuator from this application. This application shows the Series GRB 180° Angular Gripper used in conjunction with a PHD Series RI Rotary Actuator to grasp a part and rotate it 90°. The gripper is able to grasp the object, change its position 90°, and replace the object without the use of a vertical axis. Once the object has been replaced, the Series GRB jaws rotate completely clear of the work area, allowing normal work flow. As in the other example, an axis of motion is eliminated, saving money. SERIES RI ROTARY ACTUATOR SERIES SM SLIDE SERIES GRB GRIPPER SERIES GRB GRIPPER (SHOWN IN RAISED & LOWERED POSITIONS) B C A SERIES RA ROTARY ACTUATOR D C B A ACTIONS: A- CLOSE, B- ROTATE 90°, A- OPEN, C- MOVE 6B ACTIONS: A- CLOSE, B- UP, C- ROTATE 180°, B- DOWN, A- OPEN, D- MOVE CUSTOM PRODUCTS & SOLUTIONS ■ Smaller or larger bore sizes ■ Alternate Angles of Rotation ■ Fluid compatibility ■ Alternate port locations ■ Alternate mounting locations ■ Manifold Ports TANDEM ALTERNATE JAW ROTATION ADJUSTMENT ALTERNATE JAW SPRING ASSIST SINGLE JAW ROTATION 6B-15 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/grb 6B NOTES 6B-16 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/grb CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION INDEX: ANGULAR GRIPPERS SERIES 8400, 190, 8600 3 JAW, & 5300 Series 8400 Pages 6C-1 to 6C-6 Series 190 Pages 6C-8 to 6C-12 Series 8600 3 Jaw Pages 6C-14 to 6C-18 Series 5300 Pages 6C-20 to 6C-25 SERIES 8400 6C SERIES 190 SERIES 8600 3 JAW SERIES 5300 6C-1 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/products/grippers www.phdinc.com/8400a (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 TO NE PRO D E D S CT U CUS T IT M O DESIGN NO. OPTIONS CUSTOM GRIPPERS ARE AVAILABLE. PLEASE CONSULT PHD. NOTES: 1) Sensor must be used with a PHD Set Point Module which is ordered separately. See Switches and Sensors section for information and ordering data. 2) Proximity Switches, Bracket Kits, and Finger Blanks must be ordered separately. See page 6C-5. PROXIMITY SWITCH KIT KIT NO. TO FIT: 8410 19813 8420 19814 8430 19631 See page 6C-5 for details. PROXIMITY SWITCHES PART NO. DESCRIPTION 18430-001-02 4 mm Round Current Sinking (NPN) 18430-002-02 4 mm Round Current Sourcing (PNP) FINGER BLANK KITS ALUMINUM DELRIN AF 8573 8574 8575 8576 8577 8578 18613 18614 SEALS 1 - Buna-N 2 - Fluoro-Elastomer HALL SENSOR KITS GRIPPER SENSOR KIT NUMBER 10906-012 8400 10907-012 8410 10908-012 8420 18686-04 8430 TO FIT: 8400 8410 8420 8430 OPTIONS 0 - Hall Sensor Ready without sensor 3 - Hall Sensor (See note 1.) 5 - Proximity Switch Ready (Not available for Model 8400) MODEL 8400 - .375 Size 8410 - .500 Size 8420 - .750 Size 8430 - 1.000 Size 8410 - 02 - 0 0 1 TO ORDER SPECIFY: Model, Design No., Options, and Seals. 6C ORDERING DATA: SERIES 8400 ANGULAR GRIPPERS F 6C-2 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION BENEFITS: SERIES 8400 ANGULAR GRIPPERS OPERATING PRINCIPLE A double-acting piston is attached to a central pivot by a connecting rod. Each jaw has a pivot pin inserted through the central pivot as well as a hinge pin inserted into the gripper body. As air pressure is applied to either end of the piston, the jaw is forced to rotate about the hinge pin by the central pivot and pin. This rotation provides the opening and closing of the jaws. ■ SPECIFICATIONS WORKING PRESSURE Compact size is ideal for handling small parts in confined areas. BODY PIVOT COMPONENTS ■ ■ ■ Double-acting for either internal or external gripper applications. JAWS Rugged jaw and body construction can withstand high impact and shock loads. SEALS Available in four sizes to cover a wide range of application requirements. PORTS ROD BUSHINGS LUBRICATION OPTIONS ■ Hardened steel pivot mechanism provides long life beyond 5 million trouble-free cycles. ■ Close tolerance jaw mechanism eliminates jaw play and dowel holes precisely position customer tooling. ■ The gripper body has three mounting surfaces with dowel holes providing accurate mounting in a variety of attitudes. ■ Simple construction allows the grippers to be easily repaired in the field. ■ Available with Hall Effect Sensor for indication of jaw position and interfacing with various controllers and logic systems. ■ Available with blank fingers for custom fitting of fingers to the part’s shape. ■ Available with proximity switches for indication of jaw position and interfacing with various controllers and logic systems. SERIES 8400 40 psi Min. - 150 psi Air Max. Hardcoated Aluminum Alloy Steel Steel 6C BENEFITS Delrin AF Quad Type Piston and Rod Permanent for Non-Lube Air Straight Thread Hall Sensor, Proximity Switches 6C-3 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/8400a DIMENSIONS: SERIES 8400 ANGULAR GRIPPERS LETTER DIM B C D E F G H J K L M N* O P Q R S T U* W Y Z AA BB CC DD EE FF OPTIONAL HALL SENSOR LOCATION 8X Q THREAD IN BODY 6X HOLE FOR W DOWEL PIN IN BODY O Z N* P SQ T U* 5 P U* MODEL NUMBER 8410 8420 8430 .900 1.400 1.938 .255 .316 .490 .187 .250 .315 .340 .540 .750 .312 .440 .625 4-40 6-32 8-32 .340 .540 .750 .110 .160 .219 .735 1.070 1.415 .110 .150 .217 .480 .650 .869 .2500 .3750 .7000 .175 .250 .275 .600 .875 1.250 6-32x .187 DP 8-32 x .281 DP 10-24 x .375 DP 1.219 1.480 2.054 .156 .180 .256 .343 .500 .688 .6875 1.0000 1.3750 3/32 1/8 5/32 .220 .300 .433 .125 .187 .350 .290 .440 .562 10-32 10-32 1/8 NPT .145 .160 .364 .410 .500 .720 .140 .220 .360 3/32 1/8 1/8 8400 .700 .196 .125 .250 .230 3-48 .270 .080 .570 .098 .400 .1870 .156 .500 4-40 x .156 DP .966 .094 .250 .5000 1/16 .196 .093 .220 3-56 .120 .300 .100 1/16 *TOLERANCE IS ± .0008 T 6C N* P R O M S REF JAW PIVOT CENTERLINE K C THRU HOLE FOR FF DOWEL PIN EACH JAW D 6 2X G THREAD THRU EACH JAW JAW PIVOT 14° MIN SEE PROXIMITY SWITCH OPTION PAGE FOR DETAIL 3 3° MIN J H 2 B SQ 4 L EE MAX GRIPPER MECHANISM WHEN JAWS ARE FULLY OPENED E Y 1 AA F/2 F DD CC 2X BB PORT FITTING FOR 1/16 ID TUBE IS SUPPLIED WITH UNIT EXCEPT ON 8430 UNITS GRIPPER JAWS: SHOWN AT PARALLEL POSITION JAW MOVEMENT SHOWS MINIMUM AMOUNT OF JAW ROTATION. JAWS MAY OPEN 3° OR CLOSE 5° BEYOND STATED MINIMUM ROTATION. All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. 6C-4 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/8400a CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES: SERIES 8400 ANGULAR GRIPPERS FINGER BLANKS 2X J DIA THRU D A H + .000 DIA - .001 FIXTURING HOLE E F L RAD K G LETTER DIM A B C D E F G H J K L 8400 1.000 .340 .240 .230 .115 .095 .187 .0620 .109 .180 .094 FINGER MATERIAL ALUMINUM DELRIN AF 8573 8574 MODEL NUMBER 8410 8420 1.500 2.000 .440 .690 .330 .530 .312 .440 .156 .220 .110 .170 .250 .312 .0937 .1245 .129 .162 .250 .420 .094 .156 8430 2.500 .939 .739 .625 .313 .200 .500 .1240 .180 .520 .234 C B FINGER BLANK KITS: CONTAIN 2 FINGER BLANKS, 4 MTG SCREWS, & 2 DOWEL PINS FINGERS MAY ALS0 BE MOUNTED FACING OUTWARD 3 FINGER BLANK KIT NO 8575 8577 18613 8576 8578 18614 SENSOR/TRANSDUCER PHD offers a solid-state sensor transducer option -3 for use with a Set Point Module for sensing four or more positions throughout the jaw travel. The Set Point Module is ordered separately and allows independent adjustment of each sensing position and is available for 4.5 to 24 VDC NPN or PNP. PART NO. 9800-01-0300 9800-01-0400 SET POINT MODULE DESCRIPTION 4.5-24 VDC, Sink Type Output 4.5-24 VDC, Source Type Output 6C See Switches and Sensors section for information. 5 LETTER DIMENSION KIT A B C GRIPPER 19813 .594 .374 .223 8410 19814 .594 .770 .223 8420 19631 .594 1.190 .286 8430 EACH PROXIMITY SWITCH KIT CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: 1 TARGET WITH SCREW 1 SWITCH BRACKET WITH SCREW PROXIMITY SWITCH READY Provides unit ready for installation of kits for proximity switch mounting. PROXIMITY SWITCHES PART NO. DESCRIPTION 18430-001-02 4 mm ROUND CURRENT SINKING (NPN) 18430-002-02 4 mm ROUND CURRENT SOURCING (PNP) SEE SWITCHES AND SENSORS SECTION FOR DETAILS. PROXIMITY SWITCHES ARE ORDERED SEPARATELY. .354 MAX .256 .032 MAX SENSING DISTANCE C .315 RAD A .275 x .015 DP .984 B 2X 3-48 UNC THREAD x .150 MIN DEEP OPTIONAL 4 mm DIA PROXIMITY SWITCH WITH 2 m CABLE LENGTH SLOT DETAIL FOR SWITCH BRACKET All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 6C-5 (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/8400a ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES 8400 ANGULAR GRIPPERS SPECIFICATIONS GRIPPER NO. 8400 8410 8420 8430 UNIT GF GF DISPLACEMENT WEIGHT EXTERNAL INTERNAL oz GRIP GRIP in3 .013 .9 .027 .032 .036 2.3 .068 .092 .110 6.2 .252 .306 .30 17.0 .576 .774 NOTE: Maximum load that grippers can handle will vary based on: size of part being picked up, shape of part, texture of part, speed at which part is transferred, working pressure, shape of finger pads, etc. PHD recommends that the fingers or jaws be tooled or machined to conform to the shape of the part being gripped. PRESSURE (psi) x GF = FORCE (lb) DISTANCE FROM JAW PIVOT (in) NOTE: Gripping force is defined as the maximum value at which the jaws will not move from their gripping position. The above figures are based on calculations and will vary slightly due to friction. Gripping force is proportional to input pressure. SEALS AND FLUIDS Buna-N seals are standard on all Series 8400 Grippers. Piston and rod seals are quad type seals. These seals are compatible with standard paraffin-base hydraulic fluids used for lubrication of air cylinders. Fluoro-Elastomer seals in place of Buna-N are optional for special applications. Consult PHD for high temperature use. TEMPERATURE LIMITS Seals and gripping mechanism are designed for use in temperatures from –20° to 180°F. BACKLASH Backlash of each angular gripper jaw will be less than 1°. Sideplay will be less than .005. 6C LIFE EXPECTANCY All units have been tested to 5 million cycles with minimum seal wear and minimum backlash. LUBRICATION Piston and rod as well as gripping mechanism are prelubricated at the factory for service under normal conditions. MATERIAL Angular gripper body is made of hardcoated aluminum. Jaws are steel. The optional finger blanks are anodized aluminum or Delrin AF. All central pivot components are alloy steel. SPECIAL UNITS For grippers for special applications, severe duty or special material, consult PHD. 6C-6 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/8400a CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 6C NOTES 6C-7 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/8400a www.phdinc.com/190a (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 TO NE PRO D E D S CT U CUS T IT M O PART NO. MODEL NO. 18057-04 19002 18058-04 19012 18059-04 19022 18060-04 19032 Not available with spring option. DESCRIPTION PART NO. 18430-001-02 4 mm Round Current Sinking (NPN) 18430-002-02 4 mm Round Current Sourcing (PNP) See Switches and Sensors section for details. CUSTOM GRIPPERS ARE AVAILABLE. PLEASE CONSULT PHD. NOTES: 1) Hall Sensor must be used with a PHD Set Point Module which is ordered separately. See Switches and Sensors section for information and ordering data. 2) Proximity switches, bracket kits, and finger kits must be ordered separately. Includes one each: target, bracket, and screw MODEL NO. PART NO. 18074 19002 18090 19012 18075 19022 18091 19032 MODEL NO. PART NO. 19002 18070 19012 18071 19022 18072 19032 18073 HALL EFFECT SENSOR KITS SEALS 2 - Fluoro-Elastomer PROXIMITY SWITCHES SENSOR OR SWITCH OPTIONS 4 - Hall Effect Sensor Ready (See note 1.) (Not available with spring option) 5 - Proximity Switch Ready (4 mm round switches) PROXIMITY SWITCH BRACKET & TARGET KITS BORE in mm .343 9 .500 12.5 .750 20 1.00 25 FINGER KITS MODEL NO. 19002 19012 19022 19032 OPTIONS SPRING OPTIONS 0 - None 1 - Spring close (Single acting only) 2 - Spring open (Can be used as double acting) Options -1 and -2 not available on Model 19002 19002 - 5 - 4 0 0 2 DESIGN NO. TO ORDER SPECIFY: Model, Design No., Sensor or Switch Options, Spring Options, and Seals. 6C ORDERING DATA: SERIES 190 ANGULAR GRIPPERS F 6C-8 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION BENEFITS: SERIES 190 ANGULAR GRIPPERS SPECIFICATIONS MINIMUM PRESSURE SERIES 190 30 psi [2 bar] ■ Compact size for handling small parts in confined areas. MAX. PRESSURE ■ Double acting for either internal or external gripper applications. JAWS Steel BODY Hardcoated Aluminum ■ Rugged jaw and body construction to withstand high impact and shock loads. ■ Available in four sizes to cover a wide range of application requirements. ROD BEARING SEALS LUBRICATION PORTS OPTIONS ■ Hardened steel pivot mechanism for long life beyond 10 million trouble-free cycles. ■ Close tolerance jaw mechanism minimizes jaw play and dowel pin holes allow precise positioning of tooling. ■ The gripper body has three mounting surfaces with dowel pin holes providing accurate mounting in a variety of attitudes. ■ Simple construction allows the grippers to be easily repaired in the field. ■ Available with a PHD Hall Effect Sensor or with PHD Hall Effect Proximity Switches for indication of jaw position and interfacing with various controllers and logic systems. ■ Available with finger blanks for machining to suit specific applications. 150 psi [10 bar] Delrin AF 6C BENEFITS Quad Type Permanent for Dry Air Straight Thread Proximity Switches, Hall Sensor, Finger Blanks 6C-9 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/190a DIMENSIONS: SERIES 190 ANGULAR GRIPPERS 8X Q THREAD LETTER DIM. B C D E F G H K L M O* P* Q P R S U W Y Z AA BB CC DD EE FF 6X CLEARANCE HOLE FOR W DOWEL PIN 5 P SEE PROXIMITY SWITCH OPTION PAGE FOR DETAIL 19002 20.0 5.0 3.5 7.0 6.0 M2.5 x 0.45 13.5 16.0 3.0 6.5 14.0 14.0 M3 x 0.5 x 4.5 mm 30.5 2.5 2.0 2.5 6.0 M3 10.0 M3 x 0.5 3.5 13.5 4.6 2.5 MODEL NO. 19012 19022 26.0 38.0 6.5 8.0 5.0 6.5 9.0 14.0 8.0 12.0 M3 x 0.5 M4 x 0.7 17.0 24.0 19.5 28.0 3.5 4.5 8.0 13.0 18.0 22.0 18.0 28.0 M3 x 0.5 M4 x 0.7 x 4.5 mm x 6 mm 35.0 43.0 4.0 5.0 2.5 3.0 3.0 4.0 7.0 9.0 M3 M4 12.0 17.0 M3 x 0.5 M5 x 0.8 3.5 4.5 14.5 14.5 4.6 7.0 2.5 3.0 19032 50.0 12.0 8.0 19.5 16.0 M5 x 0.8 26.5 36.0 5.5 12.5 28.0 39.0 M5 x 0.8 x 7.5 mm 51.0 6.5 4.0 5.0 11.0 M5 22.9 M5 x 0.8 5.0 19.5 10.0 3.0 * TOLERANCE BETWEEN DOWEL PIN HOLES IS ±0.02 6C 2X THRU Ø AND C’BORE FOR Z SHCS EE MAX GRIPPER MECHANISM WHEN JAWS ARE FULLY OPENED H JAW PIVOT POINT F/2 AA F CLEARANCE HOLE FOR U DOWEL PIN 1X EACH JAW 2X G THREAD THRU EACH JAW E 13˚ MIN L Y 4˚ MIN 6 BB PORT FITTING FOR FF I.D. TUBE IS SUPPLIED WITH UNIT 1 REF JAW POINT CENTERLINE DD CC REF JAW POINT CENTERLINE D P B 4 O M S 2 3 C K R JAW MOVEMENT SHOWS MINIMUM AMOUNT OF JAW ROTATION. JAWS MAY OPEN 5° OR CLOSE 3° BEYOND STATED MINIMUM ROTATION. All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. 6C-10 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/190a CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION OPTIONS & ACCESSORIES: SERIES 190 ANGULAR GRIPPERS 4 HALL SENSOR READY GRIPPER MODEL 19002 19012 19022 19032 Provides unit installed with magnet for use with PHD Hall sensor. KIT NO. 18057-04 18058-04 18059-04 18060-04 LETTER DIMENSION A B C 36.5 16.5 20.0 39.5 14.0 25.0 46.0 7.6 38.0 58.0 7.6 50.0 EACH HALL SENSOR KIT CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: 1 SENSOR WITH 4 m SHIELDED CABLE 4 SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS 9.5 5.0 B C SENSOR MAY BE ROTATED TO ALLOW CABLE TO EXTEND FROM ANY SIDE OF UNIT EXCEPT THE PORT SIDE. A 5 GRIPPER MODEL 19002 19012 19022 19032 PROXIMITY SWITCH READY This option provides the gripper with an extended jaw pivot pin for use with a switch target. This pin and target are intended for use with a 4 mm round proximity switch with a 0.8 mm sensing range. Switches and Bracket and Target kits are ordered separately. See Switches and Sensors section for Proximity Switch details and additional information on switch bracket/target kits. KIT NO. 18074 18090 18075 18091 LETTER DIMENSION A B C 20.5 8.0 6.0 24.5 10.2 6.0 15.3 20.0 7.5 15.5 31.1 7.5 EACH PROXIMITY SWITCH KIT CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: 1 TARGET WITH SCREW 1 SWITCH BRACKET WITH SCREW PROXIMITY SWITCHES ARE ORDERED SEPARATELY. 9.0 MAX 6.5 0.8 MAX SENSING DISTANCE C 8.0 RAD A 25,0 6C 7.0 x 0.38 DP 2.5 x 0.45 x 3.5 (2x) B OPTIONAL 4 mm Ø PROXIMITY SWITCH WITH 2 m CABLE LENGTH SLOT DETAIL FOR SWITCH BRACKET FINGER BLANKS H ± 0.01 Ø FIXTURING HOLE 2X J Ø THRU A LETTER DIM. A B C D E F G H J K L 19002 24.5 9.5 6.5 6.0 3.0 3.0 5.0 1.97 2.9 4.5 3.0 KIT NO. 18070 MODEL NO. 19012 19022 38.0 51.0 12.0 18.0 9.0 14.0 8.0 12.0 4.0 6.0 3.0 4.0 6.5 8.0 2.47 2.97 3.4 4.5 7.0 11.0 3.0 4.0 BLANK FINGER KITS 18071 18072 19032 63.5 25.0 19.5 16.0 8.0 5.0 12.0 3.97 5.6 14.0 5.0 18073 EACH FINGER KIT CONTAINS THE FOLLOWING ITEMS: 2 ALUMINUM FINGER BLANKS 4 SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS 2 DOWEL PINS E D G F K C L RAD B All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 6C-11 (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/190a ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES 190 ANGULAR GRIPPERS SPECIFICATIONS GRIPPER NO. 19002 19012 19022 19032 DISPLACEMENT cm3 0.2 0.6 2.1 4.9 UNIT WEIGHT STANDARD SPRING ASSIST GF g g EXTERNAL GRIP 32 — 43 82 86 115 217 222 450 475 485 942 NOTE: Maximum load that grippers can handle will vary based on: Size of part being picked up, shape of part, texture of part, speed at which part is transferred, working pressure, shape of fingers, etc. PHD recommends that the fingers of jaws be tooled or machined to conform to the shape of the part being gripped. However, if friction is the only means by which the part is being held, a minimum 4 to 1 gripping force to part weight ratio should be used. PRESSURE (kPa) x 0.01 x GF = FORCE (N) DISTANCE FROM JAW PIVOT (mm) PRESSURE (bar) x GF = FORCE (N) DISTANCE FROM JAW PIVOT (mm) SEALS AND FLUIDS LUBRICATION Fluoro-Elastomer seals are standard on all angular Series 190 Angular Grippers. Piston and rod seals are quad type seals and are compatible with standard paraffin-based lubrication oils used for pneumatic cylinders. Piston, rod, and gripper mechanism are prelubricated at the factory for service under normal conditions. TEMPERATURE LIMITS Seals and gripper mechanism are designed for use in temperatures from –20° to 180°F [–29° to 82°C]. MATERIAL Angular gripper body is made of hardcoated aluminum. Jaws are steel with all central pivot components manufactured from alloy steel. Optional finger blanks are gold anodized aluminum. SPECIAL UNITS LIFE EXPECTANCY 6C GF INTERNAL GRIP 53 153 530 1264 All units have been tested to 10 million cycles with minimal seal wear and minimal backlash. Grippers for special applications, severe duty, or constructed of special materials are available, consult PHD. B A BACKLASH Backlash (B) of each angular gripper jaw is less than 1 degree. Jaw side play (A) is less than 0.20 mm. 6C-12 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/190a CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 6C NOTES 6C-13 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/190a www.phdinc.com/8600a (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 TO NE PRO D E D S CT U CUS T IT M O METRIC MODEL 3 JAW ANGULAR 8625 - Size 2 8635 - Size 3 8645 - Size 4 8655 - Size 5 OPTIONS OPTIONS SEALS 1 - Buna-N 2 - Fluoro-Elastomer SET POINT MODULE PART NO. DESCRIPTION 9800-01-0300 4.5-24 VDC, Sink Type Output 9800-01-0400 4.5-24 VDC, Source Type Output See Switches and Sensors section for information. OPTIONS 0 - None 3 - Hall Sensor 4 - Sensor Ready CUSTOM GRIPPERS ARE AVAILABLE. PLEASE CONSULT PHD. NOTE: Sensor must be used with a PHD Set Point Module which is ordered separately. See Switches and Sensors section for information and ordering data. IMPERIAL MODEL 3 JAW ANGULAR 8624 - Size 2 8634 - Size 3 8644 - Size 4 8654 - Size 5 DESIGN NO. 8624 - 01 - 0 0 0 1 TO ORDER SPECIFY: Model, Design No., Options, and Seals. 6C ORDERING DATA: SERIES 8600 3 JAW GRIPPERS F 6C-14 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION BENEFITS: SERIES 8600 3 JAW GRIPPERS SPECIFICATIONS WORKING PRESSURE ■ ■ ■ ■ Double-acting for either internal or external gripper applications. BODY PIVOT COMPONENTS Rugged jaw and body construction can withstand high impact and shock loads. JAWS 3 JAW 20 psi Min. - 150 psi Max. Air [1.5 bar Min. - 10 bar Max. Air] Hardcoated Aluminum Hardened Alloy Steel Black Anodized Aluminum ROD BUSHINGS Bronze Each available in four sizes to cover a wide range of application requirements. PISTON SEALS Quad Type ROD SEALS Block Vee Close tolerance jaw mechanism minimizes jaw play. LUBRICATION PORTS ■ Mounting surfaces with dowel holes allow easy, accurate mounting in a variety of attitudes. ■ Simple construction allows the grippers to be easily repaired in the field. ■ Hardened steel pivot mechanism provides long life. ■ Available with Hall Effect Sensor for indication of jaw position and interfacing with various controllers and logic systems. ■ Designed for applications where gripper weight and size is critical. OPTIONS 6C BENEFITS Permanent for Non-Lube Air 1/8 NPT [1/8 BSP] Hall Sensor 6C-15 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/8600a DIMENSIONS: SERIES 8600 3 JAW GRIPPERS 2X HOLE FOR W DOWEL PIN 4X Q THREAD MODEL NUMBER 1 O Z 2 N* P SQ 4 H J K L M N* O P Q T U* C DIA 3 R S T U* V W 5 V SQ P 6X Q THREAD R REF JAW PIVOT CENTERLINE M AA X L S F 6C 6 D K X Y Z AA CC DD 8624 8625 8634 8635 in mm in mm 31.5 1.587 1.246 40.5 76.0 3.750 3.000 95.0 13.0 .750 .500 19.0 0.5 .231 .020 6.0 11.0 .625 .437 16.0 10-24 x M5 x 0.8 1/4-20 M6 x 1 .28 DP x 7.0 DP x .38 DP x 9.5 DP 27.0 1.250 1.057 32.0 14.0 .906 .550 23.0 16.5 .813 .640 20.5 20.5 .816 .813 21.0 40.0 1.788 1.563 45.5 17.78 .7500 .7000 19.05 7.0 .375 .275 9.5 31.5 1.500 1.250 38.0 10-24 x M5 x 0.8 1/4-20 x M6 x 1.0 .38 DP x 9.5 DP .38 DP x 9.5 DP 55.5 2.476 2.188 63.0 8.0 .434 .307 11.0 17.5 .875 .687 22.0 34.92 1.7500 1.3750 44.45 44.5 2.250 1.750 57.0 5/32 x 4.0 x 5.0 3/16 x 5.0 x 6.5 .250 DP .187 DP 22.0 1.125 .875 28.5 30.0 1.500 1.188 38.0 8.5 .375 .350 9.5 0.5 .062 .017 1.5 9.5 .410 .375 10.5 16.0 .690 .625 17.5 8644 in 2.022 4.750 .875 .187 .750 5/16-18 x .44 DP 1.625 1.000 .968 .940 2.025 1.1250 .312 1.750 5/16-18 x .44 DP 2.900 .560 1.094 2.1880 2.750 1/4 x .250 DP 1.375 1.875 .562 .095 .440 .895 8645 mm 51.5 120.5 22.0 5.0 19.0 M8 x 1.25 x 11.0 DP 41.0 25.5 24.5 24.0 51.5 28.57 8.0 44.5 M8 x 1.25 x 11.0 DP 73.5 14.0 27.5 55.57 70.0 7.0 x 6.5 35.0 47.5 14.0 2.5 11.0 23.0 8654 in 2.594 6.250 1.000 .063 1.000 3/8-16 x .56 DP 2.312 1.118 1.200 1.246 2.619 1.7500 .500 2.750 3/8-16 x .56 DP 3.806 .754 1.562 3.1250 4.000 5/16 x .312 DP 1.700 2.430 .875 .150 .570 1.240 8655 mm 66.0 159.0 25.5 1.5 25.5 M10 x 1.5 x 14.0 DP 59.0 28.5 30.5 31.5 66.5 44.45 13.0 70.0 M10 x 1.50 x 14.0 DP 96.5 19.0 39.5 79.37 101.5 8.0 x 8.0 43.0 62.0 22.0 4.0 14.5 31.5 NOTES: 1) *TOLERANCE IS ±.0005 [±0.012] 2) NUMBERS IN [ ] ARE FOR METRIC UNITS AND ARE IN mm 3) CIRCLED NUMBERS INDICATE POSITION. 4X Q THREAD EACH JAW F J Y LETTER DIM B C D E F G 6.5° MIN E H 6.5° MIN B DD CC 2X 1/8 NPT [1/8 BSP] 120° OPTIONAL HALL SENSOR LOCATION JAW MOVEMENT SHOWS MINIMUM AMOUNT OF JAW ROTATION. JAWS MAY OPEN 3° OR CLOSE 3° BEYOND STATED MINIMUM ROTATION. All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. 6C-16 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/8600a CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES 8600 3 JAW GRIPPERS SPECIFICATIONS 3 JAW GRIPPERS UNIT GF EXTERNAL GRIPPER DISPLACEMENT WEIGHT GRIP NO. in3 cm3 lb kg IMPERIAL METRIC 862x .170 2.79 1.43 0.65 .43 705 863x .415 6.80 2.74 1.24 1.18 1946 864x 1.074 17.60 5.25 2.38 3.18 5221 865x 3.286 53.86 9.90 4.49 10.07 16502 GF INTERNAL GRIP NOTE: Maximum load that grippers can handle will vary based on: size of part being picked up, shape of part, texture of part, speed at which part is transferred, working pressure, shape of fingers, etc. PHD recommends that the fingers of jaws be tooled or machined to conform to the shape of the part being gripped. IMPERIAL METRIC .59 941 1.43 2346 3.69 6061 11.34 18581 PRESSURE (psi) x GF DISTANCE FROM JAW PIVOT (in) = FORCE (lb) PRESSURE [bar] x GF DISTANCE FROM JAW PIVOT [mm] = FORCE [N] NOTE: Gripping force is defined as the maximum value at which the jaws will not move from their gripping position. The above figures are based on actual measured results; figures may vary slightly due to friction. Gripping force is proportional to input pressure. SEALS LUBRICATION Buna-N seals are standard on all 8600 angular gripper piston, rod, and bushing seals. Neoprene seals are used on the gripping mechanism. Rod seals are wear compensating block vee type and piston seals are quad type. These seals are compatible with standard paraffin-base hydraulic fluids used for lubrication of air cylinders. Fluoro-Elastomer seals in place of the Buna-N are optional for various types of hydraulic fluids. Consult PHD for high temperature use. Piston and rod as well as gripping mechanism are prelubricated for service under normal conditions and can be used for non-lube service. At five million cycles, gripper may be relubricated for extended life. MATERIAL TEMPERATURE LIMITS Seals and gripping mechanism are designed for use in temperatures from –20° to 180°F [–30° to 82°C]. Consult PHD for higher temperature requirements. REPEATABILITY BACKLASH SPECIAL UNITS Grip repeatability is within .002 [0.05 mm] of original centered position. Backlash of gripper jaw will be less than 0.2° initially, per jaw. For grippers for special applications, severe duty, or special material, consult PHD. LIFE EXPECTANCY Five million trouble-free cycles can be expected under normal working conditions. Life can be extended by relubricating ball and socket joint after five million cycles. Backlash after five million cycles should be no more than 1°. 6C-17 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/8600a 6C Gripper body is made of hard coated aluminum. Jaw housings are anodized aluminum and the jaws are aluminum alloy. All internal jaw mechanisms are manufactured from alloy steel. OPTIONS: SERIES 8600 3 JAW GRIPPERS 3 4 SENSOR/TRANSDUCER PHD offers a solid-state sensor transducer option -3 along with a Set Point Module for sensing four or more positions throughout the jaw travel. The Set Point Module allows independent adjustment of each sensing position and is available for 4.5 to 24 VDC NPN or PNP. SET POINT MODULE PART NO. 9800-01-0300 9800-01-0400 DESCRIPTION 4.5-24 VDC, Sink Type Output 4.5-24 VDC, Source Type Output 6C See Switches and Sensors section for information. 6C-18 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/8600a CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION 6C NOTES 6C-19 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/8600a www.phdinc.com/5300a (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 TO NE PRO D E D S CT U CUS T IT M O 0347- SENSORS & SWITCHES None Hall Sensor (See note 1.) Hall Sensor Ready Hall Effect Magnet on piston and “T” slot on body for Series 5360 Hall Switches JAW STYLE 2 15323 - Size 2 15333 - Size 3 15343 - Size 4 15353 - Size 5 JAW STYLE 2 15321 - Size 2 15331 - Size 3 15341 - Size 4 15351 - Size 5 OPTIONS DESCRIPTION PART NO. 53603-1-02 NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter Cable 53604-1-02 PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, 2 meter Cable NPN (Sink) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect 53623-1 PNP (Source) 4.5-24 VDC, Quick Connect 53624-1 See Switches and Sensors section for switch information. SERIES 5360 MINIATURE HALL EFFECT SWITCHES DESIGN NO. CUSTOM GRIPPERS ARE AVAILABLE. PLEASE CONSULT PHD. NOTES: 1) Sensor must be used with a PHD Set Point Module which is ordered separately. See Switches and Sensors section for information and ordering data. 2) Proximity Switches, Bracket Kits, and Finger Blanks must be ordered separately. METRIC MODEL JAW STYLE 1 15322 - Size 2 15332 - Size 3 15342 - Size 4 15352 - Size 5 IMPERIAL MODEL JAW STYLE 1 15320 - Size 2 15330 - Size 3 15340 - Size 4 15350 - Size 5 SEALS 1 - Buna-N 2 - Fluoro-Elastomer OPTIONS 0 - None LIGHT SPRING FORCE 3 - Spring Close 4 - Spring Open HEAVY SPRING FORCE 5 - Spring Close 6 - Spring Open 15321 - 1 - 3 0 0 2 TO ORDER SPECIFY: Model, Design No., Switches, Options, and Seals. 6C ORDERING DATA: SERIES 5300 ANGULAR GRIPPERS F 6C-20 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION BENEFITS: SERIES 5300 ANGULAR OVAL GRIPPERS SPECIFICATIONS MEDIA ■ Double-acting for either internal or external gripping applications. ■ Optional internal springs allow the unit to be used as a singleacting gripper, for additional grip force, or for grasping an object without air pressure. ■ ■ ■ Close tolerance jaw mechanism minimizes jaw play. 25 psi [1.5 bar] without Spring Option 40 psi [3.0 bar] with Light Spring Option 65 psi [4.5 bar] with Heavy Spring Option MAX. PRESSURE 150 psi [10 bar] Air JAWS Steel BODY Hardcoated Aluminum ROD BUSHING PISTON SEAL ROD SEALS Available in four sizes to cover a wide range of application requirements. PORTS OPTIONS ■ Available with a PHD Hall Effect Sensor or with PHD Hall Effect Proximity Switches for indication of jaw position and interfacing with various controllers and logic systems. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION Lubricated Air MINIMUM PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS PIVOT COMPONENTS Hardened steel pivot mechanism provides long life and low maintenance. SERIES 5300 Hardened Alloy Steel Hardcoated Aluminum Quad Type Block Vee with Back-up Ring NPT [BSP] Hall Sensor, Series 5360 Switches, Spring Assist - Light or Heavy (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 6C BENEFITS www.phdinc.com/5300a 6C-21 DIMENSIONS: SERIES 5300 ANGULAR OVAL GRIPPER - JAW STYLE 1 MODEL NUMBER 15322 LETTER 15320 in mm DIM 46.0 A* 1.812 44.5 B 1.750 19.1 D .750 38.1 F 1.500 5 G #10 27.0 H 1.062 61.9 K 2.438 22.2 M .875 31.8 P 1.250 Q 10-24 x M5 x 0.8 .38 DP x 9.7 DP 77.8 R 3.063 7.9 S .312 29.4 T 1.156 58.7 U 2.312 72.2 V 2.843 M6 W 1/4 54.0 X 2.126 7.2 Y .285 45.2 Z 1.781 17.5 AA .688 BB 10-32 M5 x 0.8 14.3 CC .562 11.2 DD .440 3.2 EE .125 71.4 FF 2.810 44.5 GG 1.75 CLOSE CL OPEN CL 4X Q THREAD P SQ 5 V FF U T 2X SLOTS FOR OPTIONAL HALL SWITCH 2X THRU DIA & C'BORE FOR W SHCS FROM BOTH SIDES R M JAW PIVOT REF 15330 15332 in mm 63.5 2.500 57.2 2.250 22.2 .875 50.8 2.000 M6 1/4 38.1 1.500 86.1 3.390 27.0 1.062 38.1 1.500 1/4-20 x M6 x 1 x 9.7 DP .38 DP 95.2 3.749 11.1 .438 42.8 1.687 85.7 3.375 102.4 4.031 M8 5/16 75.0 2.952 11.4 .450 57.9 2.281 22.9 .900 1/8 NPT 1/8 BSP 19.1 .750 12.7 .500 4.1 .160 101.6 4.000 57.2 2.25 15340 15342 in mm 88.9 3.500 69.9 2.750 25.4 1.000 69.9 2.750 M8 5/16 50.8 2.000 116.5 4.587 30.1 1.187 44.5 1.750 5/16-18 x M8 x 1.25 .44 DP x 11.2 DP 109.5 4.312 14.3 .562 60.3 2.375 120.7 4.750 140.5 5.531 M10 3/8 102.2 4.025 15.2 .598 70.6 2.781 33.3 1.312 1/8 NPT 1/8 BSP 23.8 .937 15.1 .590 5.1 .200 139.7 5.500 69.9 2.75 15350 in 5.125 4.000 1.500 3.500 3/8 2.875 5.734 1.625 2.750 3/8-16 x .56 DP 5.875 .845 3.250 6.500 7.531 1/2 4.859 .688 4.031 1.750 1/4 NPT 1.625 .760 .250 7.500 3.96 15352 mm 130.2 101.6 38.1 88.9 M10 73.0 145.6 41.3 69.9 M10 x 1.5 x 14.2 DP 149.2 21.5 82.6 165.1 191.3 M12 123.4 17.5 102.4 44.5 1/4 BSP 41.3 19.3 6.4 190.5 100.5 S EE MAX GRIPPER MECHANISM K X 6C CL A* Y H 11.5˚ MIN 6 1.5˚ MIN 1 2X THRU DIA & C'BORE FOR G SHCS EACH JAW 4 B 2 D F Z AA CL CC REF JAW PIVOT CENTERLINE 3 GG DD 2X BB PORT FROM OPPOSITE SIDE OPTIONAL HALL SENSOR LOCATION *GRIPPER JAWS: SHOWN AT PARALLEL POSITION JAW MOVEMENT SHOWS MINIMUM AMOUNT OF JAW ROTATION. JAWS MAY OPEN 3° OR CLOSE 3° BEYOND STATED MINIMUM ROTATION. All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. 6C-22 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/5300a CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION DIMENSIONS: SERIES 5300 ANGULAR OVAL GRIPPER - JAW STYLE 2 MODEL NUMBER CLOSE CL OPEN CL 4X Q THREAD P SQ 2X THRU DIA & C'BORE FOR W SHCS FROM BOTH SIDES 5 V FF U T 2X SLOTS FOR OPTIONAL HALL SWITCH R JAW PIVOT REF M S X LETTER 15321 in DIM 3.937 A* 1.750 B .750 D .231 E .625 F 1/4-20 x G .38 DP 1.062 H .906 J .813 K .875 M 1.250 P 10-24 x Q .38 DP 3.063 R .312 S 1.156 T 2.312 U 2.843 V 1/4 W 1.125 X 1.500 Y 1.781 Z .062 AA 10-32 BB .562 CC .440 DD .125 EE 2.810 FF 1.75 GG 15323 15331 mm in 100.0 5.000 44.5 2.250 19.1 .875 5.9 .187 15.9 .750 M6 x 1 x 5/16-18 x 9.7 DP .44 DP 27.0 1.500 23.0 1.000 20.7 .968 22.2 1.062 31.8 1.500 M5 x 0.8 1/4-20 x x 9.7 DP .38 DP 77.8 3.749 7.9 .438 29.4 1.687 58.7 3.375 72.2 4.031 M6 5/16 28.6 1.375 38.1 1.875 45.2 2.281 1.6 .095 M5 x 0.8 1/8 NPT 14.3 .750 11.2 .500 3.2 .160 71.4 4.00 44.5 2.25 15333 mm 127.0 57.2 22.2 4.7 19.1 M8 x 1.25 x 11.2 DP 38.1 25.4 24.6 27.0 38.1 M6 x 1 x 9.7 DP 95.2 11.1 42.8 85.7 102.4 M8 34.9 47.6 57.9 2.4 1/8 BSP 19.1 12.7 4.1 101.6 57.2 15341 in 6.236 2.750 1.000 .063 1.000 3/8-16 x .56 DP 2.000 1.118 1.200 1.187 1.750 5/16-18 x .44 DP 4.312 .562 2.375 4.750 5.531 3/8 1.700 2.430 2.781 .150 1/8 NPT .937 .590 .200 5.500 2.75 15343 mm 158.4 69.9 25.4 1.6 25.4 M10 x 1.5 x 14.2 DP 50.8 28.4 30.5 30.1 44.5 M8 x 1.25 x 11.2 DP 109.5 14.3 60.3 120.7 140.5 M10 43.2 61.7 70.6 3.8 1/8 BSP 23.8 15.1 5.1 139.7 69.9 15351 15353 in mm 218.7 8.610 101.6 4.000 38.1 1.500 0.0 0.00 38.1 1.500 1/2-13 x M12 x 1.75 .75 DP x 19.0 DP 73.0 2.875 36.3 1.430 42.7 1.680 41.3 1.625 69.9 2.750 3/8-16 x M10 x 1.5 x 14.2 DP .56 DP 149.2 5.875 21.5 .845 82.6 3.250 165.1 6.500 191.3 7.531 M12 1/2 61.7 2.430 87.1 3.430 102.4 4.031 7.6 .300 1/4 NPT 1/4 BSP 41.3 1.625 19.3 .760 6.4 .250 190.5 7.500 100.5 3.96 K H J 6 6C Y EE MAX GRIPPER MECHANISM A* 6.5˚ MIN 6.5˚ MIN REF JAW PIVOT CENTERLINE 1 E F F AA CL D 2 4 B 4X G THREAD EACH JAW CL 3 Z CC REF JAW PIVOT CENTERLINE GG DD 2X BB PORT FROM OPPOSITE SIDE OPTIONAL HALL SENSOR LOCATION *GRIPPER JAWS: SHOWN AT PARALLEL POSITION JAW MOVEMENT SHOWS MINIMUM AMOUNT OF JAW ROTATION. JAWS MAY OPEN 3° OR CLOSE 3° BEYOND STATED MINIMUM ROTATION. All dimensions are reference only unless specifically toleranced. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/5300a 6C-23 ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES 5300 ANGULAR OVAL GRIPPERS SPECIFICATIONS GRIPPER NO. 1532x 1533x 1534x 1535x DISPLACEMENT in3 cm3 .59 9.6 1.78 29.2 4.29 70.3 12.66 207.5 GF EXTERNAL GRIP IMPERIAL METRIC 1.87 3058.0 5.56 9085.0 14.14 23109.0 41.85 68355.0 GF INTERNAL GRIP IMPERIAL METRIC 2.03 3323.0 6.08 9938.0 14.85 24255.0 43.70 71382.0 NOTE: Maximum load that grippers can handle will vary based on: Size of part being picked up, shape of part, texture of part, speed at which part is transferred, working pressure, shape of fingers, etc. PHD recommends that the fingers of jaws be tooled or machined to conform to the shape of the part being gripped. DOUBLE ACTING Without Springs STANDARD lb kg 2.40 1.08 4.87 2.2 9.58 4.35 27.73 12.57 SINGLE ACTING With Spring Close or Spring Open A PN GRIPPER NO. 1532x 1533x 1534x 1535x Sf LIGHT SPRING FORCE IMPERIAL METRIC 34.50 3908.0 93.00 10518.0 221.00 24968.0 590.00 66492.0 Sf HEAVY SPRING FORCE IMPERIAL METRIC 49.50 5582.0 157.50 17751.0 366.50 41318.0 1275.00 143796.0 UNIT WEIGHT SPRING ASSIST LIGHT HEAVY lb kg lb kg 2.5 1.11 2.5 1.12 5.0 2.28 5.1 2.32 10.0 4.53 10.2 4.63 29.5 13.37 29.8 13.53 DOUBLE ACTING With Spring Assist Open or Close A EUM ATIC F ORC E T IC F PN EUMA OR C E S PRING FORCE SPRING F ORC E 6C PN EUM ATIC FORCE S PRING FORCE SPRING F ORC E + P NEUMATIC FOR C E P NEU MATIC FOR C E + PN EUM ATIC FORCE CONVENTIONAL AREA PN EUM ATIC FORCE SECTION A-A TYPICAL Guards against failure due to unforeseen pneumatic pressure loss. GRIP FORCE EQUATIONS: 1. All Grippers are double acting. 2. To calculate grip force on units without springs, complete the appropriate equation, but leave out the Spring Force (Sf). FORCE (lb) = FORCE (lb) = FORCE (N) = DISTANCE FROM JAW PIVOT (in) FORCE [N] = [PRESSURE (bar) x GF ] – Sf DISTANCE FROM JAW PIVOT [mm] PRESSURE [bar] x GF To calculate grip force on units with springs, complete the appropriate equation, including Sf. Add Sf if the springs are working with applied pressure. FORCE (lb) = [PRESSURE (psi) x GF ] – Sf PRESSURE (psi) x GF DISTANCE FROM JAW PIVOT [mm] 3. Provides up to four times the gripping force of conventional grippers of the same size. 3. (continued) Subtract Sf if the springs are working against applied pressure. DISTANCE FROM JAW PIVOT (in) FORCE [N] = P NEUMATIC FOR C E NOTE: Gripping force is defined as the maximum value at which the jaws will not move from their gripping position. The above figures are based on actual measured results; figures may vary slightly due to friction. Gripping force is proportional to input pressure. [PRESSURE (psi) x GF ] + Sf DISTANCE FROM JAW PIVOT (in) [PRESSURE (bar) x GF ] + Sf DISTANCE FROM JAW PIVOT [mm] 6C-24 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/5300a CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION ENGINEERING DATA: SERIES 5300 ANGULAR OVAL GRIPPERS SEALS AND FLUIDS LIFE EXPECTANCY Buna-N seals are standard on all Series 5300 gripper piston, rod, and bushing seals. Neoprene seals are used on the gripping mechanism. Piston and rod seals are wear compensating quad type seals. These seals are compatible with standard paraffin-based hydraulic fluids used for lubrication of air cylinders or as power source for hydraulic actuators. Fluoro-Elastomer seals in place of the Buna-N are optional for various types of hydraulic fluids. Five million trouble-free cycles can be expected under normal working conditions. Life can be extended by relubricating ball and socket joint after five million cycles. Backlash after twenty million cycles should be no more than 1°. TEMPERATURE LIMITS Seals and gripping mechanism are designed for use in temperatures from –20° to 180°F [–30° to 82°C]. MATERIAL Gripper body is made of hardcoated aluminum. Jaw housings are anodized aluminum and the jaws are high strength steel. All internal jaw mechanisms are manufactured from alloy steel. SPECIAL UNITS For grippers for special applications, severe duty, or special material, consult PHD. BACKLASH Backlash of gripper jaw will be less than 0.2° initially, per jaw. REPEATABILITY Grip repeatability is within .002 inch [0.05 mm] of original centered position. 3 4 SENSOR/TRANSDUCER PHD offers a solid-state sensor transducer option –3 along with a set point module for sensing four or more positions throughout the jaw travel. The set point module allows independent adjustment of each sensing position and is available for 4.5 to 24 VDC NPN or PNP. SET POINT MODULE DESCRIPTION 4.5-24 VDC, Sink Type Output 4.5-24 VDC, Source Type Output 6C PART NO. 9800-01-0300 9800-01-0400 See Switches and Sensors section for information. 7 HALL EFFECT MAGNET Equips piston with magnets and “T” slot on body for Series 5360 Switches. SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION (800) 624-8511 CAT-03 www.phdinc.com/5300a 6C-25 6C NOTES 6C-26 (800) 624-8511 www.phdinc.com/5300a CAT-03 SOLUTIONS FOR INDUSTRIAL AUTOMATION
Similar documents
ROTARY PARALLEL PNEUMATIC GRIPPER
hardcoated aluminum rack and piston provide smooth operation and long life
More informationGUIDED PNEUMATIC COMPACT CylINDEr
With these options, PHD provides a tool plate without mounting threads and counterbores. The tool plate is supplied unassembled for easy modification by the customer. Assembly and torque specificat...
More information